I would like to know this too...I would guess that using the ATR might work?
|
MACD , Stochastic’s , and BB seem to be very useful for consolidated stocks.
I know there are strategies out there that users have built that use "Rolling" , "Channeling", "Consolidated" stocks. I don’t trade with those because I don’t like using stop losses.
|
Thanks Joe,
Could you write an example of a rule that looks at consolidation or channeling? Or can you tell me where I can find a strategy that is using this?
|
I have had success using UltraShort ETFs in my short strategy. They usually do not continue trending up, but trend down instead.
|
I have also had success with SQQQ in my short strategy.
|
I have dog, psq, sds and adding ultra short dow DXD for when this overinflated nutty market that is in the sky for no reason other than fed $ printing tanks and the world runs for the hills and safety taking there millions with them. How is that for color commentary. I am live. Just be careful for the more specific etf inverses or longs or shorting either of them like gold and silver and gas and the likes that swing and gap up to 20% - 30% and can wipe you out. Market etfs like the dow and such don’t move much to get you in real trouble but can be very profitable and also add hedging to your portfolio if you have a lot of low beta stocks that move in line with the market. I am using an adjusted conservative long so only 100 share buys and using the add to advancing and losing positions rules. Keep your eyes on the ball if you are in these.
|
So can Offset 0 > Offset 1 be used as a "crossing" to open a position?
|
Yes. Absolutely. That is the purpose of using the offset.
To see if the current bar is greater than the previous bar, just compare offset 0 to offset 1, as:
Intraday MACD (12, 26, 9, 10, 0) > Intraday MACD (12, 26, 9, 10, 1)
CT
|
Fantastic,
Thanks
|
Is there a way to put top 15 gap up by % on the watch list? similar for gap down
|
All you can do is play with the numbers a little until you have the number of symbols that you want in the watch list.
For instance, this rule returns 25 stocks:
Close Price 1 Day Ago is at least 15% greater than Close Price 2 Days Ago
Note: Close Price 1 Day Ago is yesterday and Close Price 2 Days Ago is the day before yesterday.
You cannot build todays watch list with today’s information, but you can use today’s information in your open rules to review the stocks that are already in your watch list. For instance, if you want the stock to gap up 15% from yesterdays close, you would use this rule:
Today’s Current Ask Price is at least 15% greater than Yesterday’s Close Price.
Hedge
|
cool trade changed some my entry price this am. it stated that position were closed and reopened that were not. no trading took place at my broker. anyone know why this is and how to stop it.
thanks
|
Over the years, I have seen that a few times. Apparently the broker sent 0 shares so the software thought the positions were closed. Then when the broker resends the positions the software puts them back in. Unfortunately without knowing the actual entry price it puts the current price.
I recommend you send email to technicalsupport and tell them which broker it occurred with so they can put in extra precautions to prevent it in the future.
I am running Developer version 7.2.10 and have not had any problems like that in over a year.
Hedge
|
thanks.
|
Is there a way to close a position using the exit rule where a lot (not the net) is profitable by a set amount and certain conditions such as exp 14 <exp 14 (-2days).
thanks
|
You can set the profit goal on tab6 to the amount you want for each lot owned.
But I never tried to close just 1 lot of a position based on rules.
The exit rules on tab5 are for the whole position.
|
I want to open a new position when today’s current price is at least $.01 greater then yesterday’s high, and no more than $.05 higher than yesterday’s high...
...or specified another way, today’s current price is "between" $.01 -$.05 greater than yesterday’s high...
I can’t figure out how to specify this in CT - any help?
|
Todays Current Price at least .01 greater than Yesterdays High Price
Todays Current Price atleast -.05 less than Yesterdays High Price
By putting "-.05 Less Than", it means "No more than .05 Above".
Ed
|
I’m trying to understand the indicators "ObVol Breakout", ObVol Field Trend", and "Slope of Symbol Price Move in X Seconds". I see the two On Balance Volume indicators use inputs of "Dollars" or "Percent". My understanding of the On Balance Volume indicator is that the primary information to be gained from it is whether it is sloping up or down in relation to the direction of current prices. In other words, if price action is sloping up and OBV is also up, it is a confirmation of the price action. If the two are diverging, then it should be a warning signal. How do the indicators and their inputs in Cool-Trade relate to this use of OBV. In other words, does an input of, say, +1.0 "Dollars" or "Percent" mean the OBV has a positive slope? If so, what would 1.0 mean as opposed to 0.5? Does it matter if you select "Dollars" or "Percent"? Also, what does the ObVol Field Trend refer to and how should it be used?
As far as the "Slope" indicator goes, please give me a general description of how it works. For example, if I select a 15 second bar and use an input of +1.0, I would assume that means that over a 15 second period the slope of price over time would be a positive 1.0. Since slope is defined as the increase (or decrease) per unit time, I would think a +1.0 slope in that case would mean the price increased 15 cents over the 15 second time period. But when I look at the Rules page after setting this indicator in a strategy, the values shown for various stocks don’t look like what I would expect at all. Please help me understand.
|
A question posed this well went unanswered? Wow...
|
I try to answer things that I know. However "obv" and "Slope of Symbol Price Move in X Seconds" are 2 separate indicators and I don’t see how they inter-relate.
As I understand it, "Slope of Symbol Price Move in X Seconds" is just going to return the Slope value over X seconds for each stock. I have tried to use this indicator but IMO the stocks don’t move enough over 60 seconds and thus the slope is usually close to 0.
enlightened
|
Enlightened, you are a star of these forums, I’ve read 100 of your posts and will always be in your debt. My comment was based on the lack of help w/in the program combined with the general lack of activity here on the forums. It takes too long to dial in a strategy w/o backtesting. The best help is at fmlabs.com and that isn’t enough. Time is money and CT is taking me too long to figure out.
My strategy has abandoned "Slope of Symbol Price Move in X Seconds" b/c I believe the E-Trade data feed is not rich enough. I have moved to triggers like "Price 5 minutes ago is at least 0.7 Percent Less Than Today’s Current Bid Price" and I am happy with that as far as it goes. But I would like to correlate sharp price movement with an indicator based on disparate data such as OBV and that is what led me to this post. There is no help in the program or at fmlabs.com or here in the forums. Bummer.
Currently I am combining sharp price movement with Dynamic Williams %R and I think I have a real good trigger. I am still searching for good long and short watch list criteria and the lack of backtesting makes it SO SLOW that I am getting frustrated.
Steve
|
I have never seen my Strategy Statistics Tab 7 show anything other than zero’s (even though I have not changed my strategy name (however I have modified strategy daily). Also, I have never received an email telling me someone has writen in the forum (even though email is enabled). Can anyone offer advice to these issues?
|
Every time you change your strategy, the stats get cleared back to zeros. That feature goes back to a time when clients used to sell their strategies on the CoolTrade website. Then, if the strategy was changed, we were forced to clear the stats because the strategy changes could have affected the results.
Regarding the emailing of forum posts, this was discussed in another thread a few days ago. Basically, we had to turn off the emailings because too many AOL clients were changing their screen names and causing the emails to bounce. As a result AOL threatened to block emails from our ISP. Also many people seemed to have no trouble selecting the option to send emails and then forget how to turn it off and unfortunately too many forgot common courtesies when requesting to stop the emails. So, for the time being, the feature has been turned off.
CT
|
I have a strategy that will open a purchase whan for example the 20 day sma is a certain percentage above the 200 day sma. This works fine to open. The problem is I dont see away to tell the stock to close when the 20 sma moves below the percentage. I can only say close whem it eq or less than 200 day sma. If this doesnt exsist I will enter it into the request area.
|
You can enter the exit rule on the Exit Rules (tab5):
20 Day SMA is x percent less than 200 Day SMA
|
thanks but the percentage i want to close at is above the 200 sma. example:
exit when 20sma is equal or less than 10 percent above the 200sma.
You see I dont want to cross the sma
|
Yes. CoolTrade can do that. it involves using the minus sign.
20sma is -10 percent below the 200sma
That means the 20sma is no more than 10% above the 200sma
Gets really easy after you’ve seen Ed draw a graph of it on the white board.
Enlightened
|
Awesome, the you very much
|
Enlightened
I curious: Is there a video of Ed teaching on white board you mentioned above ? or Any Cooltrade lectures?
|
The only videos I have seen are the tutorial videos at the top of the strategy wizard and automated trader.
Ed gives free training in his arizona office every thursday and friday. You need to fly there for the one on one training though.
Enlightened
|
I am new to Cool Trade and now I look for education, education etc
Has anyone taken the webinars?
CoolTrader Pro Webinar (GoToWebinar.Notifications@citrixonline.com)
|
I am new to Cool Trade and now I look for education, education etc
Has anyone taken the webinars?
CoolTrader Pro Webinar (GoToWebinar.Notifications@citrixonline.com)
|
wwildeeeee,
Here is a helpful place to start on training videos and any questions you may have.
www.sites.google.com/site/ctpknowledge/cooltrader-training-videos/cooltrade-university/software-training
|
That link is having an issue. Try going to the main page here and look around through the videos.
sites.google.com/site/ctpknowledge/
|
Hi all I’m starting to experiment with my own strategy and I’d like to make some rules for an intraday stochastic crossover the 20 and 80 line, basically
for open new positions:
intraday stochastic raw k > 20% and < 35%
intraday stochastic raw k > slow d
for exit
intraday stochastic raw k > 80%
intraday stochastic raw k < slow d
any notes on doing this??
I’m not sure CT allows you to make a rule that says intraday stochastic raw k > 20% and < 35%, since everytime you select the rule and percent the "add rule" button grays out.
Much appreciated!
|
i think these are exactly the way you have written them.
No need to check "percent" because the values returned by the indicators is already percents.
Open Position Rules (Tab3)
..................intraday stochastic raw k > 20% and < 35%
..................intraday stochastic raw k > slow d
MAKE SURE YOU CHECK ALL RULES MUST PASS
Intraday Stchastic RawK (5, 14, 0) > 20
Intraday Stchastic RawK (5, 14, 0) < 35
Intraday Stchastic RawK (5, 14, 0) > Intraday Stchastic SlowD (5, 14, 0)
Exit Rules (Tab5)
..................intraday stochastic raw k > 80%
..................intraday stochastic raw k < slow d
MAKE SURE YOU CHECK ALL RULES MUST PASS
Intraday Stchastic RawK (5, 14, 0) > 80
Intraday Stchastic RawK (5, 14, 0) < Intraday Stchastic SlowD (5, 14, 0)
Hedge
|
Thanks Hedge...
...............No need to check "percent" because the values returned by the indicators is already percents.......
the problem is that CT adds "dollars" by default. there’s a run around to being able to check "percent" by clicking on empty space on the right pane and clicking "percent" again.. but that just looks like a software bug and I’m not even sure if in the "percent" works in the end... maybe customer support can jump in??
the other problem is that with Intraday SlowD there’s a few othe settings as you can see in the picture linked right here:
|
Hedge is right. The system always just returns whatever the indicator returns. In the case of stochastic, it will return a percentage.
The "dollars" and "percent" in the middle of the screen is there in case you want to compare the returns with something else.
For instance, if you want to just use the value returned you would leave it on "dollars". Which really just means "value returned".
But if you wanted to say one indicator is 10% > than another, then you would select "percent".
CT
|
The 2nd number in the parameter list tells it how many bars to use.
5,14,0 means 5 minute bars iwth a 14 period, with a 0 offset.
0 offset means return the value of the last completed bar.
|
Thanks a lot CT, besides the parameters you mentioned there’s a few more depending if you are using the intraday fast or slow D.
besides the minutes, bar period, and offset, for slow D as you can see in this picture
|
The FMLABS function takes the Moving Averages as parameters:
|
Thanks CT so based on what you’ve said a strategy for trading a macd crossing the signal on the 5 and 10 minute charts, and a 5 minute chart Stochastic rawK over 20% but under 40% and crossing over the slowD, should look like this correct?
|
Yes. The rules that you created do match your descriptions.
CT
|
Hello Ed,
How would the above settings change to, if you were to short the above strategy, since the example is for going Long strategy only?
Sincerely
|
That question would be better answered by someone who is used to working with the stochastic rawk and slow indicators. I know the syntax / parameters to use for setting up the indicators, but only the way Nova did at the start of this thread. Perhaps Nova or Hedge can respond.
|
This community has been extremely helpful in my development. Recently I have gone live. Its too early to say whether or not I am sucessful. I thouth it would be prudent however to ask anyone who feels confident and has a good track record to look at my long and short strategy an offer any advice, criticism or whatever. Im a newbee but hopefully have done my homework: Please tell me if you think its missing something. Also, I didnt have the privelide of learning by looking at any of your strategys as I only learn how to copy them the night before I went live a few weeks back. So the only templates I view were the CoolTrade default downloads from the home page: Ok here we go:
LONG Strategy
Trade Shares:100
Max Shares:1000
Max Symbols:100
Max Range:1.00
Minimum Interval:1.00
Max Ask-Bid Range:0.01
WATCH LIST RULES (all must apply)
50-Day EMA is Greater Than 200-Day EMA
Commodity Channel Index(20) is Less Than 0 Dollars
Yesterdays Close Price is Greater Than 7 Dollars
Yesterdays Volume is Greater Than 2000000 Shares
OPEN POSITION RULES (all must apply)
Dynamic CCI ( 20 ) is Greater Than 0 Dollars
Dynamic EMA ( 50 ) is Greater Than 200-Day EMA
Todays Volume is Greater Than 2000000 Shares
ADD TO POSITION RULES (all must apply)
Add additional 100 shares each position increase of $1.00
EXIT RULES (all must apply)
Dynamic EMA ( 50 ) is Less Than 200-Day EMA
Dynamic CCI ( 14 ) is Less Than 0 Dollars
PROFIT REQUIREMENTS
Profit Goal:17.00%
Profit Pullback:0.00 Per Share
Start Profit Protection:0.00 Per Share
Stop Loss:0.00 Per Share
Trailing Stop Loss:0.00 Per Share
ReEntry Pullback:0.00 Per Share
SHORT STRATEGY
AUTOTRADER PREFRENCES
Trade Shares:100
Max Shares:1000
Max Symbols:100
Max Range:1.00
Minimum Interval:1.00
Max Ask-Bid Range:0.01
WATCH LIST RULES (all must apply)
TECHNOLOGY STOCKS ONLY
50-Day EMA is Less Than 200-Day EMA
Commodity Channel Index(14) is Greater Than 0 Dollars
Yesterdays Close Price is Greater Than 7 Dollars
Yesterdays Volume is Greater Than 2000000 Shares
OPEN POSITION RULES (all must apply)
Dynamic CCI ( 14 ) is Less Than 0 Dollars
Dynamic EMA ( 50 ) is Less Than 200-Day EMA
Todays Volume is Greater Than 2000000 Shares
ADD TO POSITION RULES (all must apply)
Add additional 100 shares each position decrease of $1.00
EXIT RULES (all must apply)
Dynamic EMA ( 50 ) is Greater Than 200-Day EMA
Dynamic CCI ( 20 ) is Greater Than 0 Dollars
PROFIT REQUIREMENTS
Profit Goal:17.00%
Profit Pullback:0.00 Per Share
Start Profit Protection:0.00 Per Share
Stop Loss:0.00 Per Share
Trailing Stop Loss:0.00 Per Share
ReEntry Pullback:0.00 Per Share
|
I will critique the long strategy.
First though, it should be noted that you are the best reviewer of your strategy, since you should have run it in simulator mode for a period of time to know how well it performs BEFORE going live.
For my taste, here are the rules that I question:
Max Symbols:100 TOO HIGH: Recommend 20
Max Range:1.00 TOO LOW: Would change to 10.00
WATCH LIST RULES (all must apply)
Yesterdays Close Price is Greater Than 7 Dollars
NEED TO ADD: Yesterdays Close Price is Less than x Dollars
OTHERWISE YOU WILL GET $300 STOCKS.
OPEN POSITION RULES (all must apply)
Todays Volume is Greater Than 2000000 Shares
ADD TO POSITION RULES (all must apply)
I WOULD ATLEAST COPY THE OPEN POSITION RULES SO YOU DON’T JUST BLINDLY ADD REGARDLESS OF THE CONDITIONS.
EXIT RULES (all must apply)
Dynamic CCI ( 14 ) is Less Than 0 Dollars
THIS EXACT RULE IS IN YOUR OPEN POSITION RULES. YOU SHOULD REMOVE IT FROM HERE.
PROFIT REQUIREMENTS
Profit Goal:17.00%
Profit Pullback:0.00 Per Share
Start Profit Protection:0.00 Per Share
SINCE YOUR PROFIT GOAL IS SO HIGH, I WOULD PUT 8.5% IN THE PROFIT PROTECTION OR YOU WILL BE LOSING A LOT IF THE STOCK MAKES CLOSE TO YOUR PROFIT GOAL AND THEN REVERSES.
Stop Loss:0.00 Per Share
Trailing Stop Loss:0.00 Per Share
ReEntry Pullback:0.00 Per Share
I WOULD PUT ATLEAST .25 IN THE REENTRY PULLBACK OR YOU COULD BUY BACK POSITIONS AT THE SAME OR SLIGHTLY HIGHER PRICES AS THE ONE YOU JUST CLOSED.
Enlightened
|
Thanks, just a couple of questions:
Why only 20 symbols?. and why max range $10? Also you were misstaken about exit rule duplicate. the Dyn cci14 is in the Short (not Long) strategy that you are critiquing. Thanks in advance for your help.
|
Right. I see in the Long Exit rules: Dynamic CCI ( 14 ) is Less Than 0 Dollars
Therefore you need to put this in the open position rules and your add to position rules:
Dynamic CCI ( 14 ) is GREATER Than 0 Dollars
Otherwise you could exit the trade as soon as you open it.
I only suggested 20 symbols because I want to make sure you don’t use up all of your money by opening 100 symbols and then not have any funds available to add to your holdings. However if money is not object then opening up to 100 symbols may work for you. But apparently you are only adding to winning positions so I guess it doesn’t matter too much.
The max range of $10 is what is used to build the predefined table.
However as you have stated you are adding to positions on $1.00 profitable moves. So here too, the $1 max range will still work.
I like your no-stop-loss. I too do not close positions at losses. instead I only add to losers, while you only add to winners.
With the exception of the dynamic cci needed for the open position rules, the rest looks fine.
Good luck.
Enlightened
|
enlightened.investor
your advice was very helpful and I have made some changes. I even saw the wisdom of adding to declining positions (as you do). Im confused about whether a short that is rising in price is considered a declining position (since im loosing money) or and advancing position (since the price is going up). Thanks again
|
Right, a Short going up in price is considered Declining as in "declining profits" or "losing". While a Short going down in price is considered Advancing as in "advancing profits" or "winning".
|
What is the range of the CT’s Williams %R? CT allows you to input positive screening values which finds stocks that meet this criteria. It is my understanding that the range of the Williams %R is 0 to -100.
|
CoolTrade uses a 3rd party indicator package for the technical indicators and the Williams %R indicators from that package returns a range of 0 to 100.
|
Thanks for the timely help.
A quick check indicates that 80-100 is the typical oversold range and 0-20 is the typical overbought range for the CT version.
Is this correct??
|
That is exactly right.
This is directly from the FMLABS.COM website:
Williams %R
The Williams %R is similar to an unsmoothed Stochastic %K.
The values range from zero to 100, and are charted on an inverted scale, that is, with zero at the top and 100 at the bottom.
Values below 20 indicate an overbought condition and a sell signal is generated when it crosses the 20 line.
Values over 80 indicate an oversold condition and a buy signal is generated when it crosses the 80 line.
|
Thanks for the help. Also, the mentioned website also seems to be a good source of reference. A suggestion for consideration came to mind while viewing the website; that CT should include reference to this website in the indicator "Help Screen" where"
enter "TECHNICAL INDICATORS" in your favorite search engine is now!!
|
Does any one know why the CT data grid did not update from around 1:30 PM EST until close?
Thanks
|
You may have lost the internet.
My traders did not show any problems.
Try clicking on the CONNECTIVITY button on the upper-right of the automated trader and it will show if you had internet disconnects.
Hedge
|
Hello Everyone,
I have a rule for opening symbols that is causing me some difficulty. The rule is shown below:
Today’s Open Price is at least -12 Percent Greater Than or Equal to Today’s Highest Price
This is the rule that is preventing the purchase of some of my positions. The purpose of this rule was to prevent stock from being purchased when the high price is 12 percent or more over the open price. Am I inputting this wrong? Please let me know your thoughts?
|
The way I would write that is:
Todays high at least -12 percent below Todays open
That means the high must be no more than 12 percent above the open price.
Hedge
|
Hi there,
Can I get a run down on the differences between a plain indicator, Dynamic EOD, and Intraday indicator and when/how to use them? For example purposes let’s put it in relation to MACD and MACD signal line or histogram, and then 2nd example: percent gain comparison within one indicator.
I had one of my triggers all set up for this relationship using the plain MACD and signal line and then realized there are intraday and dyanmic EOD. I understand intraday allows one to break an indicator into much smaller intervals to be compared against......is this what I need if I’m looking for a specified relationship b/t MACD and signal line to occur once the market has opened? Or does plain MACD still look at the most current MACD value and compare it to the most current signal line value? What about if I want to compare current MACD to say opening MACD to see percent climb--is this then would I would need to use intraday?
Thanks for the help.
Conrad
|
Regular indicators like MACD, Stochastic, RSI, etc are End Of Day indicators. They have fixed parameters and get created by the CoolTrade night processes each night after the market closes.
Those indicators uses end of day prices.
DYNAMIC Indicators are the same as the above end of day indicators. The only difference is that you can enter the number of days to use and they will use the current price as the last day in the calculation. For instance, if you want a 15 day moving average to be calculated during the day, you can use DYNAMIC SMA (15). That will use 14 days worth of closing day prices + the current price as the 15th day and then divide by 15.
Intraday Indicators allow you to enter the parameters (in minutes).
For example the most recently closed 15 minute moving average would be written like this:
Intraday SMA (15, 1, 0)
The 15 minute bar that closed on the previous bar would use an offset of 1, as:
Intraday SMA (15, 1, 1)
I don’t use signal lines and histagrams so I don’t know the difference. For those (considered standard indicators) you will need to go to the internet and search for "macd histogram". CoolTrade never intended to re-invent the wheel and teach technical analysis.
Hedge
|
I appreciate the help Hedge. I know what a MACD histogram is as well as most of the other common technical indicators so no worries on explaining what they are/how they interact. I just needed to know how CT applies EOD, Dynamic and Intraday.
So Dynamic is same as EOD, it just allows the user to put his own custom parameters where as EOD is probably a very common and widely accepted paramter such as RSI (14)? I play with these parameters often on Tech Graphs. Am I correct?
Moving forward it sounds like EOD and Dynamic both monitor the current day’s value (which I need) and compare them to the previous day(s) value or avgs, etc. Correct?
Intraday just allows you to dig into the minute data of the day and compare current to same day values/avg’s etc. based upon your defined lookback offset? For my own knowledge: in intraday sma(15,1,0) 1 is the interval, but is an interval in this context?
I was concerned that by using EOD that it would be comparing yesterdays data in order to open today’s buy. And I need today’s current value compared to yesterdays, so it sounds like EOD or Dynamic will set me up right.
Intraday sounds like a bit of a roller coaster. If you’re comparing current value to 1, 5, or 15 minute previous data, but I have more to learn about how to apply all of that.
Sorry if this seems elementary, I am so close to putting this all together, just need to understand CT a little better. The more I think about it and how all of these indicators are actually calculated, I think i may have just confused myself when really I was on the right track. I do hope you can confirm my questions above.
Thank you for the help.
Conrad
|
I read this post:
|
Right. You got it. The EOD indicators that are used on TAB2 for building the watch list, do not change throughout the day.
The Dynamic indicators change during the trading day and can be used to compare to prior day’s indicators.
Be careful with comparisons between EOD indicators and Intraday indicators. The indicators that start with INTRADAY all use minute bars, while the EOD indicators use daily bars.
Watching the RULES screen in the automated trader to see the values will help with the comparisons.
H
|
Thanks so much for your help Hedge!
|
How would I say that value A is no more than ##% less than value B?
Is it A is greater than or equal to -##% of B?
Written in CT yellow line it reads: A is at least -##% greater than or equal to B.
Does this make sense?
Thanks,
Conrad
|
I would consider not using the "greater than or equal" when using the negatives.
"A is at least -##% greater than B" looks good.
EI
|
I undersand that an Offset of 0 is the current bar. However, from what I’ve researched regarding 1 and -1 is confusing. There are various posts saying that 1 is the prior bar, but if you right click on an intraday indicator it says that -1 = last entry bar. Does last entry bar not mean the prior bar? I’m simply looking to compare the current bar to the prior bar and based on the CT instructions I was using (15, 1, 0) > (15,1, -1) is this correct or no?
Thanks for the help.
Conrad
|
When you open a position, the system stores the entry bar (or minute) at the time the bar was used. Then, if you want to access that bar, you use Offset -1. Offset -2 is the bar before that bar, and so on. Offset -1 is usually used for Exit rules.
If you want to just compare the current bar (Offset 0) to the previous bar (Offset 1) to see if the current bar is less than the previous bar, then it would look like this:
(15, 1, 0) > (15, 1, 1)
Hedge
|
I mean (15, 1, 0) < (15, 1, 1)
Hedge
|
Thank you very much for the clarification. So 1 is the previous bar, and -1 was the bar I opened a position on. Thanks!
|
So can Offset 0 > Offset 1 be used as a "crossing" to open a position?
|
So can Offset 0 > Offset 1 be used as a "crossing" to open a position?
|
So can Offset 0 > Offset 1 be used as a "crossing" to open a position?
|
In the above post, Hedge said
"If you want to just compare the current bar (Offset 0) to the previous bar (Offset 1) to see if the current bar is less than the previous bar, then it would look like this:
(15, 1, 0) > (15, 1, 1)"
This confused me... wouldn’t (15, 1, 0) > (15, 1, 1) mean that the current bar (15, 1, 0) is GREATER than the previous bar (15, 1, 1)?
If you want to see if the current bar is less than the previous bar, wouldn’t it be (15, 1, 0) < (15, 1, 1)?
|
I’ve read some of the past discussions on this indicator, but I still seem to have problems with it when wanting to say a the current MACD histogram is so much % greater than the previous MACD histogram bar. CT was opening on negative/declining bars, so yes the absolute value might be greater, but clearly -0.15 is not larger than -0.10. I am putting a rule in to say that the bar must be greater than 0, but it’d be nice to catch bars that are trending up from negative values getting ready to cross over 0. Any ideas or is there an error with this? It put me into the negative fast!
PS: Was simulating with CT data feed.
Thanks,
Conrad
|
Maybe I should also ask what time frame is CT using to check rules? I am trying to trade intraday on a 15 minute chart. I changed the MACD histogram settings to (7,15,5,1,0) figuring that if the slow EMA is 15 then it should be comparing 15 minute bars every 15 minutes with an interval of 1. The 0 being I want to compare the current bar to the previous bar (7,15,5,1,1) . Am I on the right track? I’m thinking that i may also need to throw in a minimum volume requirement for the 15 minute bar to cover against a small blip up in MACD that immediately comes back down because of very low volume/strength in the current trade.
|
Everything you have described makes total sense and your usage of the indicators is correct. When working with Intraday indicators, the bars only close every minute, so, even if the software is evaluating the values multiple times per minute, the bar data will only change every minute.
The system does not use ABS in its calculation, unless it specifically says so in the indicator name.
I can’t imagine the software not being able to do a simple comparison like A < B, even if the numbers are negative.
The only thing that I could be is that the Rules screen does not update at the same rate the data is coming into the system and the rules are calculated. The Rules screen only updates the display once per minute. But it will update immediately with the actual values anytime you click on the symbol in the watch list.
Regards,
Ed
|
Something is not working correctly because it is opening positions on negative histogram values that are decreasing in value. Basically the exact opposite of what my rules state to do, but I know that I have the rule to read as current is greater than previous. I put the rule in that the histogram value must be greater than 0 as a safe guard, but that did not seem to work. I can’t say that it is even close to working correctly, and I also wonder if it has something to do with the rate at which the data is checked and correlated, but still, if an overall trend is negative it should not be opening even if the data feed was slightly not in sync? I’m kind of guessing here as far as all that goes. Seems strange. I’m going to switch to a different indicator and see how it performs. Maybe I’ll run off the MACD value line instead of histogram. Histogram just seemed a little more versatile to me. Oh well. If anyone has any other ideas or if CT customer support can look into this indicator and test it I would appreciate it. Thanks for your feedback Ed.
-Conrad
|
Conrad, I will put this rule into one of my traders (open position rules) and watch it closely tomorrow and let you know if it is working for me.
MACD histogram settings to (7,15,5,1,0) > MACD histogram settings to (7,15,5,1,1)
Enlightened
|
Thanks EI I appreciate that. I’m going to test a SMA strategy for the time being. Also, do you think that a broker data feed is quicker/more accurate than a CT data feed? Or it doesn’t matter if you’re trading on a coarse enough time frame? Just read a post where it was recommended to use a broker data feed as they might be faster?
Thanks,
Conrad
|
No doubt the ameritrade, mbtrading, and interactive brokers data feeds are faster and streaming into the automated trader, compared to the slower ct data feed. I think for swing trading the ct data feed is fine. But if you are looking for a fast day trading feed then you need to go with the broker feeds.
|
I have been watching this rule closely all day and it has been working correctly. It has shown up multiple times as the rule preventing the trade and a close check of the numbers shows the first number as less than the second number, correctly. This was true even when they were negative number and when 1 number of negative and the other was positive. So we know it is not using an absolute value.
Then when a position did open I clicked on the symbol and looked at the values and the first number as greater than the second number.
MACD histogram settings to (7,15,5,1,0) > MACD histogram settings to (7,15,5,1,1)
I don’t understand the purpose of the rule but my tests show that the comparisons are working correctly.
Enlightened
|
Thank you for studying this. Based on my other post I think my dissatisfaction with the results stem more from setting my interval correctly. On a 15 minute chart it seems as though now I need the interval to be 15. I have 1 here because I thought it would mean 1 interval of a 15 minute bar which would be 15 minutes (1*15). I apologize for going round and round on this.
|
Any idea if the ETrade data stream is as quick as TDA and IB? Or basically all broker data feeds are faster than the CT datafeed? I signed up with Etrade so any information on their data feed would be appreciated including if Etrade has backlogged data to already have MA’s etc calculated from the get-go.
Thanks,
Conrad
|
The etrade feed is slower the tda and ib and they do not have historical data so there is a delay after startup to calculation the intraday indicators.
Enlightened
|
I’m digging up this post (
|
The link doesn’t go to an article for me. But I don’t see anything wrong with (3, 15, 0) > (5, 15, 0) to compare the last 3 vs 5 on a 15 minute chart.
The (5, 3, 0) > (5, 3, 1) also looks good for ensuring the bar is going up.
Enlightened
|
Try copying and pasting the link into your browser and it should work.
So my interval for a 15 minute chart needs to be 15, and not whatever number multiplied to my min/bar value to get to 15? In this case as I was saying 3*5=15, but that doesn’t seem to be working, so I got to thinking i need to use 15 as my interval...I was just afraid that CT my take it to mean that 3*15 is 45 and thus not trading until 45 minutes. Maybe CT does work this way but not the broker feed?
|
I think it still requires 45 minutes to see 3 (15 minute) bars. If you are using IB or TDA then you will get historical minute bars upon startup so it can calculate the bars immediatey. But if you do not use the above brokers then it will take your trader 45 minutes to calculate those indicators.
The best solution is for you to add the rules to your strategy and then watch the RULES screen to see when the indicators get values other than -1. Watching the Rules screen is also the easiest/best way to see how the calculations work. I have been doing it that way for 3 or 4 years and it really helps.
Enlightened
|
I agree I need to take the time to do that. I kind of forgot about that screen and was hoping there was something like that for me to see what was really happening. I know what I’ll be doing my next few lunch breaks!
|
ha. I used to look at the indicators on the Rules screen and trader activity (buying/selling) a real lot, but now I just look at the daily closed trades reports to see how much my traders took off the table. I don’t look every day anymore but I look at least once a week.
|
Hello everyone. I have a trading strategy that I don’t see can be accomplished through Cool Trade but I would still like to use Cool Trade to manage / sell the buys I make when they reach the profit I am interested in. Can Cool Trade do this? If so, how?
For example, if I hold 10 positions in stocks will Cool Trade scan my Interactive Brokers account, see the positions, and they apply the exit rules I have set?
My strategy that cannot be executed by Complete Trade includes placing Market On Open orders and utilizing a Comparative Market Analysis against one or more index.
Thanks!
-Brian
|
The best way to do what you want to do is:
1. open the position in CoolTrade so that it knows the entry prices. Because if you open the positions all at the broker and then turn CoolTrade on, it will use the current bid/ask to set the entry prices.
2. CoolTrade does not send Market On Open orders. After the market has opened, CoolTrade will start evaluating the Exit Rules set on the Exit Rules screen (Tab5) and the profit goals and stop losses, etc on the Profit Requirement screen (tab6) and if any of those pass then CoolTrade will send close orders to the broker.
3. I don’t know what you mean by "Comparative Market Analysis against one or more index".
I suggest you to go Tab5 and look at the kind of rules that you can create. If you want you can also spell out exactly the rule you want to create and we can tell you if it is possible.
For example if you want to exit if the dow index drops 500 points, then you can create a rule like:
Today’s Dow Move is less than -500
You can also set the "all rules must pass" and add more conditions like:
Current Bid Price is at least .50 less than My Same Symbol Entry Price
Hope that helps a little
Hedge
|
Whoops! I meant to say ’Comparative Relative Strength’ - sorry about that. I am a real estate appraiser by trade and there the Comparative Market Analysis is something that I have performed hundreds of.... Sorry for the confusion.
You have answered the core of my question, however. That CT cannot read my open positions at IB and then apply my exit rules or profit goals.
Thank you so so much!!!
|
If I open a position at IB my automated trader does load that symbol into CoolTrade. However, it will put the current Ask price as the entry price. Then it will follow my exit rules and profit requirement goals to automate the closing of the position.
|
Thanks for clarifying that. I appreciate your help.
|
How is the profit protection floating/variable stop loss determined? I understand once your trade meets your designated profit goal that the stop loss will kick in, but how does CT calculate this? What will it be say if I have a 4% profit goal, and set a profit protection goal of 2%, what kind of leeway do I have if the stock dips back a bit, and then continues upwards? I’m trying to avoid getting whipsawed if I use this particular tool.
Thanks,
Conrad
|
Conrad,
The Profit Protection feature starts by only protecting .05. Therefore, if you set the profit protection at .50 and it reaches that amount, the trailing stop loss that it generates will start at .45. Then as the price of the stock goes higher, the closer it gets to your Profit Goal, the smaller the trailing stop loss will get to protect more and more of your profits.
The feature is designed to really only protect profits in case the stock does a big reversal. No use giving all of the gain away.
For best results, the feature was really designed for profit protection amounts of .25 or more. It is optimized for setting the Profit Protection at 1/2 of the Profit Goal. It doesn’t work too well with really small numbers like .10 or lower.
Ed
|
Hi,
I’m a n00b and I need help expressing a rule in Coolspeak.
I want a Watch List rule which says Yesterday’s Close Price is less than so many percent higher than the 52 week low, or not greater than so many percent lower than the 52 week high. Anything of that nature.
I’ve tried:
Yesterday’s Close Price is at least 30 Percent Less Than 52-Week High
Yesterday’s Close Price is at least 130 Percent Less Than 52-Week Low
Yesterday’s Close Price is at least -30 Percent Less Than or Equal to 52-Week High
It keeps putting "at least" in there on me!!
Thanks in advance...
Steve
|
I had the same issue a short time ago.
|
Thanks. Kind of a bummer though, maybe I should ask for double negative watch rules in the strategy wizard request section. It doesn’t really help me that I can use a double negative in open position rules when I can’t get the watch list that I want built...
|
Hi,
I have searched through the forums regarding the Slope of Symbol Price Move in X Seconds () and it’s clear that traders are using this indicator. I just wonder if it is working when the data feed is ETrade? I have been experimenting with Open Position rules and leaving the Rule window open to show why trades aren’t executing. The slope is nearly always reported as 0 when X is 59 (the maximum).
From the search hits here, it sounds like the value returned is in percentage terms and should reflect the change in price from 59 seconds ago until now. But the Rules window show a 0 slope for nearly every symbol most of the time. Every now and then, a value will flicker though there but I haven’t been able to see a pattern.
Thanks,
Steve
|
Hi,
In case anyone else has a similar problem in the future, I found a workaround. I am now using rules such as:
Price 4-Minutes Ago is at least 0.7 Percent Greater Than Today’s Current Ask Price
You can adjust the minutes ago and percentages so it seems to have the same functionality as slope of symbol price move, just at minute intervals.
Steve
|
That’s a nice solution. I do not use the Slpe of Symbol Price Move in X Seconds() because most of stocks don’t have big enough moves in x seconds. I really like your solution because we do get the good price moves over a x-minutes.
Thank you for sharing that with us.
Enlightened
|
Today open price is less than yesterday close price rule is not working for me. It buy stock that are higher and lower than yesterday close price. Please helps!
|
Make sure in the Strategy Wizard, on the open new position rules tab3, that just above the list of rules, you have ALL RULES MUST PASS checked.
|
I did have all rules must pass checked on tabs3. It a simple rule and I am confused why is did not work. Thanks!
|
Click on the RULES button in the automated trader and make sure that the open price and yesterdays close price is what you think it is.
The software will act on the data that IT SEES and not necessarily what some other program tells you the numbers are.
I also recommend you start your automated trader at 9:30am EST and no earlier.
Data comes from the broker and they could not send you the correct open price until after the market opens.
Enlightened
|
Starting automated trader at 9:30am EST and no earlier solved the problem. Thank you Enlightened for your help!
|
I have had several stocks in the $2 and below strategy take heavy losses shortly after purchase. Studying these stocks show that some were overbought at purchase. I believe adding the following to the Open New Position Rules (Tab 3) Will let CT do some bottom feeding and buy stocks that will have upward momentum.
I don’t think the Intraday Stochastics apply but rather a longer look back with daily data .
I want to add the following to open a position with all other rules applying.
Slow %K less than or equal to 20%
Slow %D less than or equal to 20%
%K greater than %D
In another thread an investor used Intraday Stochastics in his strategy but those rules look different when you scroll to the Stochastic(14) options.
Any help appreciated.
Pete
|
I believe the following rules will work.
Stochastic RawK (14) less than or equal to 20 dollars
Stochastic SlowD(14,3,3) less than or equal to 20 dollars
Stochastic RawK greater than Stochastic SlowD (14,3,3)
CT will only allow the choice of dollars as the unit here but I don’t think that is an issue.
Did I construct these rules properly??
Pete
|
Based on what you described in your first post, those rules look correct.
I have never used stochastic to select stocks but I like the concept.
I also run the $2 and below strategy and it has made good returns by taking profits every 2-3 days. But I too noticed that some of the stocks opened are already up and I would prefer they were lower.
I"m going to add your 3 new rules to my watch list rules and see if it helps me to bottom-fish better.
Thanks Pete.
Enlightened
|
Adding those rules knocked all of the symbols off of the watch list.
But I am OK with that. All of those stocks were too high anyway.
Good call!
Enlightened
|
EI,
Thanks for the feedback. When I added all three to the watch list CT eliminated all the stocks and the wizard wouldn’t let me save the adjusted strategy so I only added the first two rules to the watch list and all three in the open position rules. The wizard accepted these changes and has 2 stocks on the watch list. When Stochastic Rawk crosses Stochastic SlowD (14,3,3) CT should execute a buy.
I agree I’d rather not tie up cash in overbought positions then have to wait weeks for them to recover only to have the strategy possibly sell them for only $50 at 15 min before market closing.
Will post update after this runs awhile.
Pete
|
I’m continuing to refine this strategy. I have found that using the Stochastic indicators as above helps but can give a "false signal" to buy. Meaning K crosses D but remains under the 20th percentile and falls under D again. I’ve seen this happen a few times with continued falling stock price. I found that the MACD was under the signal line in all instances indicating negative momentum with further declines until the MACD crossed above the signal line.
I want to add the MACD as a reinforcing buy signal to the Stochastic crossover indicating a true bottom has formed. However the cross above the signal line may lag the Stochastic crossover with both K and D rising above the 20th percentile. This can drop the stock from the watch list so I left the watch rules alone but increased the values of RawK and SlowD in the open position rules to <or= 60.
Then added "MACD value is greater than MACD signal line" to the rules to open in tab 3.
I had 5 stocks on the watch list with these changes, all had fulfilled the K crossover D but none traded with the " MACD value is greater than MACD signal line" as the preventing trade rule.
How can I get this to work?? I think the rule I added waits too long to see or compile the crossover. Should I use Intraday MACD with a longer interval to create this rule?
Sorry for being long winded,
Pete
|
I think the solution is to remove the rule "macd > macd signal line" to allow the buy to occur, as long as the other rules are successful.
Since I am not a daytrader this would work for me because I would copy the open position rules to the add to position rules and then add more after the stock drops 15% from my last entry and the rules all pass again.
That’s just how I would handle it.
Enlightened
|
Enlightened,
Thanks for the feedback. I’m not daytrading either so your point has merit. Just looking to improve my odds and manage risk :)
Pete
|
Went over the rules to open again last night and changed the MACD rule to
"MACD(12,26,9) is greater than MACD signal line"
This AM CT opened two positions with the new rules. Will see how she fly’s.
Pete
|
Hi Pete,
It’s been a while since you last posted on this but I was wondering if you had any success with your modified $2 and below strategy? Thanks
Dustin
|
Hi, I’m new to day CT can any one recommend me some strategies for day trade. thanks
|
Jordan,
Most day traders don’t share their strategies as they feel that if you win then they must lose. I don’t get it.
I don’t daytrade or I would be happy to share. Most of the CoolTrade shared strategies are swingtrade strategies that hold their positions until profits are reached. They work pretty well too.
Welcome.
Enlightened
|
i see thank for the update. so what strategies do you use for long or short
|
My favorites are a modified version of the conservative long and short strategies. I have removed the stop losses and exit rules and only add to losers on 15% declines.
If you click OPTIONS next to any strategy and then select COPY STRATEGY from the top of the list that comes up, you can copy my version of those strategies by clicking on ENLIGHTENED... in the source list at the top of the Copy Strategy screen.
Cheers,
Enlightened
|
do you know how to set up moving average rule so that they can will tally with stochastic and MACD for short and long ?
|
sorry i dont think you shared you strategy i cannot copy it from you
|
Sorry about that. You can copy it now.
Enlightened
|
thanks, can i just ask if the strategies is just hold and wait why is there a need for automated trading
|
I look at my traders maybe 1 or 2 times a week and the software does all of the buying and selling based on the rules and goals.
Not something I would want to do manually or even could do manually. Have you looked at the rules in those strategies? Try to follow those rules manually for multiple stocks and then tell me you could do it manually.
Hedge
|
Ditto. The software does all the work!
|
ok thank, may i know regrading your strategy and KISS by pat which might have been more effective to u for long and short?
|
sorry i cant seem to add the yesterday closing price 5 % lower than today bid price is there something i done wrong cause when i click percentage i cant add to list
|
>> may i know regrading your strategy and KISS by pat which might have been more effective to u for long and short?
I don’t understand this question.
|
>>>sorry i cant seem to add the yesterday closing price 5 % lower than today bid price is there something i done wrong cause when i click percentage i cant add to list
Make sure you are not on the Watch List (tab2). You cannot enter "today" indicators on the watch list tab.
If you ar on tab2 3,4,or5, you should be able to:
* select Yesterdays Close Price (from the left list)
* enter 5 for the value
* select PERCENT
* select Todays Current Bid price (from teh right list)
* Click ADD RULE
Enlightened
|
ok thanks, sorry i mean if you have tried the kiss strategy by pat and your own which do you find more usful
|
ok thanks, sorry i mean if you have tried the kiss strategy by pat and your own which do you find more useful for buying long and short
|
I have not used Pat’s KISS strategy. But if the name implies that simple is better then I have to agree.
I do not believe you can accurately measure the success/failure of a strategy in the short term as the market is cyclical, going from one crash to the next with potential long periods inbetween.
I think my strategies cover both periods nicely. I get to scalp profits while at the same time prepare and get the big payoff when the big move/crash/reversal occurs.
I can’t take credit for this line of thinking though. It comes from the genius of Ed the cooltrade creator. IMO his ideas of bridging shortterm results with longterm preparation is an awesome solution.
Enlightened
|
so from what you say kiss is more of a short term? any rules you might recommend to make his more cyclical?
|
for you do you short or long most of the time or let the programme decide it for you
|
No, KISS is "KEEP IT SIMPLE".
To me KEEP IT SIMPLE means to use simple methods for trading with the goal of taking profits as they become available without trying to predict or chase the market. Simply put, you have no control over the market. So when the prices hits the profit targets then profits are taken. There are many ways to do that but it involves the WHOLE strategy.
I think a lot of people open a position with an expectation of what they want the market/price to do and then when it does not do what they expected then they close out at a loss. I think that is wrong because I doubt anyone can know what a stock will do. If that is the kind of trader you are then more power to you - and - to each his own. That’s just not my style.
Each strategy is comprehensive. That means it has rules to select the stocks, open position rules, add to position rules, and exit rules with profit goals and methods for taking profits.
Rather than me re-inventing the wheel, I recommend you just study each tab SEPARATELY in my conservative long strategy and you will see how simple the rules are. Each tab serves it’s own purpose and makes the strategy complete. At the same time run the strategy in simulator mode so you can see it in action.
The conservative short is just the reciprical of the long.
When the market is trending higher the long has more trades and when the market is trending lower the short has more trades. I don’t get caught up with either because I don’t know when the market will turn. I am just comfortable in the knowledge that when the market does turn my traders are already poised to take profits.
Enlightened
|
i see, thanks i will look into your strategy and try to understand it better thanks
|
hello enlightened do you know to set up CT so the it can find boilinger band is starting to squeeze together?
|
Jordan, I don’t use bollinger bands, or even most indicators, so I don’t know. However, I think it is just a matter of using the offsets to look for upper bands getting lower and lower while the lower bands get higher and higher.
Sorry I don’t know specifics since I don’t use them.
Enlightened
|
Hi,
I am wondering if our historical data provider does not keep "Days To Next Earnings" up to date for all symbols. Consider PLAB, which released earnings today. According to the Rules Window, their value is 89.
I want a rule to exclude such companies from my Watch List if the value is less than 2. But as I enter that into the Strategy Wizard during the day today, it leaves PLAB in my list. Doesn’t the Strategy Wizard use the historical data from last night??
I am wondering if a lot of symbols are stuck at 89 because I added another rule to exclude 89 and above and that took out a lot of symbols...
Thanks,
Steve
|
I believe 90 is the highest number as all companies report earnings every qtr. If it is showing 89 days, that must mean that the earnings calender showed that earnings were due out yesterday.
My suggestion would be to limit it to stocks with "Days to next earnings" < 85.
Enlightened
|
I’m drawing a blank on how to transition from a long to a short trade and vise versa of the same symbol.
Currently I have a moving average reciprcated in my watchlist so that the symbols are not the same in each list. but ideally what I want would be to long and short during the day on symbols from either my long and short strategy.
I attempted this at one point by keeping the watchlist identical (using no recipricals and about 90 symbols) but I found that my trader would not buy any short trades. I supposed (that it would not buy shorts because the trader is designed to never long and short the same symbol and therefore disabled any duplicates found in the LONG watchlist. Is this correct?
Am I totally confused about how to setup LONG/SHORT Transitions of the same symbol?
|
For example:
if I’m LONG on IBM in my trader and want to exit and go short, this cant happen unless IBM is in my long and short list. but when IBM exist in both list the trader will not go short on IBM even after it exits the long trade and fulfills the SHORT criteria.
|
You probably ran into issues because of too many symbols.
If you have IBM in your Long watch list and also in your Short watch list then you should be able to see IBM in both of the lists in your automated trader.
When you are Long, IBM will get hidden from your Short list.
Then, when you close the Long position, IBM will reappear in both of the watch lists. Then if the Open position rules pass for the Short then the symbol will get Shorted (and will then get hidden from the Long watch list).
Try it with only a few symbols in the watch list and you will see it works.
Enlightened
|
Thanks enlightened.investor
I am now shorting without trouble today.
|
Cool. Funny market today. I have long and short positions that are up and also long and short positions that are down. My systems are just adding to positions today. I wish the market would either go up 500 pts or down 500 pts.
Enlightened
|
Yes, I believe the fast HFT computers flash trades to trigger buys from us slower machines. This generates commissions for brokers and liquid for their investors. My goal is to filter out such manipulated trades.
|
I’m now using a paper account in my IB account to test my strategy. The connection was fine and it was getting price data correctly but the volume was incorrect and it was actually static (not changing at all). When I checked TWS, it is showing the correct volume data. For some reason CT is not properly getting the volume data. Unfortunately my strategy includes a condition that Today’s volume reach a certain minimum before it can open the position. The AutoTrader did execute some trades because coincidentally the volume read by CT happened to be higher than my threshold. Anyway, does “Todays volume” mean the same in the IB-CT communication?
|
TWS Demo account is not reliable.
I tried it a few years ago and it sat on my market orders and just refused to fill the orders.
Suggest you simulate with the live tws account.
Enlightened
|
I tried today the live IB feed from my actual TWS account and it didn’t change anything. The volume values were very low and static. Any other thoughts.
|
Hi,
I would like to use Institutional Ownership percentage in my Watch List like the Conservative Long Strategy does. However, I’ve noticed that some stocks such as HK are listed at 0% by our historical data provider. Thomson Reuters says they are at 88% and HK has a market cap of 6.5B, so I am inclined to think that 0% is not correct.
Is this problem widespread or chronic? I’m thinking I should just manually create my own watch lists every morning with another tool, but regret the loss of automation...
Thanks,
Steve
|
I don’t think it’s cronic. Just that there is millions of pieces of data out there and every provider is not going to get it perfect everytime. Remember there are over 8000 stocks on the amex, nasdaq, and nyse and the data is changing every day.
|
I need to ask a follow-up to this question.
Today I found the autotrader opened a long position on a stock which should NOT have even been on my Watch List. I have a rule 3 day SMA > 10 day EMA. Well, for this stock it has been the other way for a few weeks.
Is this why I see strategies that duplicate the Watch List Rules into Open Position as well? For instance, the Conservative Long Strategy in its many forms seems to have a lot or all of the Watch List Rules duplicated in Open Position. I used to think this was sloppy and unnecessary since the historical data used to construct the Watch List wouldn’t change intraday. But now I’m guessing that this is a defensive move to guard against stocks that have inappropriately gained access into the Watch List...
I guess this will work but I’m trying to limit the number of symbols in the first place and now some of them are bogus.
|
Well, that’s not it. The 10 day EMA is wrong for ZSL and it’s wrong when building the Watch List and it’s still wrong within the AutoTrader per the Rules window. It must be that somewhere between 3 and 10 days ago (since i am using 3 day SMA and that is correct), a 0 was recorded for the closing price of ZSL. I don’t see a way to filter this out in my strategy, I think it has to be done server side. Really, if a stock ever has a 0 price, it should be an exception until resolved with the historical data provider.
|
In one of my earlier messages from last year I discovered that "Institutional Ownership percentage" is sometimes reported monthly, quarterly, and so on but not always daily. I don’t think you can always rely on it as an End of Day indicator. I find it does make my trading more successful than not using it at all.
|
I should have opened a second thread, I see I’ve been confusing. If I were to rename this thread it would be "Any and all form of Historical Data quite possible not correct." It’s fine that Institutional Ownership update less frequently, but some stocks being incorrectly listed is affecting my strategies.
Still, that’s only one number so I can see it being less than perfect and I got over it. Then I ran into the problem of the ZSL 10 Day EMA being wrong, and that’s a lot more worrisome. Basic and recent price information is out of whack! The 10 Day EMA was wrong on 3/8 and it’s more wrong now, how can that be?
|
Steve,
The EOD indicators are produced by processes that run on servers at night. Those are the indicators that you use to build your watch list.
However, the DYNAMIC indicators that you can use in your Open Position rules use the current price as the last day of the calcuation and then the closing prices for all of the previous days.
For example, a Dynamic Ema (10) would use the previous 9 closing bars + the current price as the 10th bar and then it would do the calculation right in your automated trader.
That might help to put a few extra checks.
You can also throw in some rules to ensure the data does not show zero for some indicators.
I think CoolTrade has done well to address problems that they see or get reported but the night processes that produce the indicators have been running a long time without any/many issues. They have been pretty good at resolving problems and preventing them from reoccuring.
In the meantime it can’t hurt to put in checks for zero values in places where you can.
Hedge
|
Hi,
I eventually found a rule that really cleared this up for my strategy:
Max Trade%(14) is Less Than 60
To recap, there was a bad EOD data point somewhere for ZSL recently. I do understand that difference between EOD and intraday data and which indicators in CT refer to which and when the watch lists are built, etc. I tried many many many different watch list rules to try and find the bad data that was erroneously adding ZSL to my watch list, and the only one that worked was:
Max Trade%(14) is Less Than 60
Now, I could have gone a lot lower. I don’t recall anymore but I think all of my other watch list symbols were less than 20. But I think 60 is pretty astronomical, right, as long as we’re not talking penny stocks? Over 60 should mean something is whack somewhere. I’m interested in what you guys have to say but for now, I’m planning on adding this to every strategy I ever use as a bad data screen.
Thanks,
Steve
|
Is there a last trade price parameter that stores the last price you bought the stock at? I want to add to declining positions like that which is used on the Add to Declining positions box. I would just use this box becuase it is set up to do what I want, but it is not in % which doesn’t work for me. A .25 dollar drop on a 5 dollar stock is much different than a .25 dollar drop on a 40 dollar stock. Or if we could get that box to work on specified %’s that would be great. Any help would be appreciated.
Thanks,
Conrad
|
Try MySameSymbolHighestTradePrice and MySameSymbolLowestTradePrice
For example, if you owned 3 lots of stock XYZ, this is the values of the indicators:
XYZ:
100 shares @ 30.99 MySameSymbolHighestTradePrice
100 shares @ 30.40
100 shares @ 29.99 MySameSymbolLowestTradePrice
Enlightened
|
Let me ask you this. If I just used MySame Symbol Lowest Trade Price then if I only had one position starting out, it would have to be the lowest price. So when current price drops say 5% below mysame symbol lowest trade price then it adds another position and we now have a new low trade price that it will work off of for adding the next position if it were to drop again?
Then of course CT takes over the selling by selling the last added position...."last in-first out".
Now I have to figure out how to not add a position when declining if the above position has not been closed. I believe the box works this way.
One more question what is the difference between "my same symbol lowest trade price" and "my same symbol lowest trade price during trade"?
Thanks for the help EI.
-Conrad
|
You had me stumpted for a minute.
There is no indicator called "my same symbol lowest trade price during trade"
It is called "my same symbol lowest price during trade" and it just means the lowest price that the stock has gone down since you opened the position.
Enlightened
|
Sorry for the typo, I realized it after I submitted it. Thanks again for the help!
|
What indicators are considered bullish and what are considered bearish in using these indicators?
|
if you look at the watch list tab(2) and go to the indicator list with the title "TECHNICAL INDICATORS (select bullish/bearish)", those 2 indicators "TOTAL BULLISH" and "TOTAL BEARISH" include all of the indicators below that heading. If you look at the list, it is each indicator that starts with a period. Such as:
.Bolling Bands
.CCI
.etc.
CoolTrade Support
|
I am a new user and am a bit overwhelmed with the strategy wizard. Can someone tell me which parameters I should use in order to have the robot buy as soon as a stock’s current price exceeds the high of the first 1 minute bar. For example, at 9:30:45 a stock has a high of $10. At 9:32:30 the stock hits $10.01. I want to buy immediately on that break. Which of the strategies best capture that? I am also curious if the program has the ability to only buy, with the above trigger, stocks which have an open to close range on the first 1 minute bar of a predetermined %. What I want are only those stocks whose first 1 minute intraday bar was a wide range bar. Thanks
|
You will have to have Watch List rules (tab2) to select stocks to watch and those rules will all be made with EOD indicators. You cannot build the list with Intraday rules. However, once you have the list of stocks that you want to watch you can track them with intraday rules to determine when to open positions.
If you only want stocks, in your watch list, that move a lot each day then use watch list rules like this:
Yesterdays Volume > 1000000 shares
ATR(14) > .50 Dollars
ATR(14)% > 4 Dollars (the system knows this is a percent)
Note: The only time you would select "percent" is if you wanted to compare 2 indicators, like "x is 10 percent greater than y".
For your Open Position rules (tab3), there are probably many ways to do it, but here is one:
Create TimedPrice1 and set it for TODAYS HIGH and 9:31AM.
That will give you an indicator that will store the value of Todays High as it was at 9:31AM. It will not change throughout the day.
Then in your Open Position Rules (tab3), create this rule:
Current Ask Price > TimedPrice1
As soon a the Current Ask price is greater than the high of that first minute, the software will execute a buy.
You can add more Open Position Rules (tab3):
Intraday High (1,1,0) at least 1 percent Greater than Intraday Low (1,1,0)
Intraday High (1,1,0) at least .10 Dollars Greater than Intraday Low (1,1,0)
On the top of the Strategy Wizard, your can select the Videos (Strategy Wizard Overview) for a detailed walkthough of each of the tabs in the Strategy Wizard. I would watch that first.
Hedge
|
Thanks Hedge your comments are very helpful. I did watch the videos and understand how to set things up but am unclear on the strategy definitions. When I set the timed price 1 equal to __, I see both a todays highest price selection and an intraday high selection. In both case I don’t see any choice for 9:31. Another question, Is it possible to have the trigger as the 9:31 high plus say 5 cents? In your experience, with such a setting of buying after a 1 minute high is exceeded, how fast can one expect to get filled after the signal is generated? Thanks again
|
If you click TIMED INDICATORS at the top of the Strategy Wizard, WHILE EDITING A STRATEGY, you will see a whole screen with times that you can enter and indicator names. You can’t miss it.
First you set the TimedPrice1 to a time and an indicator.
After that you go to the various tabs to use TimedPrice1 in your rules, per my post above.
If you want the Current Price to be .05 greater than the 1 minute high then you would use:
Current Ask Price at least .05 greater than TimedPrice1
However, using TimedPrice1 will only be good for the first minute.
If you want to just buy anytime the current price is .05 greater than the previous 1 minute high, then you could skip the Timed Indicator and just go with this:
Current Ask Price at least .05 greater than Intraday High (1,1,0)
As far as how fast it will enter, I don’t see why it would not be immediate.
Hedge
|
Hedge when utilizing the TimedPrice1 and setting it for TODAYS HIGH and 9:31AM, it appears that the robot is including pre market data as well as the high price is off. Any other ideas on setting this up to only consider the 9:31 high?
|
I think each broker hands the data differently when starting early.
For example, for a long time you could not start CT and TWS before the market opened. I don’t know if the IB has fixed that problem.
To avoid those problems I just set my traders for all brokers to start at 9:30A.M. after the market is opened already.
Hedge
|
Is that possible though if i am preloading a list of tickers into the program before the market open. I usually have a list of 10 symbols which change day to day that I want the robot to buy from. I usually put the symbols in the watchlist around 9:15 but have noticed that it may take 5-10 minutes to get them out of the exceptions and ready to trade. How would i do this given the 9:30 start time?
|
manually typing in symbols kind of violates the whole notion of robotic trading. IMO
|
Jerry my use of the robot is not so much to be fully automated but to get orders in asap on multiple stocks and to monitor once they are entered. Something that I could not do efficiently manually. So yes I am not automating the watchlist part but merely the execution but it seems to be harder than I thought.
|
Jerry, doing things manually to start is fine.
I am sure that later more and more of the strategy will get automated.
Brooklyn, I suggest using a symbol file instead of the watch list rules to enter the symbols before 9:30. That way you can take your time entering the symbols and don’t have to type all of the symbols into the system in a frenzy at 9:30 sharp.
Enlightened
|
Does this rule work with cool trade?
Intraday RSI (1,1,0) is at least 200% greater than Intraday RSI (1,1,1). Thanks!
|
I do not see anything wrong with the rule itself.
The only problem is that it is not very likely the value of the RSI will change by that much from 1 minute to the next.
Enlightened
|
I’m a new user, second day. I have activated both a long and short strategy and exited the strategy page. This morning, the only strategy being implemented is the long strategy.
What am I missing?
ap
|
Launch the Strategy Wizard and make sure there is a check mark to activate botht eh Long and Short strategy.
Also, make sure there are symbols in the watch list. Click the option at the top of the screen to retrieve the watch list counts. If there are 0 symbols that pass the Short watch list rules then there will not be any Short symbols to load into the automated trader.
Also, in the automated trader, just above the watch list (in the middle of the screen), there is a button to toggle between the Long and Short watch list. If you click it, it will show the symbols in the Long and Short watch list.
See if that helps.
Enlightened
|
Thank you,, that was the problem, the short trades were waiting at toggle, but weren’t activating because they didn’t meet the rules.
Thanks again
|
This morning, I loaded CT with Trade with Cramer and AAP. There are no symbols showing in the watch list. Is this normal?
|
I have a machine that trades Jim’s alerts and there are no symbols in the watch list.
Only when Jim sends an alert does the symbol appear in the watch list.
I have not seen any alerts today, but there were a few yesterday.
Make sure you have set up your Action Alerts Plus! username/password on the My Subscriptions screen.
Hedge
|
Thank you, I have the subscriptions set correctly. By the way, have you found this strategy to be effective? I am new to both CT and AAP.
AP
|
I use the AAP strategy that comes at the bottom of the strategy list, which was created by Bob Bentnon (something like that). it takes profits that are up $500 instead of waiting for Jim to say to close the position. I like that because Jim seems good at picking the stocks but doesn’t always take profits as quickly as I like.
H
|
Is this the one titled,"actually going up? if so, that is the one I activated and will give it a try. Thanks for your time and the suggestions.
ap
|
Yes. The Actually going up one only enters the trade if the stock price is above the previous day’s close price.
|
Can anyone explain what this indicator is. I haven’t found a site that clearly explains. or please refer me to a site with a clear explanation. Thanks in advance
|
ABS(Open-Close) just returns Todays Open Price minus Yesterday’s Close Price, and removes the +- sign.
So, if the stock opened .50 less than Yesterday’s Close then ABS(Open-Close) would return .50
Ed
|
Can anyone shed some light on why this indicator would be important to someone? is there anyone who wouldn’t trade without it? I’m asking because its the only indicator that I have ever tried yet still don’t see the significance. The explanation above by Ed is clear but I don’t see how the indicator is practical.
|
I think it is a case of "to each his own". There are many indicators in the CoolTrade system, and in many other systems, that I find totally useless.
Apparently though someone thought it was important enough to know the range between the current days open price and the previous days close price, regardless of the direction (hence the ABS).
I agree. I cannot see the value of such an indicator. But there must be some CoolTrade user that could not live without it, otherwise CoolTrade would not have bothered to create it.
Enlightened
|
Thanks, Great explaination
|
I am new to CoolTrade and am also not sure if this has been discussed before. Is it possible to execute a limit order any time during the day (after the first hour) if the following condition is satisfied:
Buy price is 62% of 1st hour range down from 1st hour high
For example, if stock XYZ opens at 10 trades a high of 11 and a low of 10 for the first hour, then the limit order to buy would be placed at a price of 10.38
Thanks,
rsg
|
I don’t think you can do it exactly the way you want.
The only place I can see where the range is calculated is the Intraday indicators and you cannot specify that the range is only good for the first hour, which would allow you to keep the first hour range stored/fixed and they allow you to buy throughout the day.
The only way I can think of doing it is to calculate the trailing 60 minute range.
Then, if you only want to open positions immediately based on that range you set the Start/Stop opening position times on tab1 to 10:30am to 10:35am. No new positions will be opened after that time.
If you leave the start/stop times set to 9:30am to 3:30pm then it will allow you to open positions based on the trailing 60 minutes range throughout the day.
Open Position Rules:
Set your Open Position Times on Tab1 as follows:
Start Checking To Open New Positions: 10:30AM
Stop Checking To Open New Positions: 10:35AM
Then use rules like this to calculate where in the trailing 60 minute price range you want the Current Price to be before entering a trade.
Current Bid Price < Intraday Top 5/8 of Candle Price (1, 60, 0)
Hedge
|
Thank you for your response Hedge. This is quite helpful and I will try your options out in the design of the strategy.
rsg
|
How much does the stock have to move to the downside before it gets triggered.
Thanks
|
That is a floating value, so it is hard to determine.
It uses these these values in the calculation:
Profit Goal
Profit Pullback
Profit Protection Value
and "hard coded" .05 for the minimum protection.
It starts by profit protecting .05 after the Profit Protection (that you specified) is reached and then it rapidly progressively captures more profit as the stock price goes higher (or lower for shorts).
If you see a "P" on the far-right of the trader in the "Reached" column, then that means Profit Protection has kicked in. Then look at the "Lmt Price" and that will show the price that it wants to close on. Since it is a floating calculation that keeps changing, the Lmt Price will also keep changing.
Ed
|
Is there anyway to apply moving averages to the DJI, NASDAQ 100, etc. S&Petc.?
I’d like to go long only when all are up, or short when all are trending down. I see that there is a % of stocks in the Dow(30) Up, etc, and am using those as best as I can and applying the max 300 minute, but I’m not sure how robust this is for slightly longer term trading. Given that it has a minute interval it seems to be more for intraday trading.
Funny thing today I set up a mirror strategy for longs and shorts, with a variety of parameters and then using % of stocks up in Dow > % stocks down in Dow, etc, and vise versa for shorts. Given the market has been down, and only recently up today, I found it funny that it went long at the first of the morning. Then later this morning it has switched to making short trades. I looked in the rules section and it seems legit, and yet all the major indexes are up so why would it be shorting now? And yet again, why did it go long early on? Does TDameritrade’s historical data encompass aftermarket data so 300 minutes of pre market data these indexes were actually up and thus the longs?
Hopefully some one can follow all of that. I wish I Could just apply moving average cross overs with the indexes, this would be more accurate in capturing the overall market trend I’d like to apply to when going long or short. Learning that my long trades really rally and cash in when market is up, and vise versa for shorts, figured no point in fighting it and investing money against overall market trend, especially when dealing with some what volatile stocks.
Thanks,
Conrad
|
Hi Conrad,
Not exactly what you are looking for, but I have been using the following and it seems to achieve the same end.
Today’s DOW Move is Greater Than 0
Today’s S&P500 Move is Greater Than 0
Today’s Nasdaq Move is Greater Than 0
Today’s E-Mini Move is Greater Than 0
The combination of all 4 seems to be effective. I also mirror these for a short strategy. And when the indicators are a mix of some up and some down then no positions get opened.
Steve
|
Steve,
I appreciate you verifying those parameters. I considered using the same, but felt like it really doesn’t give me a trend. I might give them a go. Ideally, I’d like to apply a moving average or directional movement type indicator to trend the market.
Thanks!
Conrad
|
Suppose I have 3 trades in my position:
Trade 1: 100
Trade 2: 110
Trade 3: 130
In the past, I bought and sold share with same symbol at price 80 and 90.
Then what is the "My same symbol lowest trade price"?
Is it 80, 90 or 100?
Meanwhile, what the different between it and "My same symbol lowest trade price move"?
Many thanks if you can help!!!!
|
Suppose I have 3 trades in my position:
Trade 1: 100
Trade 2: 110
Trade 3: 130
Current Price: 140
Based on the above information, here are the variables and their values:
My Same Symbol lowest Trade Price: 130 (most recent purchase)
My Same Symbol Highest Trade Price: 100 (oldest purchase)
My Same Symbol Lowest Trade Price Move: +10 (current price - last entry price)
However note, that if you were actually adding to a losing position, the trades would be:
Trade1: 130
Trade2: 110
Trade3: 100
It was based on the concept of adding to a losing position that the "My highest trade price" and "My Lowest Trade Price" got their names.
CC
|
Once profit goal is reached, does the ’pullback after reaching profit goal’ go into affect and the trailing stop loss no longer is applied or used?
The explanations concerning reentry pullback are a little different between the manual and the help you get from mousing-over on tab 6. If reentry pullback is set to 1% then does this mean the price has to change either +1% or -1% from the price at which is was closed out before a new position can be opened, after also satisfying the open position rules (if so than it’s not really a reentry pullback as much as a ’price must change up or down before reentry’)? Otherwise after a long position is closed, if the price must drop below the last close price, and the stock never goes below this price for years, than a position won’t be opened for years, even though it may be a good idea to open one since the stock is steadily increasing.
How long does the reentry pullback rule stay in affect? Forever or just for the day a position was closed (since cooltrade is preprogrammed to always exit/shutdown around midnight)?
|
>>>Once profit goal is reached, does the ’pullback after reaching profit goal’ go into affect and the trailing stop loss no longer is applied or used?
BOTH go into affect. The Pullback After Reaching Goal kicks in and also the Trailing Stop Loss and Stop Loss are also still in affect. Whichever one happens first, will close the position.
>>>How ReEntry Pullback Actually Works:
For a position to get ReOpened after it is closed:
* For a Long position, the stock price must drop by the ReEntry Pullback Amount specified.
* For a Short position, the stock price must go up by the ReEntry Pullback Amount specified.
>>>How long does the reentry pullback rule stay in affect?
The ReEntry Pullback feature is only active on the SAME DAY that the position was closed. The next day, the ReEntry Pullback is ignored and a position will get opened based on the Open Position rules only.
|
If no data is available for a rule (for example what if a fundamental rule’s data is not available) will the rule then not be used or will the trade be prevented because the rule was not satisfied?
|
if data is not available then the rule is considered FAILED and will prevent the trade.
Ed
|
In addition to know knowing if data items in the FUNDAMENTAL DATA will be supplied in the online brokerage data feed, I guess one should not necessarily assume even things like historic volatility will be provided, and if they are, whose to say that the variable names will match up with what cooltrade is looking for?
|
The only way to know if a symbol has FUNDAMENTAL DATA is to use it in the Watch List. Common Fundamental rules are:
Institutional Ownership Percent is greater than 10
Current Assets is greater than Current Liabilities
If some symbols do not have fundamental data to compare then those symbols will not show up in the watch list.
Ed
|
How come when I select .Hammer is Bullish as a watchlist rule the watchlist count goes to zero, and yet if I put this same rule in the open new position tab the count does not go to zero?
|
Only the Watch List rules affect the symbols in the Watch List.
While, Open Position rules get checked intraday and do not add or remove symbols from the watch list.
Note also, the End Of Day indicators do not change their values throughout the day. So, if .Hammer is not bullish when the day starts, the indicator will not change to bullish in the middle of the day.
Ed
|
If add to advancing or declining positions is checked, and all open positions are closed, then does the price have to move before a new position will be opened? I think not, unless reentry pullback is specified. Can anyone confirm if I’ve got this right. In other words, if all shares of a stock are closed out, then I would think the add to advancer/decliners rules are no longer applied, even on the same day.
|
Right. Adding to Advancing and Declining positions only applies to ADDING TO EXISTING POSITIONS. If the position is closed, then only the Open Position Rules is checked (along with the ReEntry Pullback if the position was previously closed on the same day).
Ed
|
How exactly is this calculated? Which data from the datafeed is used? To what extent is it an estimate?
|
Also, I suppose datafeeds from some online brokerages may not supply all the data required for the calculation. Is this correct?
|
if you select the indicator and then right-click on it there is a description that tells what it is. There isn’t a description for most of the common indicators that can be searched on the internet, but there are descriptions for many of the custom indicators in CoolTrade.
The description for PERCENT OF SYMBOL BUY TRADES IN X SECONDS IS:
% of Buy trades for one symbol over the specified timeframe (seconds).
So, that indicator compares the number of Buy Trades vs Sell Trades over that time period and returns the "% of the buy trades".
So, if there were 10 trades and 8 of them were buy trades then it would return 80.
I think you would need a broker’s datafeed for these indicators to be useful because the broker feeds are streaming sometimes many times per second as opposed to the snapshot data returned by the CoolTrade feed.
Hedge
|
Thanks hedge. I have an idea how it might calculate % of Buy trades but I don’ t know for sure unless someone who has seen the code can tell me.
|
The calcuation uses the Last Trade Price from the exchange during the specified period (seconds).
If the Last Trade Price <= Bid Price then it is a Sell Trade.
If the Last Trade Price >= Ask Price then it is a Buy Trade.
FORMULA
% of Symbol Buy Trade in X seconds = (BuyTrades / (BuyTrades + Sell Trades)) X 100
CT
|
Are all bullish/bearish indicators calculated using data from the previous trading day, that is, they will not change at all on today’s trading day? I just need confirmation that this is definitely the case.
|
Yes. That is true. Those indicators are calculated at night (after market close).
|
As I understand it, all of the indicators on the Watch List Rules (Tab2) list are end of Day indicators and do not change during the day..
|
How do we know the answer for certain? Seems like only Ed knows for sure.
|
Both Enlightened and Hedge are correct. The EOD indicators are calculated at night and do not change during the day.
You may use the DYNAMIC indicators, which use the Current Price, during the trading day, as they update during the day. The difference between the EOD indicators and the DYNAMIC indicators is that the DYNAMIC indicators use the Current Price for the last price in the calculation and the appropriate number of Previous Close prices to complete the calculation.
You can search the Community board for DYNAMIC for multiple discussion on this topic.
CT
|
Seems like the advancing declining dialog box wording needs clarification. Think the title should say for Advancing "Add to Position as Stock Price goes up for Long Positions or as Stock Price goes down for Short Positions", OR, "Add to Position as Current Position becomes more Profitable".
The buy/sell wording under the add to advancers/decliners table does not make sense to me. Seems like the left column, where you buy/sell/buy/sell, that as soon as you sell, the add to decliner rules will no longer apply because the position just got closed out and you no longer own any of the stock. And if the rule really does stay in force after a sell, whether I want to add or not may depend on whether the last sell was profitable or unprofitable.
|
I agree with your meaning. Basically it should say ’Add to profitable or winning position" or "add to non-proifitable losing position".
The Add to Advancers/Decliners resets if you have 0 shares. The feature looks at lots purchased. It is there to all you to spread your trades out so you don’t buy more shares at a price too close to your last purchase.
The Add To Position Rules do not get checked until the stock has moved enough (in accordance with the settings on the Add To Advancers/Decliners screen). So the settings on this screen are just a starting point for adding to an existing open position.
So, even though the Add To Declining Postiion may say add on a .33 cent drop in the stock price, my Add To Position Rules have a rule that states I only want to add on a 10% drop in the stock price that must also be true.
Besides the possible wording improvements I think it took a genius to come up with these methods.
Hedge
|
Is there any way to find out which strategy today’s best trader is using?
Michael
|
Hi Michael,
We are actually lucky to see the strategy at all.
We used to show the Exit Rules that kicked out the closed positions, but many argued that we are giving away the most important thing in their strategy, so we had to take it out.
The only way to know what the strategy is, is to look at the open positions and trades and make a determination.
I can see that the shares are all different, so he is probably using 5% for the share size.
Since no opens or closes have taken place, we can see the positions were opened on previous days (so it is not a daytrading strategy).
Many of the symbols are over $2 so it is not the $2 and Below strategy.
My guess is that it is the Conservative Long since it is only hold Long positions and since the DOW is down today, it has not opened any new Long positions.
We could determine more if there were trades and we could see the profits taken per trade.
Regards,
Ed
|
Is there a way for me to have a cut off price so that it doesn’t buy/sell short after the stock has already made a big gain?
So in other words if it is X number of cents above the pervious day’s high/low, I don’t want to mess with it.
|
Yes.
Here is the rule:
Current Bid Price is at least -.05 below Yesterday’s High Price
Current Bid Price is at least -.05 above Yesterday’s Low Price
When you put a minus sign in the Open Rules, Add to Rules, or Exit Rules:
Notice that the “is at least” is changed to “no more than”. Also the minus disappears, and the “above” or “below” gets reversed.
So the rules get read like this:
Current Bid Price is no more than .05 above Yesterday’s High Price
Current Bid Price is no more than .05 below Yesterday’s Low Price
Regards,
Ed
|
So, normally my strategy’s watchlist is normal- and populates well below 50 stocks... Well since the market has crashed so explosively over the last few trading sessions, the same strategy is displaying 218 symbols in the watchlist. How is this going to effect the performance of the autotrader? And will I want to make a note to be ready to make these adjustments in the future, by tightening my rules some during severe crashes/extreme volatility like we are experiencing now?
Patrick
|
That is happening because most stocks are way too high and the Short strategy rules that you are using were real loose because the market was going up for so long. Basically, it was hard to find a stock to Short. But now that the market is tanking, the Watch List rules need to be tightened to not retrieve so many stocks. I notice on my Long strategy it is hard to find even 5 stocks to go long with.
Yes, you need to tighten up the rules. Since the brokers will not send data for more than 100 symbols, having too many can be a problem. It will definitely make your system run harder.
Tighten rules suggestion for the Short Strategy:
Edit the Watch List (Tab2).
Increase ATR% (for example if it was 2, try changing it to 3, etc.)
Increate ATR (for example if it was .20, try changing it to .30, etc.)
Change Total Bearish Indicators to be at least 12 greater than Total Bullish Indicators.
You should try to keep the count to no more than 60 symbols.
Enlightened
|
The strategy that I would like to work on, I have been tracking manually for 10 months, needs to look @ 2000+/- stocks a day and even then I identify 1-4 shares that I would like to robitically trade. Some days it is none. Because of this I can use the strategy. Is there any way to get the program to accept this level of stocks to look at?
|
The brokers have set the limit to 100 symbols that they will provide data for. So, CoolTrade limits the number of symbols in the CoolTrade system to 100.
Some clients have up to 10 accounts where they have 100 symbols in each account for up to 1000 symbols. With multiple accounts you can separate each account by breaking the symbols into groups like AMEX stocks up to $30/share, AMEX stock over $30/share, NASD... ETC.
CT
|
This morning I bought HOLI. I set my rules to buy starting at 9:30 AM and my rules were to buy if the stock opened anywhere from -3% of previous close to +3% of previous close. The stock opened at 6.38 and never went above 6.40 and all morning and yet I was filled at 6.54 - how could this be - this is an enigma for me - can someone help to explain this
|
If you post a little more info, we may be able to help figure it out:
1. What time did it fill.
2. Post your 2 open position rules. The ones that state -3% to +3%.
Enlightened
|
Frankly I am confused - During the day the AutoTrader told me I was filled at 6.54 and that my P/L was -$220. However when I checked my brokerage account, I was actually filled at $6.23. I am not sure why the discrepancy exists.
Anyway My Rules:
Today’s current ask price is at least -3 percent less than yesterday’s close price
Today’s open price is at least -4 percent greater than yesterday’s close price
Filled at 9:30:24 AM
|
Your rules look good. The only issue is at 9:30:24 there is crazy fluctuations in the prices and the pre-market prices are still flying on the ticker. That is why I think the trader logged the higher price. But the broker got it right when they posted the fill at 6.23.
So the fill was good because it was between the -4% to 3% range from the previous day’s close price.
Enlightened
|
Enlightened appears to know his business. Thanks Enlight!
The broker is supposed to report the fill to the CoolTrade software. It should state the shares purchased and the fill price.
If the broker does not send the fill price (which is quite common), then the software uses the Ask Price for the fill price (for a long) and for a short, it uses the Bid Price.
You may want to move your Open Position times to a little bit later. Even 9:31AM is better than 9:30AM since there is an exorbinate amount of data comes from the exchanges the instant the market opens and the exchanges cannot keep up. Therefore they could send data a little late. It would not surprise me to see a high Ask Price carried over from the pre-market.
Many of us set our open positon times to start 9:45AM.
CT
|
My open times in my strategies is set to 9:35AM and have not had any problems with the prices.
Hedge
|
Thanks - you guys have been very helpful. My gap strategy calls for an earlier start - closer to 9:30 AM. I am usually out of the stock by 9:45 AM
|
Is there a way for me to have CT work properly with for a 200MA on a 5-minute duration?
When I do this I get a "-1" for the value. I believe that this is because of the number of bars needed to do a 200MA. Could it use a dynamic MA from the prior day?
I am manually trading of brokers charts, and StockCharts, but wanted to automate this.
Thanks!
|
Right. The -1 means the software does not have enough historical minute bars to do the calculation.
The Intraday indicators only use about 600 minutes of history (about 2 days), and that is provided by these 3 brokers only:
TD Ameritrade
Interactive Brokers
MB Trading
These no way to get a 200 Day MA on 5-minute bars.
Enlightened
|
Thanks. I have Interactive Brokers, but was still showing -1.
|
right. Interactive Brokers only gives a couple days of historical minute bars. Not nearly enough for a 200 day indicator.
|
If I set
Timed Price 1 at 9:30am "Today’s Trailing Highest Bid Price"
Timed Price 2 at 10:30am "Today’s Trailing Highest Bid Price"
What does Trailing mean?
Does it mean that the value for Time Price 1 will first initially record the Highest Bid Price at 9:30am but could change after 9:30am if a new Highest Bid is reached?
Unlike other Timed Price values that never change does the "Trailing" Statement mean the value can change so long as it meets that condition?
|
Yes. The TRAILING means the price can continue to change if the price goes higher.
Whereas, the other Timed indicators remain fixed with the price at the time specified.
CT
|
I have a problem with getting my strategy to work. It enters perfectly but due to the way the system works it can get in a loop and sell immediately.
The problem arises because of one of my exit rules (the most important one!).
A part of my strategy is to buy on a pullback to the 5sma and I sell when the candle closes above the 5 minute sma.
The sell rule I am using includes:
Intradaday close (5,1,0) > Intraday sma(5,5,0)
The problem arises because on most occaisions this rule is met when I buy (as in refers to the previous bar and I haven’t got to the close in the bar I entered) so I wondered if there was some way to ignore the current bar (i.e the one I bought in) and test on the ’next’ bar or the next transition of the close price.
I have tried lots of ways of soing this and I just can’t see a way fo doing this.
Many thanks for any help and I hope I have explained clearly.
Alan
|
Alan,
The 0 at the end is the offset and 0 means "the most recently closed bar". We do not work with open bars, only closed bars.
Therefore, to avoid the situation where the Sell rules are already true when you open the position, just put a reciprical sell rule into your open position rules.
Add this rule to your Open Position rules:
Intradaday close (5,1,0) < Intraday sma(5,5,0)
Notice I changed the sign to LESS THAN because you are using GREATER THAN in the Sell Rules.
CT
|
Hi CT,
Thanks for the response. Unfortunately in almost all cases that rule will prevent me from entering the trade. It looks like I will have to discard that strategy as it is not possible with the system.
Thanks for your feedback.
Alan
|
Please explain what the difference is in the intraday indicators min/bar and interval? For instance, with the Intraday Parabolic SAR, the indicator allows you to choose min/bar and interval, so what’s the difference? If i choose 10 min/bar and 1 interval is that the same as 1 min/bar and 10 interval?
|
min/bar = lengh of bar
interval = number of bars
For some indicators, the order doesn’t matter.
I don’t use PSAR so I would try it both ways and see if the indicator values comes up different.
Hedge
|
I want a parabolic Sar that shows where the dots go from top to bottom of stock price chart. Seems it’s a great and simple indicator for stock direction change.
Is something similar available on CTP STRATEGIES?
|
how does the math work on the Stop Loss percentage. If i put in a stop loss at 2% how does that work with the minimum? for instance, if the stock is purchased at $50 per share and i put in a stop loss at 2% and i want the 2% to be the default, would i put the minimum at say $50 per share or put it at $.01. It is my desire that the minimum not control the stop, but the 2% control, ie i want to stop out at $1 per share (2% of $50).
|
The MINIMUM VALUE is used in case you are concerned that the 2% may result in a number too small. For instance 2% of a $2.00 stock would be .04 cents. You obviously want more than a .04 Stop Loss, so you might put .10 for the minimum. So, if the 2% results in a number smaller than .10 then the system will use the .10 for the Stop Loss.
If you don’t care what value the 2% results in, then use 0.00 or .01 for the Minmum Value.
CT
|
Good morning to all;
I have a LONG STRATEGY to buy QQQ long if opening price is higher than or equal to yesterdays closing price and a
SHORT STRATEGY to buy short if openeing price is less than yesterdays closing price..The time of opening positions is 9:30 am to 9:32 am.
Yesterday on Dec 23 QQQ clearly opened HIGHER than th closing price of Dec 22 still cool trade went with the short strategy and shorted the shares .This cost me money and could be considered a serious flaw in the system.
Can somone tell me why this has happened and how can it be avoided?
Thank you.
|
Actually you can consider it a flaw in the exchange data or the brokers data because CoolTrade gets the open price from the broker.
Just like you don’t proceed through an intersection the instant the light turns green, without making sure the intersection is clear and no pedestrians are in the walkway, you should add a few more rules to confirm the move.
For example:
Current Bid Price < Yesterdays Close Price
Current Ask Price < Yesterdays Close Price
LastTradePrice < Yesterdays Close Price
Todays Open Price < Yesterdays Close Price
That way, if 1 value is off, the others will ensure things are moving in the direction you want.
Also note that all stocks don’t open the instant the market opens at 9:30am. Also the instant the market opens prices are all over the place. I have seen people set their Start Opening Positions at 9:31am or 9:32am, so the rouge prices at startup have time to clear.
CT
|
The first 1-2 minutes in the market is crazy as a lot of pre-market data is still being flushed out and ends up in the brokers data feed.
I start my trader at exactly 9:30 and then it starts trading 2 minutes later. The data is way more accurate doing it that way.
Enlightened
|
thank you customer support and enlightened for the quick and informative reply.
|
in the profit requirements tab, both stop loss and traling stop loss have an option for % of entry price with a minimum amount. If I wanted the % to be 1% stop loss and 1.5% trailing stop loss AND to disregard the minimum, should i set the minimum amount at $.01 the smallest amount (there is no $.00 for either) or at $50 the largest amount, if i really want the minimum to be disregarded and the 1% and 1.5% to be totally controlling?
|
Set the MINIMUM amount to .01 if you do not care how small the 1% stop loss and 1.5% trailing stop loss is.
Enlightened
|
Anybody else using cooltrade to day trade ETFs .
Iam interested to know because i have been doing this for about 6 weeks now with excellent returns and i want to know if i should expect any hurdles in the furture and i would like to share ideas.
|
I was day trading FAZ (long and short) for a while but the broker would not let me do 4-1 margin, so I switched to HAL. For weeks it was moving a lot similar to FAZ but for the last month it has really slowed down. Worse than that half the time it doesn’t even move in the same direction as the dow.
Recently I copied a strategy called "BG BB" from the office10... machine that uses intraday bollinger bands and intraday parabolic sar and so it is a lot more accurate in determining the entry points.
I don’t want to throw away the baby with the bath water. Meaning that the market has been slow these last few weeks so I want to wait and see what happens when volatility comes back into the market. I think the strategy is good, but no strategy is going to perform until the market moves. As it is with this slow market, one day I’m up $300 and the next day it’s down $300. I can live with that until we get more big moves.
Carol N
|
I trade IWM because of a wide true range and high volume of shares traded daily.
I downloaded 2 years worth of historical data to excel and ran some formulas to determine the best entery and exit points then simulated with cool trade for a month and tweakd the entries further then i started live trading and so far i have total of 32 trades with only 4 misses ,not a statisticaly significant number to make any conclusions i know but so far so good.
Iam curious about how and where to see this BG BB data ?
|
I don’t know where to get data, but the strategy can be found if you click on OPTIONS next to any fo the strategies in the strategy wizard. Then click COPY STRATEGY. Then at the top of the Copy Strategy screen, there is a drop down list of people sharing their strategies.
Click on the email name starting with Office10... There you will find the Long and Short strategies that start with BG BB...
Then you can copy it over one of your 5 long or short strategies.
|
The machines running in the cooltrade offices start with OFFICEx@cool-trade.com. They run a bunch of that are shareable.
Another good long term strategy is the Dow 30 $1.00 moves strategy. It just trades the 30 stocks on the Dow and takes $1/share profits and adds on $1 drops in the stock price. I believe that is on Office 8 has the long version of the strategy, and Office9 has the Short strategy. You could copy them both to the same trader though.
I think they put them on different traders so they can be long and short the same symbols at the same time.
Carol N
|
Thank you very much.
I will post an update about how well my strategy is doing maybe in another two or three months when i have more trades.
|
I would like to make only 3 trades a day. How would I get autotrade to do this? Thanks!
|
Jamie,
I do not believe there is an indicator or setting in the CoolTrade system to stop after a specific number of trades.
There are ways to prevent a single stock from opening more than once though. So, if you are trading 3 different stocks and you only want to open each one of those 1 time in the day, you can do that.
Carol N.
|
Not sure what is up with this. I don’t normally watch my CT so I don’t normally see these things. However I am off for a few days adn and am I testing on one of my subscriptions with: Intraday MACD (12, 26, 9, 10, 0) > Intraday MACD (12, 26, 9, 10, 1).
However, the values for both sides are zero when I view in the Rules for any stock. The strategy is not buying and so I was wondering what was up. Any explanation for what is going on with this indicator?
|
0 returns for the Intraday indicators means that there is not enough minute bars data to make the calculation.
The only brokers who provide historial minute bars upon login are:
TD Ameritrade
MB Trading
Interactive Brokers
Wtih all other brokers, you have to wait until the software accumulates enough data to calculate the indicator.
For example, if you are looking at a 30 minute moving average, then you would have to wait 30 minutes.
Intraday MACD (12, 26, 9, 1, 1) has 3 moving averages (12, 26, 9) so you would have to wait 26 minutes. However, since you put an offset of 1 (at the end), it means the next bar back, which would require another 26 minutes. Of course, waiting would not be necessary if you were logged into one of the above brokers because they provide a few days of historical minute bars upon login.
Enlightened
|
I sort of suspected that, but was not sure. Thanks for the heads up. I have one with TD Ameritrade and one with OptionXpress. The issue was happening with the OPX account which confirms your reply. Looks like I may have to move that account. Thanks again.
|
CoolTrader entered a short on AT&T (T) on 4/14/2012. On 4/24/2012 AT&T released earnings before the market opened, AT&T gapped up + $0.60 and continued to move up throughout the day (+$1.21). I’m thinking I should add "Day to Next Earnings is Greater than 14" to my short strategy. Has anyone been successful using this function and do you feel this is logical? Should the days be changed for up or down from 14 days?
Thanks,
Chris
|
A few days ago someone (I can’t remember who) ran 2 traders, side by side. One with an exit rule (Days To Next Earnings >= 14) and one without that exit rule.
The trader WITH THAT RULE did much better than the one without the rule. So just getting ride of positions that have earnings coming soon happened to be good that year.
For my trading, since I hold all positions until they become profitable (as I sell off the winners LIFO) as I don’t like the idea of closing positions at a loss, for no apparent reason, that rule is not for me.
Enlightened
|
This is not closing positions. This rule is just not opening short positions that have earnings within the next 14 days. I feel stocks have a long bias vs. Fx or futures which don’t have a positive or negative bias.
Thanks for your input,
gage1919
|
I can see the value of that. I’m going to add an Open rules and an Add to Posiitons rule to not open positions when the DaysToNextEarnings <= 14.
That makes total sense. THANK YOU.
|
Is there a way to use CT to take advantage of Earnings? We know that many stocks make some large swings on earnings. Could we set the watchlist for earnings less than 14 and play long and short strategies at the same time so that we win regardless of which direction the stock moves?
|
You certainly could create a long strategy and a short strategy and only load the watch lists with stocks where DaysToNextEarnings < 2 so you only see stocks with earnings coming out in a day or 2.
The problem is that is a long time to wait to trade. I like my traders running every day.
|
Thanks Hedge. I also like the trader running every day and probably prefer more trades to less. The only thing is that we know stocks gap on earnings in the 1st and 4th quarters. I might try it for a few days on known movers.
|
I am pretty sure there are both types of audiences here. I currently prefer stop losses and selling all positions before the end of the day. Thats just me. However in the process, I do lose funds since I will be selling some of the positions at a loss.
But I have 3 questions for the folks who keep their stocks till they make profit:
1. How badly does it affect your account by blocking the capital with positions that are in loss? Are you ok with not trading since your capital is now blocked?
2. What percentage of your capital has been blocked in positions that are in loss (worst case and on an average)?
3. What is your approx allocation towards each stock knowing that you wont sell it in case of a loss? For example: may be you distribute your total available balance into 20 portions/allocations so you can trade 20 stocks?
I do like the idea that at some point in time, stocks are going to come back up. But I am not sure when. For instance, some time back I bought a few shares of BAC at 9.98. Stupid me. Till now they havent come back and its been more than 2 months I guess.
|
I remember when the buy and hold (adding to losers) and selling LIFO methodology first started to take hold in the CoolTrade office about 3.5 years ago. About 30 people piled into their office and the place was a virtual think-tank. After hearing people say "I lost because I got stopped out" so many times, as a group they started analyzing the idea of just adding to losers and selling the profitable ones LIFO. Everyone was doing it. Some adding 100 shares on 10% drops for a max of 1000 even if the company went to zero and some adding on 15% drops for a total of 700 shares max. We discovered that over 90% of the stocks never dropped that much. Instead they would just go up and down and we would be taking profits all of the time. We got to where we are happy if the stock takes a nice 30% or 40% drop so we get lots of buys and sells.
I remember everyone looking at each other and asking "how do you lose in the long run" and no one could figure out how to lose in the long run. I only trade the DOW stocks because they have nice moves up and down and my traders take profits (long or short) every day.
To answer you questions:
I only trade the Dow stocks under $40 a share, 100 share lots, and max of 5 stocks. Using 2-1 margin I always have a lot of reserve funds on the sidelines to add to losers in case the market takes a 50% hit. Always preparing for the worse-case scenerio.
I know others who trade in lot sizes equal to 3% of buying power (includes 2-1 margin) so they can allocate enough for 30 trades (as you mentioned). So you have enough to do 30 trades / 5 lots each equals 6 stocks (conservatively) as most DOW stocks are not all going to drop over 50%. Usually 1 or 2 stocks will drop a lot and the rest will not drop as much and remember you are taking profits every day the stocks have an up day and those profits add up quickly.
After not taking losses EVER, you will get addicted to the adding on drops and selling LIFO. They you will have to convince so many others who are addicted to selling on dips and locking in the losses.
Compare that to mutual funds that only hold losers and don’t add at the bottom and just ride the prices up and down for your whole life. Millions of people are following that losing methodology.
Enlightened
|
I know the strategies under the Todays Top Strategies are proprietary, but does anyone sell these strategies?
Thanks,
Gage
|
I’m not aware of anyone selling strategies.
Most CoolTraders share their strategies.
If you click OPTIONS next to any of the strategies in your Strategy Wizard, it will pop up a list of Top Performing strategy, where the clients have select "willing to share strategies" in their Automated Trader. it shows the top 5 Long and Short shareable strategies.
Regards,
Ed
|
What is Timed Price 1 Rule, Timed Price 2 Rule, Timed Price 3 Rule, Timed Price 4 Rule and Timed Price 5 Rule?
Is there a manual that explains all of the rules?
gage
|
The Timed Price Indicators allow you to lock in a price at a precise time and then use that indicator (with the locked in time/price).
So, if you want to store the Current Bid Price as it was at 10:00am in Timed Price 1. Then only buy stock if the current price is above the 10:00am price, use this rule:
Set Timed Price 1 = Current Bid Price for 10:00am
Then Open Position Rule:
Current Bid Price > Timed Price 1
if you click Search on the Community Board and type in Timed Price 1, you will see many posts discussing this topic.
CT
|
I’m simulating FAZ Long & Short on an intraday time period. I’m having problems with the program opening another trade within a few seconds after it closes the same type of trade. Is there a way to delay the program from few minutes to allow the price pattern to reset, then determine if it is an up trend or a down trend? I’ve tried using 5 min Intraday EMA > 10 Intraday SMA 10mim but the MACD study in the open positions section (Intraday MACD Value ( 12,26,9,10,0 ) > Intraday MACD Signal Line ( 12,26,9,10,0 ) ) is slow to react to price changes and it is still true after a trade closes.
I’ve changed these settings;
Today DOW move is less than 10
Today NASDAQ move is less than 2
Today S&P500 move is less than 1
So the program doesn’t flip from long to short when the indices are very close to zero during the day. I had several trades that opened then closed within a few seconds themselves as the Dow was moving form positive to negative several times midday for days ago.
Thanks,
Gage
|
If you want to only enter the trade immediately after the macd value crosses from below the macd signal and then goes above the signal, then add this rule to the Open Position Rules on Tab3:
Intaday MACD Value (12, 26, 9, 10, 1) < Intaday MACD Signal (12, 26, 9, 10, 1)
Since it has offset 1, it means 1 bar ago, the macd value was below the macd signal.
That would be for the LONG.
Reverse the sign for the Short.
|
When will facebook, FB be available to be trading in my cooltrade trader?
thx, Jerry
|
My guess is about a 6 months.
I remember when GOOG went public, we could not trade it for a long time. Something to do with the robotic trader needing historical indicators that cannot be created without historical data.
Enlightened
|
Is there a way to write a rule that will calculate the slope of a moving average
i.e. if the slope of the 20 ma is greater than 2 allow a long position to be opened
Thanks,
Gage
|
No. The only SLOPE indicator available is the Slope of the price move in 1 to 59 seconds max.
|
I’ve moved your indicator request to the indicator request area so it doens’t get lost in the discussions.
Thanks,
CT
|
I’m creating a short term trend trading set of indicators to test out with Cool - Trade.
2 of the indicators I want to use are as follows:
1.) Bollinger Bands
2.) Williams %R 14
My problem is I want to create the following 2 rules but the rule maker is proving difficult to work with as follows:
1.) Buy when the price punctures the lower Bollinger Band
Can that rule be stated as:( Lower Bollinger Band equals Current Price) ?
That’s the closed I can come with the C-T rulemaker.
2.) Buy when the Williams %R 14 is equal to or greater than -90
Can that rule be stated as: (Williams %R 14 is equal to or greater than -90) ?
The rule maker wants it stated as W %R is = or > than -90 dollars which does
not make sense.
Any suggestions for stating the above two rules with the C-T rule maker?
cate2354@comcast.net
|
When you say "they price punctures the lower Bollinger Band", I am assuming you mean the CURRENT PRICE WENT BELOW THE LOWER BOLLINGER BAND. If you meant Above then you can just switch the comparison sign to GREATER than.
Open Position Rules (use these 2 rules)
Current Price is less than Bollinger Lower
Williams %R (14) >= 90
The CoolTrade system (using Fmlabs indicators) calculates Williams %R as 0 to 100.
See:
Williams %R
The Williams %R is similar to an unsmoothed Stochastic %K. The values range from zero to 100, and are charted on an inverted scale, that is, with zero at the top and 100 at the bottom. Values below 20 indicate an overbought condition and a sell signal is generated when it crosses the 20 line. Values over 80 indicate an oversold condition and a buy signal is generated when it crosses the 80 line.
The %R indicator was developed by Larry Williams.
|
Thanks Enlightened Investor. That helps a beginner like me alot!
Can one use the same two rules you stated above to trade both a leverage
etf and its inverse etf?
cate2354
|
Yes. The rules would be the same for any stock or etf (and inverse etf).
|
I thought the stats reset when it is modified, i cant seem to get mine to reset. is there something special i have to do?
|
Each strategy has a unique strategy key.
If you change something substantial, like delete or add a rule, the strategy will change the unique key.
Every trade made keeps the strategy key used to open the position.
So, if the strategy key changes, then there will be no trades associated with the new strategy, and hence, the strategy stats should be zero.
|
What ever happened to The Stock Dominator? The website was being update regularly and then about a year ago all updates stopped. It appears that there was a lot of work building this website and they seem to have a lot of knowledge about the CoolTrade program.
Gage
|
Are there any strategies similar to the Dow 30 that use the Stochastics instead of the MACD?
Thank you,
Chris
|
I don’t know of any that are shared.
But changing the Dow 30 to use Stochastics instead of MACD should be simple to do.
|
Is there a way to close all trades at the end of the day use these If .... then ... criteria:
If a position has gained more than $100 then Close Trade at EOD
and
If a position has lost more than $100 then Close Trade at EOD
Thank you,
Gage
|
There’s no way to do exactly that. However, the odds of your gain/loss being exactly $100 is near zero. Therefore, just set the "Close All Positions" to a time a few minutes before the market closes. Set that on Tab1 of the Strategy Wizard.
|
I’m not trying to close a trade exactly at $100 profit or loss. What I’m trying to ask is there a way to:
Close at EOD if at about 30 minutes before the market closes on of these two statements is true
If a trade has $100 or more in profit then close the position at EOD
or
If a trade loses $100 or more then close the position at EOD
Only leave trades open overnight if the loss or gain is less than ± $100
The $100 is an arbitrary figure, could be a percent gain or loss also.
Thanks,
Gage
|
To accomplish: If a trade has $100 or more in profit then close the position at EOD
On Tab1 of the Strategy Wizard, check the option near that bottom that says at 3:55pm close position up at least $100
You put the time and the amount.
To Accomplish: If a trade loses $100 or more then close the position at EOD
Set a Timed Indicator:
Name: TimedPrice1
Time: 3:55pm
Indicator: Current Bid Price
Then create this Exit Rule on Tab5:
TimedPrice1 is at least 1.00 less than MySameSymbolHighestTradePrice
Note: I used $1.00 because 100 shares X $1.00 = $100.
Hedge
|
How can I specify this following strategy in COOLTRADE?
Long watch list:
Stock closed yesterday within one points of its previous 52 weeks high
Stock price is less than 5% from the 52-week high
Yesterdays volume was more than twice the daily volume
Short watch list:
The stock price is greater than 5% of the previous 52-weeks low
Stock closed yesterday within one points of its previous 52 weeks low
Thanks !
|
LONGS
>>> Stock closed yesterday within one points of its previous 52 weeks high.
I assume when you say a ’point’ you mean 1.00
Open Rule:
Yesterday’s Close Price at least -1.00 greater than 52 week high
(that means the stock cannot be more than 1.00 below the 52 week high)
>>>Stock price is less than 5% from the 52-week high
I assume you mean the stock cannot be more than 5% below the 52 week high
Yesterday’s Close Price at least -5 percent greater than 52 week high
>>>Yesterdays volume was more than twice the daily volume
Yesterday’s Volume at least 100 percent greater than 30 day average volume
SHORTS
>>>The stock price is greater than 5% of the previous 52-weeks low
Open Rules:
Current Bid Price at least 5% greater than 52-week low
>>>Stock closed yesterday within one points of its previous 52 weeks low
I assume you mean the price is no more than 1.00 above the 52 week low.
Yesterday’s Close Price at least -1.00 below 52 week low
Enlightened
|
Hi Any one is using Swing Strategy Long and Short at the same time now? Where can I down load it and if any one is using it these days, how is it doing? profitable?
Thank you.
|
What can we do to make money in this slow moving market?
Anyone have any ideas?
Enlightened
|
Enlight, I wouldn’t get discouraged with the market.
We are seeing the slowest market than I can ever remember.
Most stocks are trading in a tight range, making it impossible to take profits as it will not move more than a few cents in any direction.
In the past when stocks have gotten squeezed this much, they have popped (either up or down).
So, it’s just a waiting game. My traders are still taking a few thousand in profits a day in this unusually slow market. That’s about a third of what I was doing a few weeks ago.
Basically, if the large institutions want to make money, they are going to have to rock the market. Because if I’m not making money, neither are they.
These are the kind of markets were amateurs screw up all of their strategies. They start throwing away good strategies because they think they just don’t work.
No matter what you look at, you CANNOT make the market move. So, it doesn’t make any difference what the technical indicators say.
All you can do in this market is wait and take profits as they are presented, and already have a bunch of long and short positions, poised to take profits when the market runs. We’re going to have to get some good moves soon or the big funds with billions of dollars are going to have a dismal quarter.
Hedge
|
Is the MACD interval the same thing as min/bar?
|
min/bar = lengh of bar
interval = number of bars
Hedge
|
Thanks. So then what is the min/bar for the Intraday MACD indicator? It must be 1 min?
|
If you click on the indicator in the Strategy Wizard, it will display the default values used for that indicator. Then you can use them as is, or change them right there.
I think the defaults are (12, 26, 9, 1, 0)
So, the indicator used 3 moving averages: 12, 26, 9
The mins/bar is 1
The offset is 0, means use the most recent bar.
If you want the previous bar, then use offset of 1.
Jerry
|
The Strategy Wizard is calling the 4th variable Interval.
But there must be something larger than this that I am making a mistake on. For the second day in a row, I have made purchases that I should not have made according to what I am attempting to accomplish. I am away from the trader today, so will post my rules this weekend. Thanks for the help!
|
Be careful you are not confusing intraday indicators (that use minute bars) and EOD indicators (that use EOD close prices).
If you want EOD indicators that use Close prices for most of the bars and the current price for the last bar in the calculation, then use the DYNAMIC indicators.
THE PREDICTIVE indicators use EOD close prices for most of the bars and 2 times the current price for the last 2 days in the calculation. So, for a PREDICTIVE SIMPLE MOVING AVERAGE (10 day), it would add up the last 8 days of close prices plus 2 X the current price, and then divide by 10.
I wouldn’t try to compare indicator values from one system to another though because the data feeds for every provider never match and the minute rollover is based on your pc clock so it will not match anyone else exactly.
Also, this last week has treated all indicators like garbage because the stocks are not moving or sustaining any kind of movement. I wouldn’t throw away my strategy because of this last weeks price movement because the market isn’t moving. All of these indicators only work great when the market has momentum.
Jerry
|
I am using the Intraday MACD and am trying to use two rules to identify some type of bottom (at least for the hr period, maybe for the day).
First rule is that we are below the signal line. so Intraday MACD (12, 26, 9, ?, 0) < Intraday MACD Signal (12, 26, 9, ?, 0)
Second rule is to identify a positive slope: Intraday MACD (12, 26, 9, ?, 1) <= Intraday MACD (12, 26, 9, ?, 0)
I am tinkering with the ? to try to smooth it out just a little big (like 5min/bar instead of 1min/bar)
Today, I had a stock start the day trending down, turn around and spike up, and then trend down again. It actually bought during the spike up!
And no worries about throwing a strategy away, I don’t really have something worthy of being called a "strategy" yet, still in simulation mode.
|
I used to use these:
Intraday MACD Value (12, 26, 9, 10, 0) GREATER THAN Intraday MACD Signal (12, 26, 9, 10, 0)
Intraday MACD Value (12, 26, 9, 10, 1) LESS THAN Intraday MACD Signal (12, 26, 9, 10, 1)
The above on a 10 minute/bar smooths better so less signals.
It shows the Value line was BELOW the Signal line but is now ABOVE the signal line.
However, I don’t use it anymore.
I have found more success with just this:
Current Price > Price 1 minute ago
Price 1 minute ago > Price 2 minutes ago
I changed it because I believe the HFT traders are screwing up all of the intraday indicators and the stocks are moving in the direction they are just being pushed in with no regard to what it did 12, 26, or 9 minutes ago.
Good luck.
Jerry
|
Here is the trade log for today
Intraday MACD Value ( 12,26,9,2,0 ) < Intraday MACD Signal Line ( 12,26,9,2,0 )
MinuteMacdValue (12 , 26 , 9 , 2 , 0) : 0.0848
MinuteMacdSignalLine (12 , 26 , 9 , 2 , 0) : 0.0806
Why did it make this trade?
|
The debug logs show stats/rules/values for Open, Add, and Exit rules, regardless of whether the rules passed or failed.
Make sure that the particular set of rules that you are looking at, physically states: "ALL OPEN POSITION RULES PASSED" at the top of that set of rules.
Also, if a position gets opened, and their are multiple rules in the strategy, make sure the strategy has "all rules must passed" checked and not "any rule must pass".
CT
|
jerrypappa said:
"I changed it because I believe the HFT traders are screwing up all of the intraday indicators and the stocks are moving in the direction they are just being pushed in with no regard to what it did 12, 26, or 9 minutes ago."
I have had similar problems getting the intraday MACD rules to work. Reading this post is enlightening. I posted some similar concerns in the "Strategy Wizard Discussion" forum in a posting entitled "Need help with intraday MACD mix-up".
The notion that the system is "screwing up all the intraday indicators" is a very concerning notion indeed.
Unfortunately, jerrypappa’s conclusion is consistent with my experiences thus far as I have been unable to get the intraday MACD rules to consistently trigger a buy when it is supposed to. :(
|
Okay, I think I know what might be causing one of my problems. When you run with Cool-Trade’s default simulator mode. Is it really pulling real time, minute-by-minute data for the intraday indicators, or is there a lag?
|
The CoolTrade data feed is real-time. However, the CoolTrade data feed does not supply historical minute bars data. Therefore, if you are looking at a 30 minute moving average, it will take 30 minutes, after starting the software, for the software to accumulate enough live data to be able to make that calculation.
If you have a supported broker’s data feed, then that calculation can take place immediately, as they supply about 500 minute bars of historical minute bars data upon startup.
The only brokers who provide historical minute bars are:
TD Ameritrade
Interactive Brokers
MB Trading
CT
|
Thanks for the quick reply! So an Intraday MACD wouldn’t work on this simulator with an Interval of 10, since it would be 26*10, which would require at least 4 hours to collect the data needed to make the calculation.
|
That is correct. You would need to be connected to one of the brokers that provide historical minute bars data.
|
Does the minimum pullback apply, even the day after the position was completely closed, or does that requirement go away?
|
All values apply forever, except ReEntry Pullback.
The ReEntry Pullback only applies on the day the position was closed.
CT
|
Thanks! Another question: if I set ReEntry Pullback to 0, and the price goes beyond the recent sale price, will it buy back as soon as the Purchase Conditions are met?
Example: Sale at $3, price goes to $4, then drops to $3.50 and meets Purchase Conditions, will it buy back in (which is what I would want it to do)?
What I am trying to accomplish is not getting sold out of bull runs. If it is bulling, and my techincal indicators are still showing a bull, then it shouldn’t sell even if my profit target has been met.
|
The answer to your first question, regarding ReEntry Pullback, is Yes, to your question: If you set ReEntry pullback to 0 then, when all of the Open Position or Add To Position rules pass, a position will get opened, without any regard for what the price of the previous close was.
If you set ReEntry pullback to .50 then, until the stock price drops .50, the Open or Add To Position rules is not looked it.
>>>What I am trying to accomplish is not getting sold out of bull runs.
>>>If it is bulling, and my techincal indicators are still showing a bull,
>>>then it shouldn’t sell even if my profit target has been met.
The ReEntry pullback feature has nothing to do with the closing of positions.
If you want to close positions without regard for the Profit Goals set on Tab6, then set the Profit Goals on tab6 to $300 per share, so they will be ignored. Then you can enter your technical indicators rules for closing the position on the Close Position Rules tab5.
CT
|
I am trying to reset my acct and start a new strategy, after I choose the new strategy (activate it), how do I reset my acct value and remove the old trades?
|
To reset your stats, clear the reports database, and reset your account value, do the following:
On the Automated Trader login screen, click FILE->Refresh For New Strategy
CT
|
Will this clear out any open trades?
|
That feature should only be used for Simulating.
Yes. It will clear the open positions and the reports database, and give you a chance to set the new starting account balance.
CT
|
Hello all,
Does anybody know how to put a time limit in between trades of the same symbol? There are lots of indicators with timing language in them, I just can’t make sense of them.
I want the trader to wait 5 minutes after a purchase before it makes another purchase of the same symbol when buying into a declining position.
Any help is appreciated and thank you in advance.
-Dan
|
Dan,
That feature does not exist. The only thing that is carried over from 1 trade to the next is the ReEntry Pullback (last entry on Tab6).
You can tell it there that the stock price must drop x amount before the open position rules are looked at again.
If you want to add the ability to wait a certain period of time between trades of the same symbol, then that would be a request for a new indicator and should be made in the Request For New Indicators thread of this community board.
Thanks,
CT
|
Thanks!
|
I’m new, watched videos. Set up simiulated trading with OptionsHouse (my current broker).. Selected Cruziol long and short. I assumed this would have a pre-selected watchlist rules which would create a watchlist, since this was a strategy provided by CoolTrader. Hoping to watch his strategy in simulation to get a feel for how program works and how he trades. So what’s the purpose in this case?
|
I’m not sure whats wrong with this strategy.
Check out the strategies from NewUser2@cool-trade.com. There are some good ones there.
|
Is there a way to set a filter based on the calculation of the average daily range (ADR) ?
Average Daily range for 7 days = {(High of yesterday - Low of yesterday) + (High of 2 days ago - Low of 2 days ago) + (High of 3 days ago - Low of 3 days ago) + ... + (High of 7 days ago - Low of 7 days ago)} / 7
If this is not currently possible, I can post a request in the other forum.
P.S. My goal here is to use this as a means for establishing my stop loss (ADR x 0.1) and profit target (ADR x 0.15). Not sure if this last part is possible, even if there is a way to get the system to calculate the ADR.
|
We don’t currently have ADR as you have described it.
But we do have the average True Range to show the average of the high-low over 14 days.
Plus we have the MTR(14) which is the Max Trade Range (14).
Also the MTR(14) - ATR(14), so you can trade stocks that have a nice ATR but at the same time have a max trade range that is close to the average trade range.
CT
|
I read through the forums and could not find this question, but I apologize if I missed it.
If Interday MACD Value (12, 26, 9, 10, 0) refers to the price now and
Interday MACD Value (12, 26, 9, 10, 1) refers to the price 10 minutes ago, then
what does Interday MACD Value (12, 26, 9, 10, -1) mean?
Thanks in advance
|
Okay one more question (thought I’d drop it in before anyone got to the first one hoping someone would be able to answer both)...
The intraday indicator for Stochastic slowD includes a field for "average 1" and "average 2". The default for Average 1 = 3 and the default for average 2 = 1.
What are these for?
Right clicking indicates that "average 1" is the "average term for the rawK" and "average 2" is the "average term for the fastD". This doesn’t help me. Can anyone shed some light on this?
|
In case anyone else was looking for an answer to this question, I think I found it in the thread "Intraday Offset question".
Looks like Hedge wrote that an offset of -1 = last entry bar. This means that -1 refers to the last purchase of the stock.
So if you only wanted to add to a position when the intraday MACD value is 0.1 greater than the MACD at when you made your last purchase of the same stock (for this example I am using 5 minute intervals), it would be...
Intraday MACD Value (12, 26, 9, 5, 0) is 0.1 greater than Intraday MACD value (12, 26, 9, 5, -1)
If this is wrong, please le me know.
|
How can we go about designing our own strategy? Can we take an existing one, modify it, and rename and save it so that the original will still be there unchanged, or would there be a way to reset any strategy after modifying it?
|
Yes. First copy the strategy that you want to save, over another strategy. Then edit one of the strategies and change the name and anything else to create a new one.
|
My understanding is that the Intraday MACD histogram represents the difference between the MACD value and the MACD signal line.
So if the Intraday MACD Value is 0.2 and the Intraday MACD Signal line is 0.1, then the Intraday MACD Histogram would be 0.2-0.1 = 0.1. My first question is, whether or not this is this correct?
Assuming that my understanding above is correct, here is my real question...
Is there any difference between these two rules?
1. Intraday MACD Value is 0.1 dollars greater than the Intraday MACD Signal line
2. Intraday MACD Histogram is greater than 0.1 dollars
|
I was taught that the Macdhist = Macdval - Macdsig
|
In the case of Intraday MACD ( 12,26,9,5,0 ) CT is looking at the current value for a MACD equation looking at 5 minute intervals going back as far as 26 bars, so..
If you are using an Intraday MACD first thing in the morning when the market opens, where does CT get the 26 bars of data from? Does it use yesterday’s data?
|
Does it use data from extended hours?
|
Yes, it uses the historical data from the prevous day. However, that is only if you are using the data from these brokers:
IB
MB
TDA
If you are using any other broker, or the CT data then it will return FALSE until it has accumulated enough bars to make the calculation.
It does NOT use any data from the PRE or POST market.
|
The labels for the Intraday MACD Histogram’s fields are confusing for me. I am looking for some help understanding this.
I have become fairly familiar with the intraday MACD system and my understanding is that the first value is typically the short EMA (typically 12), the second value is the long EMA (typically 26), the third value is the EMA for the signal line (typically 9), the fourth value is for the number of minutes per bar and last value is for the number of bars you are looking back with zero representing the current bar.
The indicator for the "intraday MACD value" seems to have these values labeled in a way that is consistent with this understanding.
But...
The indicator for the "Intraday MACD Histogram" labels these values differently. It labels the first value as being the "min/bar", the second value as the "interval", the third value as being the "offset" and the last two values are not labeled. Where is the value for the short and long EMA? Where is the EMA for the signal line?
By itself this is confusing, but it becomes even more confusing for me when I find that the default values for the Intraday MACD Histogram" are set up as they would be for the "Intraday MACD Value" (i.e. like it is described in the second paragraph above), but that conclusion would be contradicted by all of the labels. To me this looks as though the values for the "Intraday MACD Histogram" might be labeled wrong in CT.
Either the default values are wrong, the labels are wrong or I am very wrong. I am willing to accept that it may be me, but at this point I clearly need help to sort through this.
Can anyone help with this?
P.S. Right clicking does not give details.
|
Daniel, in all these years, no one ever pointed out that the labels are incorrect for the Intraday MACD Histogram. They should match the Value and Signal Line parameters. The fields are there, but the labels are just incorrect. They should be:
ShortEma, LongEma, SigLine, Interval, Offset
I will put in the request to correct the labels. I’m sorry about the confusion.
Thank you.
CT
|
Good to know about the labels.
After further research, I believe there may be more wrong with the Intraday MACD Histogram indicator than merely the labels.
I have been trying to get the Intraday MACD Histogram to trigger a buy and sell for over a week now and this indicator never triggers any buys or sells. A simple rule like buy if Intraday MACD Histogram > 0 (2 min bars) and sell when Intraday MACD Histogram < 0 has not produced a single buy. Looking at the charts there are many points where buys should be happening, but are not.
If you are looking into fixing the labels anyway, I would request that someone take a look at the way the rules are integrated into CT’s programming as well.
|
Did this get fixed?
|
No reply from CT yet.
|
YOu need to look at the RULES in the Automated Trader to see the values generated by your auotmated trader.
As far as we can tell, it is sending the correct values to the traders.
There are other discussions on the usage of the histagram in these forums if you search for histogram.
|
After the last CT posting I decided it was best to better describe the issue. so I made a video and put it on youtube. The video is about 7 minutes. In the video, CT is open and I walk through the tabs, the intraday MACD histogram rules, and a chart which includes CT’s intraday MACD histogram for the stock that is being discussed.
As this forum’s posts are private, I made the video private as well.
Here is the link:
|
FYI: you have to sign into your youtube account in order to view the video.
|
I’m logged into my youtube account and the video is still just saying that the video is private.
|
Okay, I think I fixed the problem. Not sure if the above url is still accurate.
Here is the current URL:
|
Just realized that the link I included in my earlier post is no longer there. Not sure if I made a mistake here or if it was deleted by a moderator.
If we are not supposed to post links, then just let me know and I will not post it. I can try to think of another way to get help from the forum.
|
I see your link here: Here is the current URL:
|
Watched your video.
I think you need to click on the RULES button in the automated trader to see the indicator values that the software sees.
I don’t use it now, but if I remember from a few years ago, I recall the Histogram is always a positive value.
|
Thank you!
I have looked at the window that pops up when I click the RULES button and honestly, the values it gives me are confusing. I have too many questions about that to include them here, so I should probably open another thread. For now...
Post 13: "I recall the Histogram is always a positive value"
If this is what is happening, then it makes sense why a buy is never being triggered. Looking through the forums it is clear that you have been at this longer than I, so I’m starting with the assumption that you are right. With that said, this is different than my understanding. My understanding is that when the MACD is above the signal line the histogram is positive and when it is below the signal line the histogram is negative. This is the way the charts for Google finance, yahoo and TOS seem to show the histogram. Here is an article on the histogram from incrediblecharts.com that seems to be saying this (this issue is discussed at the bottom):
|
None of the links show up for me.
|
I don’t see them now either. They were there a few days ago but have now disappeared. There was nothing controversial about them. It must be a technical problem.
|
After reading the last two posts I decided it was probably easiest to just open a dedicated youtube account and post the video there. If you use the below username and password you can view the video.
Username: cooltraderhelp@gmail.com
Password: cooltraderpro
|
Daniel, I checked your video and can see on the lower-right that the rule preventing the trade is the Intraday MACD Histogram.
The easiest solution is to click on the RULES button and see what the value is showing. If it is showing 0 or -1 then it means there are not enough historical bars to calculate the indicator.
Since you are using the TDA data feed, and they do provide historical minute bars then that should not be the problem. But if you see 0 or -1 under the RULES for the Open Position Rules then the historical data feed may not be giving you enough bars.
Also, I think the FMLABS indicators return 0 to 100 for the MACD Histogram. It could even be -1 to -100 (I don’t remember since I haven’t used it in over a year). But the RULES button will tell you right away what values it returns. Then you can adjust the rules.
If it is only returning positive values or only returning negative values, then the 2 rules that you are using (1 neg and 1 pos) will guarantee that one is always failing. Once you see the Rules, just change to match what it is looking at.
|
Got a hold of CT support yesterday. It looks like my version of CT was not adequately updated. Support updated my CT program. With the update done, the buys and sells seem to be happening correctly now.
Thank you to everyone who took time out of their day to look into this
|
I’ve been at this for a while and cannot figure out what I am doing wrong. I am trying to set up a daytrading strategy to buy and sell based on momentum indicators like intraday MACD. Essentially I have CT buy when the MACD value crosses the signal line, then sell when it crosses the signal line in the other direction (simple right?).
Here are the rules I am starting with:
OPEN POSITION RULES
Intraday MACD Signal Line ( 12,26,9,3,2 ) > Intraday MACD Value ( 12,26,9,3,2 )
MinuteMacdSignalLine (12 , 26 , 9 , 3 , 2) : -0.0023
MinuteMacdValue (12 , 26 , 9 , 3 , 2) : 0.0015
Intraday MACD Value ( 12,26,9,3,0 ) is at least 0.01 Dollars Greater Than Intraday MACD Value ( 12,26,9,3,2 )
MinuteMacdValue (12 , 26 , 9 , 3 , 0) : 0.0028
MinuteMacdValue (12 , 26 , 9 , 3 , 2) : 0.0015
Intraday MACD Value ( 12,26,9,3,0 ) > Intraday MACD Signal Line ( 12,26,9,3,0 )
MinuteMacdValue (12 , 26 , 9 , 3 , 0) : 0.0028
MinuteMacdSignalLine (12 , 26 , 9 , 3 , 0) : -0.0006
Here are my sell rules:
EXIT POSITION RULES
Intraday MACD Value ( 12,26,9,3,0 ) < Intraday MACD Signal Line ( 12,26,9,3,0 )
MinuteMacdValue (12 , 26 , 9 , 3 , 0) : 0.0032
MinuteMacdSignalLine (12 , 26 , 9 , 3 , 0) : 0.0002
For some reason that I cannot figure out, CT will buy, then almost immediately sell when there does not appear to be a MACD reason to do so. When I look at the chart for the stock in CT or in ThinkOrSwim I am able to identify numerous times when my rules should have resulted in a buy, but didn’t. Also, I find that sells are happening outside of the times that I think my sell rules would allow.
For example, today RPRX was on the watch list and I was able to identify times that the stock should have been purchase but wasn’t. In fact, the only time a purchase was made was not WHEN the MACD value crossed the MACD signal line when the MACD had been above the signal line for SEVERAL bars. This is a clear violation of the first rule listed above.
I am in desperate need of help here. Somebody, anybody, please help.
<img src=’’images/smilies/Grey/cc-smilie12.gif’’ border=’’0’’>
|
Make sure ALL RULES MUST PASS is selected for the buy and sell rules.
|
Thank you for the quick response. I had considered that too.
"All rules must pass" has been selected and the problems persist.
|
Looking at the report a little closer, I just realized that CT is selling a stock 5 minutes after it is bought. By itself, this is not news, but the MACD signals to buy and sell are based on 3 minute intervals.
How can CT sell a stock 5 minutes after it is bought when the rule to decide this only allows for a possible sale every 3 minutes?
Almost none of the sales are occurring based on the 3 minute interval. I have sales happening 32 minutes later, 34 minutes later, 29 minutes, 23 minutes, etc. I found a couple that have occurred on a 3 minute interval, but that appears to be the exception to the rule.
Perhaps this additional information will shed some light on the problem.
|
Hi All,
Does anyone know what the "strategy" is for the symbol comparison on our web sites? It is very powerful when you can see the difference between the "Buy and Hold" vs. the Cool Trader Pro method. That is what I wish to set up for my trading account.
This is my first thread!
|
That is the dow 30 strategy.
The strategy can be copied from newuser2@cool-trade.com at the top of the Copy Strategy screen.
|
Hi Carol,
Thanks for the response. What "Short" strategy would I use with this?
I had the Dow 30 set up to begin with but it was not doing what I thought it should. I did not have a short strategy running with it.
|
Hi To All,
If the Dow 30 strategy is used for the web site comparison model, was a "short strategy" used in conjunction with it or did the Dow 30 "long strategy" stand alone? I was not impressed with the Dow 30 results alone. Could have been bad market timing, etc.
|
In relation to the buy & hold verses CTP, I keep hearing that the CTP uses the simple dollar up, dollar down strategy. What exactly does that mean?
|
I sent message to CTP regarding these same issues over a week ago. I also questioned whether the 5 yr comparison is dynamic (is the 5-yr range covering exact period to the current date or some fixed dates). Many stock symbols are not following actual gains/losses in the current 5 yr movement.
@billbaze- I think the estimated number of trades completed over the 5-yr period is all long strategy. I am waiting to get confirmation from CTP.
@grant- dollar up dollar down is the profit gain setting, and includes pullback settings of Dow 30 strategy. Dollar down is the loss setting to sell. Actual profit/loss is not set to a percentage, but rather cost per share movement.
Still awaiting CTP to respond.
|
That feature is there just to demonstrate a broad comparison between just hold a stock for 5 years and actually trading it. It is just LONG.
There is a small formula (that I don’t have) but for the most part it is simply add 100 shares when the stock drops and close LIFO on $1+ increases.
It may not be exact, as it is just looking at a RAW EOD data file that gets updated periodically (not daily). In any case, the buy & hold and the trading formula are both using the exact same data for the data that is looked at.
It clearly shows that there is no comparison between buy&hold vs trading. trading wins hands down.
|
Hello Tsorra,
I will look into your request at CTP and report back. CTP has been ramping up to support the phenomenal growth and support is adjusting and scaling to meet your requests and needs.
|
Hello Tsorra,
I will look into your request at CTP and report back. CTP has been ramping up to support the phenomenal growth and support is adjusting and scaling to meet your requests and needs.
|
Dumb question....how do I access "newuser2@cool-trade.com"?
Could not find the "copy strategy" screen".
Help! It is tough getting old........
Thanks 
|
Billbaze,
The below video should help to explain this process.
|
Carol,
The link to the video did not show up.
I don’t know what the video is, but to copy strategies from any user who is sharing his strategies, click on OPTIONS next to any strategy, then at the top of the screen that pops up, select COPY STRATEGY, then at the top of the Copy Strategy screen, locate the email address of the person sharing and then click on his email address. That will bring up all of this strategies.
|
What does ’Max Range to Spread Trades Across’ mean in the Wizard, Auto Trader Prefernces tab? How should I use it?
|
ctpromckinght,
The "Max Range to Spread Trades Across" tells the system how far down to spread out its purchasing of shares until your max shares is reached.
Carol
|
This one is too hard to explain here.
However, it has been asked and answered multiple times.
Unfortunately since the links are currently not showing up, you will have to do the search and weed through the results.
If you search the community board for ’max range to spread’ you will see many discussions that have taken place on this subject.
|
Thanks to both Carol and hedge2 for the response.
|
I need some simple explanations..
What is the difference between "Intraday Close" and "Intraday Price"?
Both have "Min/Bar" "Interval" and "Offset" parameters.
I know what Min/bar is.
What is interval? the right-click help says "(Number of Bars)" What the heck does that mean?
I understand offsets, but, again, I think the explanations are clearly, not clear.
I would take 0 to mean the "current bar", is that correct?
So if I am using Intraday Price, and use an offset of 0, then the value would be the current price? right
If I use an offset of -1, then the value would be the closing price of the previous (most recently finished, bar ... right?
Then what is the difference with the "Intraday Close"?
Is there some place for me to go for examples/better explanations?
thanks
Rick
|
"Intraday Close" and "Intraday Price" are the same.
If you put them both in your strategy and then look at the Rules in the Automated Trader you will see that they both return the same value.
CoolTrade uses offsets as:
0: most recently closed bar
1: the previous bar back
2: the bar before the previous bar
etc.
The minus offsets are used to track the bars related to when the position was opened:
-1: the bar used to open the position
-2: the bar before the bar used to open the position
etc.
|
fantastic! thanks
So if I am watching 15-min bars, and want to base an entry on the close of a 15-min bar being above X, then I would use:
Intraday close (15, Y , 0) > X
ie. the close of the most recently closed 15-min bar is > X
But what is Y, the "Interval"?
|
I need some simple explanations..
What is the difference between "Intraday Close" and "Intraday Price"?
Both have "Min/Bar" "Interval" and "Offset" parameters.
I know what Min/bar is.
What is interval? the right-click help says "(Number of Bars)" What the heck does that mean?
I understand offsets, but, again, I think the explanations are clearly, not clear.
I would take 0 to mean the "current bar", is that correct?
So if I am using Intraday Price, and use an offset of 0, then the value would be the current price? right
If I use an offset of -1, then the value would be the closing price of the previous (most recently finished, bar ... right?
Then what is the difference with the "Intraday Close"?
Is there some place for me to go for examples/better explanations?
thanks
Rick
|
> What is the difference between "Intraday Close" and "Intraday Price"?
It’s the last intraday price for a stock. Just 2 different names.
> Both have "Min/Bar" "Interval" and "Offset" parameters.
> I know what Min/bar is.
> What is interval?
It is the number of bars to use.
Like 5 bars, 10 minutes each bar.
> I would take 0 to mean the "current bar", is that correct?
Yes.
> So if I am using Intraday Price, and use an offset of 0, then the value would be the current price? right
Not necessarily. It would be the closing price of the of the indicator.
For example, if you were using a 5 minute bar then the offset = 0 would be the closing price fo the last complete 5 minute bar.
> If I use an offset of -1, then the value would be the closing price of the previous (most recently finished, bar ... right?
If you SEARCH for OFFSET then you will find many discussions on OFFSETS.
0 - most recent close of the bar
1 = 1 bar back
2 = 2 bars back
etc.
Minus offsets are used to close or add to a position:
-1 is used to reference the bar that was used when the position was opened.
-2 = 1 bar back from the bar that was used when the position was opened.
|
If you go to the indicators and left click then right click on each intraday Price and Close and it will come up with the same definition " The close price of the specified period" The duplication had me confused also but they both seem to work the same. There’s enough confusion trying to understanding the how to use the indicators without trying to discern duplications.
|
Is there an empty strategy template (one that has no rules already set up) so we can create a strategy from scratch without having to modify an existing one? Or is there an easy way to completely clear out all of an existing strategy’s rules so I can start from scratch?
|
There isn’t any completely empty. however, since every strategy has to have something in every field, you can just edit one, and go to every screen and change each data element to the specs needed for your new strategy.
|
thanks.
|
I am a new user and have paper traded two strategy’s so far. I have a small starting budget of 3k. I thought the $2 strategy would be great for my budget, however, almost all the trades the system bought are in a negative profit. I did not change anything on the strategy, so I am not sure what I am doing wrong. I do understand that there is no guaranty. I am sure it will turn around. Did know if anyone had a thought on a better strategy for a beginner.
|
That is the best strategy for $5k and below.
|
I’ve been working with CT to try to set up a set of rules based on momentum indicators. Thus far, things are not working out well. The community response to my previous post on "Intraday MACD Histogral settings" (typo on ’histogram’) has been helpful, but thus far I have not heard from CT and no solution has been uncovered. So I decided to try the same approach using the Intraday MACD value and signal indicators instead. I have come across problems using these indicators as well - leading me to this post.
The Intraday MACD Value and signal line indicators don’t appear to be making buys and sells when the chart says they should be. This is a step up from the problem with the Intraday MACD histogram as the latter does not trigger any buys or sells at all, but it is still limiting my ability to use these momentum indicators.
As with the other issue, I made a video outlining the problem and posted it in a dedicated Youtube account under a private listing. If you use the username and password below, you can access the video.
Username: cooltraderhelp@gmail.com
Password: cooltraderpro
Video Name: Intraday MACD value/signal line problems
My hope is that CT support may have some input on this issue as well as the issue with the intraday MACD histogram. If you choose to help, the video will take about 8 minutes of you time.
|
Danielahjellen,
Are you running in Simulation or Live mode? If your running your trader in Simulation mode via the CoolTrade Feed then the Intraday Indicators will not work the way you want them to. As the CoolTrade Feed can be a few min behind. If you are wanting to get more info into changing the Indicators in Simulation mode to get as close as you can you may need to reach out to customer support.
|
I think the easiest solution is to click on the Rules menu in the trader so you can see the values of each indicator. The software isn’t looking at charts. It is calculating the indicator and following the rules based on the indicator values.
|
Carol: It is running in simulation mode with the TD data feed. I have not been getting much feedback from customer support. I have sent emails on other issues and not heard back for weeks. I will admit that I have not sent them an email on this issue as my recent experience has not left me optimistic in getting a response. I will take your advise and try.
|
Enlightened.Investor:
I have been looking at the rules menu and unfortunately this has not led to a solution. The numbers in the rules menu seem to correlate with that I’m seeing on the chart.
If my observations are accurate then the numbers and the values in the rules menu both are indicated that buys/sells should be occurring, but they are not.
I set up my other tabs with extreme values so they would not be interfering with trades. Trades should only be opened and closed from rules that are in the "open new position" and "exit trade" tabs, so I believe I have isolated the problem to these specific indicators (either the indicators themselves or something I’m doing).
Any other thoughts?
|
If the symbols are sitting in the watch list then look on the far right of the screen at the field labeled "rule preventing next trade" and that will tell you why it is not trading.
|
There are only to rules. One of the rules is listed as preventing the trade, but the MACD chart and the indicator values suggest that it should not be so.
|
Daniel, I’m having same issue. Did you figure this out or get a answer from CTP? Thanks Mike
|
Got a hold of CT support yesterday. It looks like my version of CT was not adequately updated. Support updated my CT program. With the update done, the buys and sells seem to be happening correctly now.
Thank you to everyone who took time out of their day to look into this.
|
Glad you got it figured out!
|
Hi, I’m new to cool trader and am trying to transfer some of my strategies over to CTP. So in creating your own strategy to have a cross trigger, for example, intraday 5 sma on a 5min intraval crossing above intraday 10 sma on 5 min intraval. Would you make one line - intraday simple ma with min/bar [5] intraval [5] offset [1] less than intraday simple ma with min/bar [5] intraval [10] offset [1] and on next line intraday simple ma with min/bar [5] intraval [5] offset [0] greater than intraday simple ma with min/bar [5] intraval [10] offset [0] and if so, I would guess I would use the same basic method for any indicator cross trigger? Thanks Mike
|
You got it. That is exactly how to do it.
Offset 0 is the most recent closed bar
Offset 1 is the previous bar
etc.
So at offset 1 indicator 1 was less than indicator 2
then at offset 0 the indicator 1 was greater than indicator 2
That shows that it just crossed over.
Enlightened
|
Thanks enlightened
|
If I want a rule where:
Todays Open must be at least 1/2% higher than yesterdays close
does this look right?:
Todays Open Price is at least 0.50% Percent Greater Than Close Price 1 Day Ago
|
1/2 percent is .005
Todays Open Price is at least 0.005 Percent Greater Than Close Price 1 Day Ago
You could also use:
Todays Open Price is at least 0.005 Percent Greater Than Yesterday’s Close Price
|
Why is there an option to input an "interval" for the Intraday Parabolic SAR?
Wikipedia has a good review of the Parabolic SAR. From my understanding the equation to produce a data point for the Parabolic SAR requires input values for an "Acceleration Factor" (typically 0.02, but many use 0.01 for stock trading) and an "Acceleration Limit" (typically 0.2). The regular Parabolic SAR indicator (the non-intraday one) shows that it includes the 0.02 and the 0.2 values, but I don’t see them for the Intraday Parabolic SAR.
In CT, there are three inputs for the Intraday Parabolic SAR indicator. The first is labeled "Min/Bar", the second is labeled "Interval" and the third is labeled "Offset". For the purpose of the Parabolic SAR, the equation produces its own "interval" as the "interval" that is being looked at is the length of the current uptrend or downtrend - i.e. it is a dynamic interval that gets longer as the current uptrend or downtrend gets longer.
Where do I input my acceleration factor?
Where do I input my acceleration limit?
Why is there an input option for "interval" when the interval is the dynamic length of the current uptrend or downtrend? I don’t know what to put in this field.
Can anyone help with this?
|
By letting you specify the length of the bars ct is letting you limit the amount of bars to look at. and the offset allows you to compare the current PSAR with one from a previous bar.
I look at the params as minutes per bar, number of bars, offset
CT using the fmlabs indicator package and the factor and limit are built into the function:
Parabolic SAR
The Parabolic SAR calculates a trailing stop. Simply exit when the price crosses the SAR. The SAR assumes that you are always in the market, and calculates the Stop And Reverse point when you would close a long position and open a short position or vice versa.
The Parabolic SAR was developed by J. Welles Wilder and is described in his 1978 book, New Concepts In Technical Trading Systems.
Formula: Select Parabolic SAR on this page:
|
Yes I saw that on FMlabs too. They give a brief example of the Parabolic SAR.
You are correct that the "interval" determines the number of bars to look back for the next value. The problem inputting an interval value into a parabolic SAR equation is that the interval period changes every time a new bar emerges. The determination of the interval period is done dynamically within the Parabolic SAR equation and should not require anyone to input a fixed interval.
For example, if the current uptrend is 7 bars long, then the interval that the Parabolic SAR uses would be 7. If the current uptrend is 15 bars long, then the interval period is 15. If the current downtrend is 9 bars then the interval period would be 9. When that downtrend changes to an uptrend then the interval period resets (this is when the parabolic SAR crosses the price and gives a buy signal).
So if I tell CT that I want the interval period to be 5, then the interval period is now fixed (no longer dynamic) and it is no longer based on the length of the trend.
|
Daniel, your are correct IF THE INTERVAL WAS FIXED.
The fmlabs function call actually only takes a single parameter (total minute bars). We ask you to enter the bar count and bar sizes because many people want to control how far back they want to look.
Bars X Interval = Number sent to PSAR()
Hope that makes it more clear.
CT
|
I will admit that my understanding of the Parabolic SAR is not perfect, so I am not positive if the above examples are fully accurate.
I still have some confusion about what specifically changes the interval period during a trend. I am not sure if it is the emergence of a new bar that changes the interval or if it is the emergence of a new high (or low) that changes the interval, but I am fairly certain that the interval period is dynamic and changes as a trend continues.
|
Nor do I. We call the fmlabs.com function, which in this case, only takes 1 parameter (number of bars) and the function returns the result. Same routine for all of the primary indicators (RSI, Stochastic, etc.)
If you look at the PSAR function at fmlabs.com it shows the function details.
CT
|
In post #4 above: -----------------"quote"------------------
The fmlabs function call actually only takes a single parameter (total minute bars).
-----------------"quote"------------------
Are you saying that the "interval" I input into the Intraday Parabolic SAR is not used by the CT program in any way?
Also in post #4 above: -----------------"quote"------------------
We ask you to enter the bar count and bar sizes because many people want to control how far back they want to look.
-----------------"quote"------------------
This seems to be saying that people can use the "interval" on this indicator to change how many bars back the indicator looks. Wouldn’t this force a fixed value on the "interval"?
Forgive me, but these two statements seem to be saying the opposite to me. I’m still a little confused.
|
The PSAR function works on the data that it sees.
Your software builds the bars to send to the PSAR function to control how much that it sees.
For example, you can pass it 5, 10 minute bars (5, 10, 0)
or 15, 5 minute bars (15, 5, 0)
etc.
Some people don’t want to look out more than 60 minutes, others are willing to let the PSAR see 300 bars. It’s very flexible.
Once we pass the bars (built above) to the function, it returns the result that you see.
That is the extent to what I have to share on the PSAR function.
CT
|
Hi there, I’m new and looking to add about $4k-$7k into my first account and was curious if anyone else started with that low an amount, and what strategies have worked to build the account. Thanks!
|
$2 and Below stategy works great with that amount.
|
I agree with Sale. I started out with only $5k and I used that long strategy. Worked well!
|
Thanks Sale and Carol! Specifically what type of growth can I expect. Obviously my goal is to get to $25k as fast as I can to be elligible for day trading. I’d be slowly contributing some of my own money into the account as well.
|
Thank you both! What type of gains did you receive from that strategy? My goal for now is to get to $25k to be eligible for day trading. I will be adding to the account with some of my own money whenever I can as well.
|
I couldn’t tell you how long it would take to make that much. After a couple months I heard you could use the funds in your 401k to trade. I had a lot in there, so I went that route. Maybe you could do that too!
|
Thanks, Carol! I’m moving a mutual fund. Have a Roth IRA with Vanguard, not sure what I’ll do with that though.
|
I want do compare today’s open to yesterdays close
I have:
Todays Open Price is at least 1.0% Greater Than Close Price 1 Day Ago
When I look at the Rules when the strategy is running, it shows:
Todays Open Price is at least 1.0% Greater Than Close Price 1 Day Ago
TodayOpen: 18.86
ClosePrice1DayAgo: 0.000
Looks like something is wrong. Maybe I have the wrong indicator.
|
What symbol are you trading. I’ll try it in my trader.
You can also try changing "close price 1 day ago" to "yesterdays close".
See if that works.
Enlightened
|
Hi all, I am fairly new to cool trader. I have been using the $2 and under strategy (stealth) for about 3 weeks. I have notice that most of the stocks purchased long go negative quick and take several days to over come the negative and some have not even rebounded. So I am curious if I have something set up wrong. These would have all done great going short, but for some reason the system thought they would be good going long. Can someone help me with this strategy? Once I go live I will have a small budget to start with.
|
MovinSusan,
Unfortunately for the $2 and under stocks you will not be able to short these stocks. If you are want to consider two other strategies that are useful for the $5K - $10K range that also have a short strategy along with it. Under NEWUSER2@COOL-TRADE.COM there are two strategies BAC Long for Simulating $10,000 and BAC Short Simulating $10,000. Both of these could work but they only trade one stock Bank of America (BAC).
I hope this helps!
|
Thanks Carol. I will try them.
|
I can see how we can set it up to add to a losing long position if we want to set it to be fixed increments of 50 cents, 10 cents, etc. but I do not see how to add based on a percentage of the symbol value. Can someone please explain how to do that? What I’d like to do is say if the stock drops by 7.5% then buy more, and if it drops by another 7.5% buy more, and so on.
Many thanks.
|
Grant,
If you go to Add To Current Position Rules tab and use ABS(My Same Symbol Highest Trade Price Move) is Less Than Value of My Same Symbol Highest Trade Price % .
I think it needs to be whole number percentage though.
I hope this helps!
|
Great stuff, thanks, it works great. One of the scenarios I’d like to avoid is if a stock is dropping like a stone. Here is my dilemma. I am trading in the $3-$9 range. What I want to avoid is a situation where a stock is falling from somewhere above, like $20 or $30 for example, and now it shows up in my sights so it is bought while it continues to drop to who knows where... I’d like to avoid buying it right away but DO want to buy it at some mysterious low point to take advantage of a probable bounce. Any suggestions?
|
In regards to buying based on percentage here is the note I made to myself which some may find helpful...
The declining preferences must be turned on for the add to current position rules come into effect. This is important to note because if you want to buy more as a percentage this must be set up via the add to current position rules section in the strategy wizard.
ABS(My Same Symbol Lowest Trade Price Move) > Value of My Same Symbol Highest Trade Price % ( 10 )
This will set it so you buy on drops of 10% or more. Be sure to set the declining preferences to buy on declines with a fixed amount of 10% of the smallest share value. So if you are trading in the $3-$9 range then it would be $0.30
|
Grant,
For the stocks that are dropping what is the date range you are looking for? There are Moving Average indicators that you can use (ex. 2-Day SMA up to 200-Day SMA) or if you are just looking at Price you can try a combination of indicators like (Lowest Price During Previous is Less Than Lowest Price During Previous 5 Days) and so on.
For the turn you can use a MACD indicator. (ex. MACD Value is Greater Than or Equal to MACD Signal Line). This normally is an indicator of a particular stock turning up and you can use the reverse if you are looking for shorts.
I Hope this helps!
|
Thanks Carol, I wasn’t really looking at a date range but you’ve pointed to a way I think could or should work. I’ll review the SMA for both drop and turn because from what I’ve gathered here in the forum the MACD is not available in simulation which is where I want to fully vet the strategy.
|
All EOD MACD indicators work in simulator without or without a broker.
The intraday macd is the only one that requires a broker’s feed in live or simulator mode. You much have an account with tda, mb, or ib or the intraday macd will return -1 for most of the day.
Hedge
|
Has anyone tried a stradegy useing only a small group of leveraged ETF’s and or contra etf’s? They have allot of volitility which Cool Trade can take advantage of.
|
Viccacio,
I know ETF’s do work well with CoolTrade Software. I know the strategy for FAZ Long seems to work well. I think there are other people who have ETF’s as well. You can find the FAZ strategy under OFFICE2COOL-TRADE.COM account.
I hope this helps!
|
IF YOU SET UP FAS & FAZ, UP GOES UP WHILE THE OTHER GOES DOWN.
|
fas has been great, but I am way underwater with my faz.
I’m just waiting for the inevitable market crash and then my faz will do well.
2 weeks ago my faz strategy made 8% in a one week from only a few down days so I am confident it will perform well when we get any kind of sustained market downturn.
Enlightened
|
are there any strategies for etf s
|
I know there are many strategies for FAZ. There is an Intraday FAZ strategy under OFFICE2@COOL-TRADE.COM. You could change other ETF’s and I believe that should work.
|
Phil at CTP Strategy Wizard mentioned that UCO Long & USO Short are ETF’s which works quite well.
|
Lost "dow short trading $50000" strategy while browsing the strategy wizard and cannot relocate it. Attempting to go to strategies from the CoolTrader home page, I find the button disabled. How do I get it back?
|
From withing the Strategy Wizard, click on OPTIONS next to one of the strategies, and select COPY STRATEGY at the top of the pop-up list. Then located NEWUSER@COOL-TRADE.COM that is at the top of the Copy Strategy screen. That will show you all of the strategies that you can copy from that client. The short Dow $50k strategies can be copied from there.
Enlightened
|
Found it. Thank you so much.
|
Hello I can’t find the strategy for dow30 long strategy. Do i find it the same way?
|
Yes. The Dow 30 strategies that are optimized for various account balances can be copied from NewUser@Cool-Trade.com, as specified above.
Hedge
|
Hi, i’m new to the trader and I am looking for a strategy for $10000 for trading the asx has anyone got a good strategy for the asx? Thanks Glenn
|
Glen76,
I don’t know a specific strategy that is soley used for ASX. You could choose the BAC Long for Simulating $10,000 strategy located under NEWUSER2@Cool-Trade.com and if you go to the Watchlist Tab and remove BAC and put in ASX as your stock then click Verify Symbols. This strategy will open the position on ASX automatically and will add to the position if it moves up 5% or down .25. Most of the profit requirements are percentages which should work well. You might have to tweak up this strategy a little but it seems to be the closest strategy for what you are looking for.
I hope this helps!
|
Hi , sorry I should have said i’m trying to trade the Australian markets ASX
|
I see.
I am going to send an email to someone I know who knows of some people who trade the ASX. Maybe he can suggest some strategies for you. I’ll let you know when I get a response.
Hopefully someone who trades the ASX will see this thread too.
Carol
|
I don’t trade the ASX, but the dow strategies specified work the same regardsless of the exchange. Just change the market to ASX and change the symbols to ASX stocks.
Hedge
|
Glen,
I don’t know any specific strategies since I don’t trade the ASX market. But I know that the BAC Long for Simulating $10,000 could work. (Located under NEWUSER2@COOL-TRADE.COM account) You would have to locate a stock in the $10 - $20 price range since this strategy only watches price. I know there are many users in Australia that could have more strategies. I would suggest starting with the strategy above and building from there.
I hope this helps!
|
Thanks Hedge! You were the one I was going to email.
Dewey, thats a good idea.
|
I use this formula:
Intraday MACD Value (12,26, 9, 10, 0) > Intraday MACD Signal Line (12, 26, 9, 10,0)
Things have been working... but why am I now getting 0 values? When I look at the rules, I get:
Intraday MACD Value (12,26, 9, 10, 0) > Intraday MACD Signal Line (12, 26, 9, 10,0)
Minute MACD Value (12,26, 9, 10, 0) : 0.000
Minute MACD Signal Line (12, 26, 9, 10,0) : 0.000
Other formulas do have values... like:
Intraday MACD Value (12,26, 9, 1, 2) > Intraday MACD Signal Line (12, 26, 9, 1,3)
Minute MACD Value (12,26, 9, 1, 2) : -0.0078
Minute MACD Signal Line (12, 26, 9, 1,3) : -0.0045
|
It would seem that you are not receiving the Minute data. Are you running CoolTrade in Simulation Mode or Live? If you are in Live mode what broker are you using? You could try to change the Offset parameter’s to 1 then and save and then back to 0.
|
The 4th parameter on teh ones that are not working is using 10 minutes per bar. That is 26 X 10 = 260 minutes of historical data needed. Teh ones on teh bottom that are working are only using 1 minute per bar. (26 X 1 = 26 minutes of historical data needed).
Carol, changing the offset to 1 would require more data, not less.
Hedge
|
thanks
|
thanks
|
On the long side of these strategies I am placed long by the strategy with no condition reached other than less than $30 close and max spread of $10 ( a watch list requirement) . I presumed that this is because there are no new entry requirements specified (it is blank) in the long strategy printout.Today the short side added PFE to the short side because Pfizer fell below $30 yesterday. Using the same reasoning as on the long side i.e.,no new entry position stated for the short side other than the <$30 watch list requirement. The problem is that this interpretation of the strategies would allow a short position to be established for every long established position...something that does not happen and obviously would not make sense. Are there implied rules that I am somehow missing?
|
Most likely the Long and the Short strategies are not meant to be run at the same time. Otherwise they would just be competing to see who can open the position first, which makes no sense.
Strategies that do not have open postion rules are common in CT and designed mostly because the strategy is set to add to losers and do money management.
Hedge
|
Today I watched a CTP video on Dow 30 Long. When presenter went to open positions tab, there were conditions involving MACD requirements. Initially I also found this troubling that the only conditions for watchlist were "stocks less than $35." and no rules or conditions in the open positions tab. MSFT could be in a steep down move and according to watchlist and open positions rule, it would be a candidate for opening up a long.
It appears to me that the CTP free offered strategies have been copied/downloaded so many times, either correctly or incorrectly, and as a new user one may find themself copying/downloading a strategy not the same as the original posted strategy.
Be careful from where you copy/download strategies.
Hedge, yes, but constantly opening positions on the wrong side of the trend puts one in a posiion of waiting an inordinate amount of time to recover the negative equity caused by a poorly selected opening position.
|
I think this is a case where years of experience running these strategies comes into play. I started out with lots of open position rules and found that I was missing lots of profit opportunities as I waited for (as Ed puts it) the planets to line up.
Since I am adding on 10% drops anyway and I am going to be trading these stocks for the rest of my life, I just want to get in and be in forever, and just keep taking profits as the prices move around. In that case its better to just get in as soon as possible and start taking profits. There no way to know if a stock is going to go into a long term downtrend, and even if it does, I’ll just add more shares when it drops 10%.
If you like to line up the planets before entering a position then look at the Conservative Long strategy. It makes sure the 5 day sma is greater than the 18 day sma and a whole bunch of other rules. That strategy works too. I used it for years until I got introduced to the Dow 30 strategies (on this community board) and the philosophy of just getting in and trade the heck out of the market and never sell a position at a loss, was born. I really like this trade-forever method.
Hedge
|
by the way, the MACD rule that I’ve seen in the Add to position rules was just something that makes sure the stock has gone up for a few minutes. I don’t think that rule alone would help if the stock decided to take a nose dive.
Hedge
|
Does the "Session Profit/Loss" rule placed in the (5) tab, Exit Trade Rules, close all positions AND prevent any new positions from being initiated, for the rest of the day?
So I have these 2 rules in tab (5):
Session Profit/Loss Value is Greater Than 250 Dollars
Session Profit/Loss Value is Less Than -250 Dollars
I want it to close all positions AND not initiate any new positions IF
my session profit gets above $250 or falls below -$250
thanks,
Rick
|
Those are new indicators, added last year.
If I remember right, when the exit rule triggers, it sets a flag in the system that prevents it from opening any more positions for the day.
You can find out real fast by setting the value real low, like $20, and see if it allows any new positions after it closes out the profit.
Jerry
|
Hi, does anyone know of a good proven 5-10%/month strategy that works well with a $15,000 portfolio?
The BAC strategy just did not work well for me.
I have a good one going right now involving USO but I thought I would at least ask and see if anyone out there knows of any others.
Brent.
|
I believe that the DOW 30 Long Simulation for $20,000 located on NEWUSER2@COOL-TRADE.COM account has had some real good reports. I know you have $15K but it should work pretty much the same for this strategy.
|
I run the BAC strategy. It is nearly exactly the same as the dow 30 strategies with only one symbol (BAC). I have found the strategy to be GOLD in the long run. It is dependant on the stocks movement. The stock prices doesn’t move fast but it does move up and down and over 4 months it just continues to take profits. I can’t think of what there would be to dislike about that strategy unless you are looking for stocks that move faster. In that case, I suggest keeping the same strategy and just changing the symbol.
Hedge
|
I have been simulating the $2 and under strategy with $15k. Since starting in May 2013 it has sold +$2880 and the current NET P&L is at -$1175. So it is up $1705 not considering the commissions which will vary by broker. The strategy took a big hit a couple of weeks ago when the market went down but has really come back lately. I agree with others that with the automated trader works best when left alone. I like to check in on it daily to see how it’s doing but I just let it run. I have made a few adjustments to it after the 1st month for my own preferences but they are minor. I’d like to run another strategy for a while but I’m also getting anxious to go live with this program. A $500+ per month return so far is good in my book. If anyone has any other strategies that are doing well with $15k please reply and let us all know.
|
I personally like BAC for anything under $20k. You could always increase the amount of positions it can buy on 100 share lots, or you could increase the share lot size to 200 per purchase. Any strategy can be adjusted to fit most account values. Of course there are extreme cases where this just doesn’t work, but the majority of the time you can always make adjustments to trade with your capital.
|
Just noticed some of your post I missed. 5%-10%/month is, believe it or not, is difficult to do. It is possible, but I have not personally seen a strategy with that type of consistent return. If I hit 3% average per month in a years time, I am jumping with joy. I would say average returns per month range between 1% - 8%. I have seen higher, but not consistently.
All in all, CoolTrade will give you better returns than any other investment account that I know of. I can guarantee that.
|
I have two strategies that I like, one only trades the first 1/2 hour of the day and then it is done.
I would like to switch over to the other strategy which then trades the rest of the day. It uses a Session Profit rule.
Will the Session Profit rule include the Profit/Loss from the First Half Hour trading strategy?
thanks
|
The way I am reading this is you have two strategies you like to change between. I believe it will take the Profit/Loss data from the day and if any positions are open from the point they were open.
|
A session is from when you turn on your automated trader.
So, if you turn off your automated trader to switch strategies and then turn it back on, it will start a new session and therefore the Session P/L indicators will start with the new session.
I have been on these boards for at least 5 years and can tell you that anyone incorporating "manual" steps into their strategies, like you are describing, always end up moving away from that method. The automated traders work best when you can create a strategy and shove it into the corner and not bother it for a months.
If you have 2 strategies that you need to run every day (one in the morning and one at night), you are better off getting a second automated trader and keep them separate. That would be my suggestion to help to help you to be successful.
Hedge
|
Or rather than having another installation to handle a second strategy, release an improved version of the software that can handle more than one strategy simultaneously. I can understand having some limit to the number of strategies that could be executed by one auto trader, but having at least 2 strategies that can be run from one installation (long and short) isn’t unreasonable. Other auto traders can do this. I’m amazed that CTP can’t.
|
You can run 1 long and 1 short strategy simultaneously with 1 trader.
You just cannot run 2 long or 2 short strategies at the same time.
Enlightened
|
Yes I know 1 long and short are possible. What I said was 2 strategies long AND short. This isn’t a technical stretch for other auto trading platforms. Again I’m surprised by this limitation.
|
If I want to set a loss or exit rule that closes a position if it drops $180 in total value not per share. What is the best way? Or is that not possible?
|
Mbulluss,
You could add the below indicator rule to your Exit Tab Rules: Price 1-Minute Ago is Less Than or Equal to 180 Dollars.
I hope this helps!
|
Thanks Carol, but I think that would only exit the position if the price of 1 share of the stock was less than or equal to -$180. I want to set the exit or stop loss for when my total position in 1 stock drops to -$180. Any ideas?
|
Hmmmm, maybe this.
My Open Symbol Net PL is Less Than or Equal to -180 Dollars
|
You got it! I completely over looked that rule. Thank you once again for your input!!!!
|
So glad I was able to help!
|
Carol. That was a good observation. well done!
I have learned so much about the power of this software by answering questions, and taking the questions seriously, as if they were mine.
Keep it up!
Enlightened
|
Diddo. Welcome Carol!
Hedge
|
Where are the links to open brokerage accounts with the Cool-Trader discounts? I saw them once, then I lost ’em?
|
Is this what you’re looking for?
|
TradeKing and TD Ameritrade are the only 2 brokers I am aware of that have/had a special for CoolTrade clients.
The TD special is for new TD clients only. If you open the account through the CoolTrade site, you get $5 trades for a year.
You can contact TradeKing for their special.
Enlightened
|
Carol, the link was deleted from your post.
|
|
Hi
I am New to CT Community. I have down loaded some new strategies , which I can see them on my list. but I can not reset my List to original settings. Why ? I also went to copy some others , but I can not copy
Thanks for your help.
regards
|
Hi, I also can not copy the( DOW 30 Long Simulation for $20,000 located on NEWUSER2@COOL-TRADE.COM).
From ( Not in the List -NEWUSER2@COOL-TRADE.COM )
Copy to ( my account ) but the NEWUSER2@COOL-TRADE.COM is in my copy List . why ??
|
Orders,
Here is a How-to for copying a new strategy.
https://sites.google.com/site/ctpknowledge/how-to/copy-new-strategy
sites.google.com/site/ctpknowledge/how-to/copy-new-strategy
Also if you are having issues copying the strategy you might need to update your CoolTrade software.
https://sites.google.com/site/ctpknowledge/how-to/update-cooltrade
sites.google.com/site/ctpknowledge/how-to/update-cooltrade
I posted all links twice in case one disappears.
|
Thank you carolnetzer27. My ver of CT is 7.4.1 . I have done almost very thing still no result. But Thanks
|
Latest update is 7.4.390
You need to click FILE->DOWNLOAD DEVELOPER VERSION to get the most recent version.
Enlightened
|
Thank you.
The developer ver is not approved and tested ?? or is it ??
|
It is. If you call the support department they tell you to download the developer version.
|
If you download the latest version, all your issues will most likely be solved!
They would never release a version that wasn’t ready for the public. Don’t worry!
|
thanks again
all ok now
What is or whom has the best strategy in this community ?
When you copy a strategy , do you copy their watch list as well?
|
It depends on if you are looking for a strategy that is conservative or aggressive , long or short term. Also, the amount you’re eventually going to go live with is the amount that you want to simulate with. It is important to take this into consideration when choosing a strategy.
|
The dow 30 strategies (selected by the amount of funds you have) are my favorites.
Hedge
|
thank you so much
|
The wizard seems to crash about 3 out of 4 times when I try to open a strategy to edit. That’s the only time it happens, but it’s annoying. Anyone else have that issue? I updated to make sure I have the latest version, but it’s still happening. I have the software on two computers and it happens on both. Annoying....
|
Click FILE->DOWNLOAD DEVELOPER VERSION. That will give you a version with that problem fixed.
Hedge
|
I am trying to use the program to trade the Australian market, In the wizard I have checked the box asx and sectors unknown but using the $2 and below strategy from new user 1 it will not bring any stocks into the watch list also tried other strategies but the rules don’t work with the market. Anyone got any ideas how to setup for the Australian market??? What rules do you use to bring up stocks into the watch list as I have tried many different rules, strategies and nothing works. I am using IB account and have bought the ASX data and set IB for Australian market. Is anyone using the program on the Australian market???
|
I would guess the rules on tab2 are preventing the stocks from loading. I just tried it without any rules and my list is full.
I don’t trade the asx. I only put it in to see if the symbols would load, and they do on my system.
|
The answer you are looking for I believe is on this forum post.
|
It looks like the forum deleted my link. Here is the answer:
You will need to make sure that your Strategy that you are using is set to the ASX exchange. Open the specific strategy your are using click on the Watch List Rules Tab on the right side you need to make sure that only the ASX (Australia) exchange is checked.
Also you want to make sure you are using IB as your broker to simulate with. When you are logging into CoolTrade on the left side you will see Interactive Brokers choice for either Australia ASX (Live) or ASX (Simulate).
Here is a little walk through on choosing Brokers I hope all this helps!
https://sites.google.com/site/ctpknowledge/how-to/connect-to-broker
|
Here is the forum post again. (I hope it sticks this time.)
www.cool-trade.com/cc/Threads.asp?ID=8120
|
Hi Dewey!!
To get the links to stick, post them without the www. so like this.
cool-trade.com/cc/Threads.asp?ID=8120
|
I don’t want the 10 period average of 15 minute bars ... or the MACD applied to 15 minute bars .... I simply want to compare the closing price for the current 15 minute bar, to a set price trigger. ie. each 15 minutes, I want to see if the current price is above a set price trigger. Can I accomplish that?
Rick
|
The closing price of a 15 minute bar is:
Intraday Close (1, 15, 0)
The previous 15 minute bar close would be:
Intraday Close (1, 15, 1)
|
Hi, I am looking for a good rule that will identify if the stock is trending up (Long) and down (short). I am currently simulating the BAC Long with $10k but have only one rule that will not open new position unless the price is $13 for long and $13.50 for short. I would like to know if there’s a way to catch the stock on the trends instead of waiting for it to hit a specified price.
|
There are some multiple moving average Indicators that you could choose to find stocks trending. Here is a SMA example that could help.
10-Day SMA is at least .25 Dollars Greater 20-Day SMA.
(x-Day SMA is [>/</=] x-Day SMA)
So, it depends on the time frame and the amount of movement you are looking for.
I hope this helps!
|
Thanks Carol, this helps. I will try one of these and see how it does.
|
What does SMA stand for? and is there a list some where of all Cool Trader’s acroynms?
|
SMA stands for Simple Moving Average. You can right click on each indicator to get more information about them.
|
In your opinion what is a better trend indicator for a strategy: SMA or MACD values? Am considering the MACD rules below.
MACD value line positive intraday MACD value (12,26,9,10.1) is greater than MACD Value (12,216,10,2)
MACD Value line crosses the signal line intraday MACD Value (12,26.9,10,0) equal to MACD Signal Line (12,26,9,10,2)
|
Are you running your trader on simulator mode using the CT feed?
|
SMA and MACD are both good but I tend to lean more toward MACD.
|
I am running it on IB simulator, not CT feed. Why does that matter?
|
It matters because MACD uses historical minute bars that can only be provided by the brokers data feed. So you can’t use the CT feed on its own and use the MACD indicators.
Carol
|
Could I use the rule: MACD Value is greater than MACD signal line or does it need to be Intraday MACD (12,26,9,...) ?
Looking for a rule to indicate a buy only when the MACD is above the 9 day EMA signal line.
|
You absolutely can and I think it is better indicator than looking at the intraday macd because it is a longer term indicator.
MACD VALUE and MACD SIGNAL LINE uses EOD data (close prices), as opposed to the INTRADAY indicators which use MINUTE BARS data.
If I am buying positions for the long run which means I will hold positions for multiple days then I am interested in the EOD indicators. I use those in my watch list rules (tab2) so only the stocks that meet those conditions will make it to my watch list. Then I use the INTRADAY (minutes bars) indicators in my open position rules (taba3) to go in when the stock is moving in the short term direction that I want. So if I am long then I want the intraday macd value to be above the intraday macd signal line.
I will say though that more and more I am eliminating the intraday indicators because the short term direction is flip flopping so much because of the high frequency trading that it is becoming useless because it is random from minute to minute.
Enlightened
|
Thanks Enlightened.
How would I add to only buy if the MACD and signal line divergence is greater than 0.02?
|
"There are some multiple moving average Indicators that you could choose to find stocks trending. Here is a SMA example that could help.
10-Day SMA is at least .25 Dollars Greater 20-Day SMA.
(x-Day SMA is [>/</=] x-Day SMA)"
[b
The problem with the above definition is that this doesn’t necessarily identify an uptrend. The 10 SMA could be above the 20 SMA and both could be trending down. What would be better is to be able to check that the daily x-Day SMA is [>/</=] x-Day SMA) "n" days ago. Then you have much better means of identifying primary trends. Unfortunately on a daily time frame, this doesn’t seem possible for any long term moving averages combined with look back periods. This is something that needs to be added to the software.
|
Thanks,
Would the rule:
"MACD value is 0.02 dollars greater than MACD signal line" make sense?
I’m looking to only buy when the divergence between the two lines is greter than 0.02.
|
Are you sure you don’t want your rule to be "MACD value is 0.2 dollars greater than MACD signal line" ?
|
I’m using google finance to chart stocks and learn the technicals...in their macd indicator it shows divergences of 0.00....is this not correct??
|
Yes point of 0.00 would be the point of either convergence or divergence depending on direction positive or negative of the movement of the underlying stock. So what you said earlier would work if you are wanting to have MACD show a stock moving in a positive trend up would be anything above MACD 0.01.
|
I want to have Timed Indicator to set the high of the day at 8:00am.
I set that up in the wizard, I saved my strategy. Closed the strategy. Reopened the strategy, and when I look at the Timed Indicators they have all returned to the default ... I think it is the Current Price.
What gives?
Along these lines ... can I set 4 Timed indicators for my current Long strategy and 4 separate ones for my current Short strategy?
Rick
|
PonKowski,
You might want to make sure that you have the latest CoolTrade version. After you update the software try updating your strategy again and save then close and restart your CoolTrade software.
Here is a simple How-to for updating your CoolTrade Software:
https://sites.google.com/site/ctpknowledge/how-to/update-cooltrade
|
doesnt work thanks anyway.
|
Poinkowiski,
Can you post the specific indicator that you are using and the rule you are trying to change to as how it shows in the strategy wizard?
|
Three questions:
1. If the current operational strategy is unchecked on both the main strategy page and tab 1, will this stop trader from opening up new positions?
2. If this is stops new trader from opening new positions (say long positions). What will happen with the current open long position? Will they continue to be traded according to the rules by which they were opened or will they just remain open positions that can only be traded manually?
3. If these long positions are left open, and the same or a new long strategy is selected, will these positions then be traded under the currently selected long strategy.
|
Mskitty,
1) Yes if you have the strategy unchecked within the Strategy wizard it will not open any new or close any positions as this would mean the trader has no specific settings or stocks to choose from.
2) Any current positions would stay open until you manually close them. No they will not be traded by the previous strategy if it is not loaded.
3) The trader will trade all listed stocks with the most current loaded strategy.
|
Thanks Carol. I am simulating so went ahead and tried the stated scenario. Exactly as you said. I kind of thought these would be the answers, but that is why we are simulating; so we can try these ideas .
|
So I am trying to run a MA cross over strategy.{ Intraday Exp MA (30,7,1) <= to Intraday Simple (30,20,1) and Intraday Exp MA (30,7,0) > Intraday Simple MA (30,7,0).} OK, very easy strategy with only 14 high volume ETF’s on the watch list and for the last two days nothing has triggered because in the Rules window, for every ETF, CTP has a -1.00 reading for all the -MinuteSimpleMa (30,20,1) and (30,20,0) Rules. What’s up with this program now?
|
P.S. Using live feed from IB so its not that?
|
-1 means there are not enough historical minute bars to make the calculation. I don’t think IB feeds more than 500 bars per symbol.
Intraday xxx(30, 20, 1) requires 30 X 20 = 600 + 1 bar back for the offset = 630
I suggest keep lowering those numbers until you do not get -1
Hedge
|
As always THANKS for your response hedge! So I am confused because I can go on to IB or any other site and pull up a 30 min chart and get that 30 min info readings back for weeks? Why can’t CTP read it?
|
That may be a question for cooltrade themselves. but I think their api limits the amount of historical minute bars data that can be retrieved. When my traders start up I see the minute bars loading on the lower-left of the trader and the number never exceed like 580 minutes per symbol.
Hedge
|
Yeah I Know hedge, THANKS. I am just venting my frustrations with this program and company. Program cannot do (technically) what I want it to do as was promoted by them to me. You can build custom strategies but only within the very limited capacity of the program (as above problem demonstrates) and as far as cooltrade you can call there for days and never get anyone to answer, only voice message. I feel I paid $3500 to be a Beta Tester! Thanks for listening,hedge, sorry to waste your time. Mike
|
That historical data size limit is important info to know for strategy creation. I’ll try to find out the official limit and post the answer.
|
You can look at the lower-left of your automated trader while it is running and see the number of bars that is coming in for each symbol. I’ve seen ct has post numerous times on these boards that they are retrieving all the historical minute bars data that they can.
Hedge
|
We’re seeing excellent daily returns of $100 to $300 a day with CynthiaLarmore2 strategy but can’t figure out it’s trade rules. Anyone know what these mean?? <img src=’’images/smilies/Grey/cc-smilie12.gif’’ border=’’0’’>
1. What does “My Same Symbol Lowest Trade Price Move is Less Than Todays Lowest Price” mean in regards to opening a new position?
2. What does “ABS (My Same Symbol Lowest Trade Price Move) is Greater Than Value of My Same Symbol Highest Trade Price %” mean in regards to opening a new position/
3. What does the “ABS” acronym stand for?
4. I’ve noticed both these rules are listed under “Add to Current Position Rules (4)” rather than the “Open New Position Rules (3)” tab, where there is nothing. Since there are no Open New Position rules how can CoolTrader possibly be opening new positions from just “Add to” rules?
Thanks anyone in advance for your help!
|
Info,
"My Same Symbol Lowest Trade Price Move is Less Than Todays Lowest Price". - If I am correct this indicator means that if the current bought stock that you are in price drops below the lowest price of the stock for today to add another position.
"ABS (My Same Symbol Lowest Trade Price Move) is Greater Than Value of My Same Symbol Highest Trade Price %" - This means the Absolute Value of the lowest price trade price move is greater than the percentage of the highest trade price in your set stock then add to the position.
ABS references to Absolute value as to the magnitude of a quantity, irrespective of sign.
ABS(10) = 10
ABS(-10)= 10
If there are no rules in the "Open New Position Rules" Tab that means if there are currently no positions open for the stocks in the watchlist then open one position. Meaning you will always have a position open to maximize profit. "You are always in."
|
I tried this out in the simulator, but didn’t have a lot of luck with it, unless it has changed. I have the Dow 30 running now, it is slowly gaining, but, would like to move a bit more. I may have to retry this one.
|
I tried this out in the simulator, but didn’t have a lot of luck with it, unless it has changed. I have the Dow 30 running now, it is slowly gaining, but, would like to move a bit more. I may have to retry this one.
|
does this strategy only have a long side? I don’t see a short strategy for this.
|
ABS=ABSOLUTE VALUE
ABS(-17) = 17
ABS(17) = 17
|
Can someone provide a real life example of "ABS (My Same Symbol Lowest Trade Price Move) is Greater Than Value of My Same Symbol Highest Trade Price %"?
|
WATCH LIST RULES
Yesterdays Close Price is Greater Than 10 Dollars
Yesterdays Close Price is Less Than 100 Dollars
Williams %R(21) is Less Than 20 Dollars
Williams %R(21) (-1 Day) is Greater Than 32 Dollars
50-Day Average Volume is Greater Than 750000 Shares
Yesterdays Volume is Greater Than 1000000 Shares
Ok, Here’s my watch list rules. So yesterday morning the program picked 4 stocks: CNQ,GPN,SFD,TTM. Which was correct. Now this morning it has the same 4 stocks which is not correct. These 4 stocks should have dropped off the list and it should have picked up 18 new stocks, I can confirm this because I can run the EXACT same scan
on my Stockcharts.com account. Anyone have any idea’s what is wrong?
P.S. and I did update to 7.5.
|
There are a couple possibilities.
First, make sure that these stocks are not in the My Portfolio box and the "Add My Portfolio to the watch list" is not checked.
Second, if your auto trader has any open trades then those stocks will remain in your watch list even though they no longer pass the watch list rules. They will remain until the auto trader closes those trades.
I hope that helps.
Carol
|
Thanks Carol, Neither of those issues were the case and even if they were what happened to the 18 new ones it should have added. Right before the market closed I shut down and restarted CTP and then it picked up the 18 stocks but I don’t know what happened in the morning. Do you know what time the wizard updates the watch lists? Is it after the market closes or in the morning before it opens? Thanks Mike
|
I happened to be talking to support yesterday morning and apparently the isp (internet service provider) was moving IP addresses all around so the strategy wizard was probably pointing to databases based on the domain changes in different places.
Mike is right. Under normal conditions the Strategy Wizard should retrieve the same data all day until the indicators get changed at the end of the day (after the market is closed).
If you look at the top of the Strategy Wizard it shows the last date/time that the data was updated.
Enlightened
|
That might explain it because it had been working fine until fri. morn. Thanks enlightened
|
So I installed the new software a little while ago. I opened the wizard and was going to play around with a new strategy, so I deleted all of my watch list rules, and added a simple "yesterday’s close price is greater than yesterday’s open price". With that one rule I get 38 total symbols. Then I add "yesterday’s volume greater than 1,000,000" and I’m left with 4 symbols. I have all 3 exchanges and all sectors selected. So I delete "yesterday’s close price is greater than yesterday’s open price" and now have 16 symbols. That would mean that out of the entire market of stocks only 16 had a yesterday’s volume of greater than 1M shares. So I delete my final rule and now show 176 symbols total for the entire stock market. Obviously that is wrong. So, what could be causing this?
|
Kevin, the strategy wizard is still seeing the unfinished indicators from the old servers that was stopped in mid-run as the new servers were brought on last Friday.
When the new servers are fully online in a few hours, all of those numbers will pop.
The move on Friday was an ISP issue and beyond our control. That has never happened before and we now have precautions in place to prevent it from happening again.
CT
|
I have a similar problem. I have no stocks in my watch list today. There should be at least 7. I have restarted both the Wizard and Trader to no avail. Thankfully, I’m still simulating. I upgraded and am using 7.5.1.
|
Data for the simulators was still pointing to one of the old servers. That has just been corrected, so the automated trader’s running in simulator mode should see the streaming data updates now.
CT
|
I upgraded to 7.5.3 and the autotrader and data feeds are really fast now. Still no watch list. Strategy Wizard still shows as 7.5.1. Are you updating that soon?
|
No known problems with the Strategy Wizard. 7.5.1 is the latest update for the Strategy Wizard.
We are running multiple traders and they are showing the watch list appropriate for the strategy running.
If you restart your automated trader it should load the watch list.
CT
|
There was a FAS symbol in my watch list and after upgrading to 7.5.1 , FAS was removed from the watch list, and when I tried to manually add it in, CT said not found FAS. Don’t know why.....?
|
If you restart your automated trader it should come in now.
CT
|
I restarted and no watch list. Not sure what to do.
|
Anyone have a idea why my wizard has not updated data since Friday? Running 7.5.1
|
Please do the following to update to the latest version as there have been updates over the weekend.
Go to your CoolTrade directory on your computer and launch NSLIVEUPDATE.EXE
That will update your software to the latest version.
For Windows XP the directory/file is usually:
c:\program files\cooltrade automated trader\nsliveupdate.exe
For Vista, Windows 7, and Windows 8, the directory/file is usually:
c:\program files (x86)\cooltrade automated trader\nsliveupdate.exe
Please let us know if we can provide further assistance.
Steven
CoolTrade support
|
Thanks Steven, That’s a new way to update to me. Last I was shown (by CS) was to open File on CTP and run Download Beta Version. If there are updates to software you need to send out mass e-mails to everyone with instructions as you provided above. I lost a whole day and if I was running live it would have been a expensive mess. Communication!!!! Thanks Again.
|
Actually, there was a mass email sent out to everyone. But if you did not update at that time, this is the other way to get it done.
To make it a bit easier to understand, (not for you mbulluss, but others who may read this) for Windows 7 or 8, go to run and copy and paste c:\program files (x86)\cooltrade automated trader\nsliveupdate.exe.
That will update the auto trader. Once its done, you should be able to log in again.
I had to do this myself because I ignored the mass email I got last week.
|
I received 2 emails from ct last week announcing the update along with the release notes. Plus the BULLETIN light lit up in my automated traders for 2 days informing me to click update. I thought the company did a pretty good job trying to get the word out. Besides that the solution to launch nsliveupdate.exe only takes a few seconds to do anyway.
Hedge
|
OK, First off I did get BULLETIN that lit up and I did update right away, as I was shown last by CS(run Download Beta Version). Program ran fine that day. Then Monday it was not right. This was the first I ever heard about nsliveupdate.exe as proper way to update. Also the only e-mail I have ever received from CT was when I first bought the program. So they must have my e-mail wrong and I will have to contact them to correct the problem. Steven, would you post your e-mail here so I can contact you, so you can correct my e-mail issue Thanks!
|
mbulluss,
I believe that you needed to download the Developer Version instead of the Beta version. I could be wrong though.
|
Beta, Dev, and newRelease are all the same when a new release comes out.
As long as everythings working now, let’s go make some money.
|
How do I put in a closing price for a 5 minute bar?
|
Maybe try Intraday Close (5, 1, 0).
Carol
|
I want to close all open positions for a particular symbol when the net profit for that symbol is equal to or greater than the AVERAGE PRICE I paid for the symbol.
For example...
I buy 100 shares at $10 each, then the price drops
I buy 100 more shares at $9 each, average price paid is now $9.50
I want to sell all shares if/when the current price hits $9.50 + 10%
This is such an obvious scenario to deal with but I do not see an obvious way to do it. Anyone know how?
Many thanks.
|
Grant,
A potential issue that could arise by taking the current average price would be if you continue to buy down, your average price would decrease to where your original purchase could be at a loss if you sell all of your open positions.
Ex.(1st buy $10, 2nd buy $9, 3rd buy $8)
If you average these you get $9 +%10= $9.90 meaning you would be at a loss for your original buy in of $10.
Might I suggest using the the Profit Requirements tab to more effectively gauge your profit goals. Say your Profit goal would be %10 of your entry price as an example. You would always maximize %10 profit for each lot share amount you buy in.
Here is a quick video that can explain the Profit Requirements tab.
www.youtube.com/watch?feature=player_embedded&v=V8n1KcUuIYs
youtube.com/watch?feature=player_embedded&v=V8n1KcUuIYs
(same video posted twice in case one disappears.)
I hope this helps!
|
Yes I see what you’re saying but that is not what I want. What I want is to exit all positions related to that symbol with a net 10% gain and it doesn’t matter if the first set of 100 shares are sold at a loss.
|
Well stated Grant. I have been looking for a way to do this as well. As it is such a commonly used trading approach, I figured there was some obvious way to do it that I was not seeing.
If anyone has this figured out, please post!
|
I thought that you could do that using the profit goals. If not, then request a new indicator. I don’t see any indicator that does exactly what you’re asking.
|
Yellow Stealth
Hi,
What does it mean when the colour of the word "Stealth" is YELLOW? Normally, I see it is green during market open times, but sometimes I see it is YELLOW and I don’t understand why.
Thanks,
|
Indicated Short Position
|
Saleem,
Green stealth means it is a long position and yellow means that it is a short position.
|
I seen where Ed was going to have a workshop at the big meeting in Arizona. They have decided not to record it, but mentioned a strategy he uses and how we can add it to our systems. the name is No More than 10% Drops. Since the workshop isn’t going to be recorded, how are those that are not going be included and download it. I’m doing ok with the Dow 30 long, but if something else does better, I want to try it.
|
And do any other variables need to be changed or inputted to accommodate this particular strategy?
|
Purenfi,
For an account with $5k, I have always seen the $2 and below strategy suggested.
Personally, I would use BAC Long for $10k as I heard that it works well for an account with $5k as well. You can check it out under the email NEWUSER@COOL-TRADE.COM.
If the street.com strategy is the one I am thinking of that is stocks $10 and below, I don’t think that $5k is enough to effectively trade that strategy.
Hopefully someone will come along with some better advice.
Carol
|
Thanks for the insight.
|
And do any other variables need to be changed or inputted to accommodate this particular strategy?
|
I meant $10 and under strategy only.
|
Can anyone suggest a successful strategy for $25k complete with money management? - I find that there are far too many strategies to simulate that one can spend all the time testing and not get on with the real business of investing.
|
I suggest the "DOW Long for Simulating with $20,000" should work fine with $25k. You find this strategy on user account: newuser@cool-trade.com
Carol
|
Thanks Carol - can I trade both Long & Short with this strategy?
|
Yes, there is both a long and a short for the Dow30. Both found under newuser@cool-trade.com.
|
There are a lot of strategies, but you don’t have to trade with them all, no more than you have to buy all the meat in a meat market. I know, dumb analogy. Like anything else you plan to get good at, you need to be at it for a while and read and answer questions on these boards. By participating and discussing you will learn a lot of what works best for your trading style. As Ed puts it, what works best for your DNA.
I believe the strategies on newuser@cool-trade.com were desiged to be based on the amount of funds you plan to trade with to ensure that you have enough funds to play out the strategy to the end regardles of where the market goes.
Enlightened
|
very new to this and ready to go live with 20k , but dumb question here but what exactly is the "short" or maybe i should be asking what is the diff between Long & Short . thanks
|
very new to this and ready to go live with 20k , but dumb question here but what exactly is the "short" or maybe i should be asking what is the diff between Long & Short . thanks
|
EI, what strategies are you currently using?
|
My favorite is the Dow 30 for $100,000 accounts. Very straight forward, adding to losers and taking profits, over, and over, and over again year.
EI
|
"My favorite is the Dow 30 for $100,000 accounts. Very straight forward, adding to losers and taking profits, over, and over, and over again year.
EI"
Do you use it as is or adjust it? I saw in another post that you mentioned that you do not use stop-losses, is that still so?. Do you also use the short version of this and with or without stop-losses also?
Thx
LSG
|
"My favorite is the Dow 30 for $100,000 accounts. Very straight forward, adding to losers and taking profits, over, and over, and over again year.
EI"
Do you use it as is or adjust it? I saw in another post that you mentioned that you do not use stop-losses, is that still so?. Do you also use the short version of this and with or without stop-losses also?
Thx
LSG
|
I don’t understand the technical indicators cooltrades has in the strategy Wizard . The technical indicators don’t match up with any one else’s definition found online .
Can anyone help ?
|
Which ones are you confused about?
|
This is something else that should be improved to give a better end-user experience and also cut down on the number of needless queries that tech support has to handle. Because the CTP indicators don’t provide their associated formulas and instead only give a label and verbal description (sometimes) there are instances where an indicator definition will be insufficient. The standard method that’s used in other charting and auto trading platforms is to provide a manual that gives a brief description of the indicator, the formula for the indicator, and an example of how the indicator is used so you can see what the proper syntax is for the platform.
For example I know what On Balance is, it’s formula, and the syntax of how to use it in other platforms. I have no idea what ObVol Breakout and ObVol Field Trend are since these are non-standard indicator labels unique to CTP with no clear usage definitions. If anyone has used these and knows how they relate to standard OBV let me know.
I also haven’t gotten a clear explanation of what .Exponential Moving Average does after talking to 2 different people in tech support. It can be selected as either bullish or bearish and has part of a description but there is no explanation of what period is being referenced for the EMA which you would normally do. If anyone knows how the EMA period is accounted for please let me know.
|
I think Tech support is there to make sure your software runs on your computer and not as technical indicator instructors or financial analysts. I doubt any of those guys are trained on the individual indicators. The cooltrade software simply acts on the indicator values to determine if your rules pass or fail. If you search these forums you will see that many of the indicators have been discussed in depth by individuals who them.
Also I’ve seen numerous times that it posted multiple times that the software uses the fmlabs indicator package to make the calculations and I believe you can see the formulas at fmlabs.com
EI
|
Actually you don’t need anyone from tech support to be a technical indicator instructor or a financial analyst to provide proper documentation for indicators built into and used by the the CTP software. If there’s no CTP in-house expertise to currently provide the documentation, then temporarily contract out a CTA to go over the CTP indicator list with a programmer (an FMLabs person if that’s the source for the indicator software components) who can identify the code that performs the
calculations for the indicators and create a document to identify the formulas being used for the CTP calculations - not a popup telling the user they can find an indicator definition from a random website. The reason you would do this is that, while you can go to various websites
to find a generic formula for an indicator, the program using a given indicator may have the discretion to decide the number of periods used in an indicator calculation.
For example, if you go to StockCharts dot com and look at their indicator glossary, you’ll often see added notes explaining how they arrive at the values for their chart indicator calculations. For their RSI calculation they tell you they use 250 data points so it’s very clear from their formula
description and the number of data points used how they arrive at their RSI values. This is a good example of a template that CTP could use to provide better documentation for their indicators.
As far as getting this information from FMlabs, in the case of the indicators previously mentioned (ObVol Breakout, ObVol Field Trend and .Exponential Moving Average), there isn’t enough (or any for .EMA) info that describes the criteria for bullish and bearish conditions outlined in CTP. A historical check of this forum hasn’t provided a good answer for these indicators either. I did however find a post dated from Feb. 14th of 2011 related to ObVol. It seems the need for better documentation has been for a while. Here’s part of that post:
"Enlightened, you are a star of these forums, I’ve read 100 of your posts and will always be in your debt. My comment was based on the lack of help w/in the program combined with the general lack of activity here on the forums. It takes too long to dial in a strategy w/o backtesting. The best help is at fmlabs.com and that isn’t enough. Time is money and CT is taking me too long to figure out."
Indeed time is money. For a premium-priced product, let’s get some premium-level documentation rather than barely adequate documentation from 3rd party FM Labs. StockCharts has a model of what good documentation looks like. If a free charting program can offer it, there’s no reason why a $3000+ trading program can’t. It’s just a matter of the will to provide it.
|
Could we all email Ed to encourage him to provide some sample use of his programming indicator rules, just like any of the financial calculator - we buy with a sheet of sample of how to use these formula
As a genus programmer to put these indicators in, Ed must know how to use A+B=C.
If Ed can start from some of the major indicators - that will b great, along the time line, CTP wizard indicator/rule how to use info can be formed.
|
Most of the indicators are standard. For the non-standard indicators if you right-click on an indicator in the strategy wizard indicator list it will show a description.
Most are common sense. i.e. "Yesterdays volume is greater than 250000" doesn’t need further explanation.
if you go to ctpevents.com you can sign up for the daily webinars offered by Eric Rogers (Monday through Thursday) at 2pm EST.
He also has a Saturday webinar where you he gets into more detail and you can send him questions.
Note that Ed has stated many times that he created a sharing system and the strategies that are available were created by others so I don’t think it is necessary that he be an expert on every technical analysis indicator. There are training classes offered by 3rd party companies and many websites for that purpose.
Enlightened
|
I have a question about adding to declining positions. I am a newby with CTP / this is my first post. I have been simulating for 2 months. Recently changed data feed to IB. During this recent turndown I was expecting CT to add to these positions :
MSFT - down 5.1%
INTC - Down 5.3%
BAC - down 3.5%
CSCO - down 1.32%
under the strategy wizard setting ( declining positions ) [add to position as stock goes down] I have the radio button checked "Add to shares of LOSING positions" and " add additional shares if todays current ask price is Less then the lowest Purchased price and the box elected for 00.25000.
Also in the strategy wiz. I have tab 4 ( add to current positions rules) the following - radio button checked for ALL of these conditions must be true. ABS is greater than value of my same symbol highest trade price 5% ......... todays current price is greater than todays open price .......... todays open price is greater than yesterdays close price.
The positions have softened enough that I was expecting CT to add to the greatest losers. I am wondering if my settings are not correct or if my expectations were misplaced. Any help would be greatly appreciated.
Peter
|
Wendy,
I ran into the same issue. I ended up removing all my Add To Current Position rules and using the Declining Preferences menu and using the declining Predefined Table or setting my own price drop info. It has worked like a charm.
|
Dewey
Thanks so much for your time and advice. Just to be clear -- I think you cleared all the rules in Tab 4 and used ONLY the " declining preferences" menu at the top of the strategy wizard. Would that be correct ?
|
Yes that is correct.
|
I see dewey took action and I might check out the idea, because I was coming here to see if the add to or even the open new positions rules were stopping the trader from using the table. My question was going to be do the open new or add to rules work together with the declining or advancing rules, I mean do all work together, or partially work together or are each totally independent?
|
I believe they all work together.
|
Hi,
I’m running the Dow 30 long with 4 symbols. I’m struggling with the concept that as soon as a position closes it applies the re-etnry rules for the same day only. (As noted in "profit & reentry pullback - June 26, 2011). My strategy recently closed a profitable position and re-opened a new position on HPQ at it’s 52 week high. After this happened I re-considered and added the re-entry pullback amount (after looking at the BAC $10K strategy as an example). However, according to the 2011 thread, re-entry rules are only applied the same day. If no position is opened because re-entry isn’t satisfied then it sounds like it just uses the open new position rules. So here’s my question:
-->Any ideas on how can I carry the re-entry data over from day to day?
Is it a matter that I’m going to have to infer it in my open new position rule and just approximate what it would have been? Any ideas how best to address this? Granted a consequence of having this re-entry pullback is that I could potentially miss taking a position if it continues rising and never hits the re-entry rule and lose out on a profitable position.
|
Since the re-entry pullback only applies for one day and doesn’t have any plan on changing, you could put in an indicator to not buy close to the 52 week high. That is a possible solution.
|
You could also add: Current Bid Price < Yesterdays Close Price
That would indicate that the stock price has at least gone down.
|
So to more finely control it, here’s my rule:
Close Price 1 day ago is at least ’n’ percent greater than Today’s Current Price.
Choosing 0.5% as an example:
SI think I’m saying that if the current asking price is 0.5% less than yesterday’s closing price, take a position, i.e. 99.5% of the closing price
|
I think adding on 1/2 percent pullback is too quick.
I add on 10% pullbacks. I don’t get trades every day but over the months my traders consistently take profits off the table.
Enlightened
|
How is everyone’s strategy doing with this nasty downturn lately?
|
I know that the USO / UCO Long/Short strategies have been doing fairly well. Any one who has been running this strategy could report there results.
The strategy is located on DEMOTRADER2@COOL-TRADE.COM
|
Does anyone know the exact strategy that goes along with the TheStreet.Com Under $10 Stocks subscription? There is one obviously, if the subscription is offered.
|
I thought that was cancelled on thestreet.com
In any case, I remember Bob Bentenon (something like that) used to create strategies for the the Cramer and Curzio alerts.
You should be able to copy the strategy from him, on the Copy Strategy screen.
|
I purchased this software in around March and set up a $300K account to simulate a 401K. My hope was to generate a few thousand dollars a month in retirement income. No such luck.
For the first month I tried Dow 30 long 3%
For the second Bbrodka14
For the last 2 months a USO strategy from Henry in support
So now my $300K account is showing $301K.
I have noticed that the 5 top strategies on the home page are never updated, making them misleading and fairly worthless to use without current data
There are tons of strategies here to choose from, but no information I can find on how they actually perform. It might be years before I stumble on one that works.
Has anyone found long or short strategies they like that perform consistently over a reasonable time period in up or down markets?
That may be the holy grail but I thought I would ask...
Thank you
|
Jburling2,
I have found that the DOW Long for $50,000 or even $100,000 run very well and they are located under NEWUSER@COOL-TRADE.COM. I have also had no issues with the USO/UCO Long/Short combo.
Any of the strategies under NEWUSER or DEMOTRADER work very well.
I hope this helps.
|
thanks. I will give it a try
|
Better than 30 years and nothing to show for it.
|
As soon as I saw $300k I knew right away what it was. The strategy that you might be running with could be set to really low shares like 100. So lets say you are trading dow stocks just under $50. Average them out to aroun $26 a stock. If we are trading 100 share lots, each of your positions is going to cost you around $2600. Say out max trades are set to a max of 6 so when all the positions are bought, that’s a total of $15,600. Now lets say you are adding on 5% drops and the strategy is set to only trade up to 500 shares per symbol. Worse case scenario you would now have 30 positions open and that would be a total of $78,000 allocated. You still have a LOT of money left.
Now lets talk about profits. if you are looking for say 4% moves and your stock costs $26, that would equal $1.04. Multiply that by your 100 shares and you gained a $104 profit on that sell.
So you can see that the gains will be slow because the strategy might have been set up for an account that is trading maybe $50k or $100k. By increasing your share, you will utilize money faster, but the gains will also be faster.
It’s all about money management with these strategies. If you are looking at a percentage return from your total account value, you need to figure out how many positions you can buy on how many share you are going to trade. For example; lets say your shares are set to 300. If you want to figure out how many positions you can buy using your average stock price you just take your current account value and divide it by the average price of a position. So in this case it would be 300000/7800 = 38.4615. Round down and you know you can open 38 positions on a worse case scenario. If you are trading 6 stocks now figure out how many shares each stock can have 38/6 = 6 (total number of positions each stock can hold) * 300 = 1900 (total shares each symbol is allowed.
By setting your shares to 300 buy in and 1800 max, this would give each of your symbols 6 positions to buy on the way down.
|
Your profit per sale would also triple.. Just thought I would add that part in.
|
Enlightened, that’s funny. But true.
The new strategies on newuser@... are similar to the Dow methodology, i..e buy/add on drops and close profitably LIFO.
The advantage of the new strategies offered is that they have been proven via the test-of-time for at least 4 years now, and they have been optimized for the amount of funds available. So, if you have a $50k account then you run the one that specifies $50 in the strategy name. I envy those just starting out and being able to use strategies that I and others have developed and proven vetted for years. I still treasure all the discussions we’ve had over the years... and I’m getting sentimental... Welcome newcomers.
Hedge
|
Thanks form and hedge2 for your feedback
|
I am new to Cool Trade but an experience option seller. I was also just thinking that the strategies by Cool Trade and tested for long periods of time. I love looking at members strategy s and I admire there skill
but when trading live I wonder how long these have been tested and will they be updated.
I feel also that Cool Trade has a high interest in the success of their users
for various reasons. IMHO
Ed Wilde
wwildeeeee@comcast.net
|
wwildeee,
I know there are many strategies that users have created. One thing if you want to know more information about the strategy you can email them using the account email listed in the Account field.
But the strategies that have been simulated the most I have seen come from the NEWUSER and DEMOTRADER accounts. These strategies have been running very well for years.
|
Hi, I am wondering if the rule:
"Today’s DOW Move is at leas 20 Less than Yesterdays Close Price" will work and look at the DOW’s close price and not the symbol’s close price that the trader is looking to open. How does the strategy wizard know which to apply this rule for?
|
If you only want the rule to pass if the Dow is down 20 today, then all you need is:
Today’s Dow Move is less than -20
If you enter "Today’s Dow Move is 20 less than Yesterday’s Close Price" then it will be comparing Todays Dow Move with the Close price of the stock that it is looking at. More than likely that is not what you want.
Hedge
|
Thanks Hedge, I was more looking to open shorts if the DOW was 20 points less than yesterdays close price and not today’s open price as I was after Dow loss. I had the rule you recommended above and I found that it will still open shorts with the market moving positive as 20 point drops are regular. Maybe I will experiment with a larger point spread.
The wizard also wont let me enter Today’s Dow move is less than %.
|
I think I asked this a while ago but never really got answered. How would you write rules for a EOD Moving Average crossover, lets say a 20ema or sma crossing above or below the 50 sma? Or even a simple 50sma crossing above or below 200sma? Not price crossing, MA crossing MA.
|
You can try this on TAB 2:
20-Day EMA is (Less Than / Greater Than) 50-Day SMA
50-Day SMA is (Less Than / Greater Than) 200-Day SMA
|
Thanks dewey, But what I need is a crossover rule, for example the stocks 20-day ema was below the 50-day sma yesterday but today the 20-day ema is above the 50-day sma. Any other ideas?
|
So Tab 2 Rule would look something like this:
20-Day EMA is Less Than 50-Day SMA
Tab 3 Rule
Intraday Exp MA is Greater than 50-Day SMA
(You would have to modify the Intraday Min/Bar - Interval - Offset as needed)
|
Thanks for reply, dewey : Let me rephrase-What the program needs is a crossover rule, for example- the stocks 20-day ema was below the 50-day sma yesterday but today the 20-day ema is above the 50-day sma. UNDER A SINGLE TAB, Watch List Rules would be best and then you could have Open New Postion Rules use Intraday Rules as you suggested. Your suggestion would return to many stocks even with other rules for filtering. and yield completely different results. I also think this should be available in Open New Position Rules Tab also. So the program SHOULD be able to set rules as-
Watch List Rules
Rule 1= yesterdays x-day ema or sma Less Than yesterdays x-day ema or sma
Rule 2 = todays x-day ema or sma Greater Than todays x-day ema or sma.
|
I recommend you study conservative long strategy for many ways to reduce the watch list to your desired size and then use the dynamic indicators intraday to trade the stocks that have crossed over.
I see that your actual desire is to have the system scan 8000+ stocks intraday for just the stocks that have made the crossover. Unfortunately the brokers limit your watchlist size to 100 symbols.
Besides that you wouldn’t want to trade most of the lower volume stocks anyway because the HFT systems would have your lunch.
So if you stick to the top volume stocks getting the system under 100 symbols is quite simple.
After you have more experience with this system you will see you can scrape all the money you want by just trading a handful of dow stocks.
Best of luck. I’ll be happy to help as I learn more of what you are trying to accomplish.
Dewey, Tab2 indicators uses EOD / daily bars and the Intraday indicators use minute bars data so those 2 do not mesh. However, change the rules on tab3 (open position rules) to the Dynamic indicators as they use daily bars data.
The beauty of the Dynamic indicators is that they use the current price as the last day in the calculation.
For example: Dynamic 20-Day Simple Moving Average (SMA), uses the closing bars of the last 19 days + the current price to make the calculation.
Happy Trading!
Hedge
|
Long indicators like that can be difficult too. You have to remember that the software will get the data that the feed or broker gives it. As the program runs throughout the day, it will build up those minute bars. 20 day EMA’s and SMA’s can be a tough thing to do, especially if you are going into the 200 day. I’m not saying it is impossible, but don’t get discouraged if your values just don’t show up, it just means there is not enough data to make that smoothed line calculation.
|
My actual desire is to have the system scan 8000+ stocks EOD, not intraday, for just the stocks that have made the crossover, plus my other Rules that I use and be added to my Watchlist Tab. It only amounts to less than 5 or so per day. I have been using this scan at other sites manually for years and it works great. So I was hoping to Automate it here in CTP but it looks like they would need to add some new indicators for that, similar to what I wrote in the above post.
|
It does sound like something that would be there. I just checked my strategy wizard watch list indicators and only see the 14 day Exponential Moving Average, plus 2 prior days (-1) and (-2), so I imagine it would be easy for them to easily change the 14 to other numbers.
I understand that because all of the EOD indicators are built on their servers at night, they can’t just make it variable for us to plug in our own numbers.
Hedge
|
Thanks hedge, How is the best way for me to request this to CTP? and thanks again
|
I see you found the new indictor request area.
I don’t know the best way to present it, as there will not be an indicator that will scan all stocks and tell you that it crossed over today. You could get indicator that tells you the value of the 50DayEma (at close yesterday) and one that give you the value the day before. and the same 2 indicators for the 20 day. Then you can build the rules to determine if it crossed over yesterday.
Then in the morning only those symbols will come into your watchlist.
Since they already have the above values for the 14 day, creating more for additional days should be easy.
Hedge
|
Yeah, I found the new indicator request area but all I got there was attacked by enlightened. I guess I will try to e-mail customer support. Thanks for your input!
|
ha. ha. that’s funny.
|
In regards to the following statement:
Tab 3 Rule
Intraday Exp MA is Greater than 50-Day SMA
(You would have to modify the Intraday Min/Bar - Interval - Offset as needed)
-------------------------------------------
Does anyone know if this works in ib simulation mode? I have just made this change in my strategy rules and am getting a Rule Preventing Next Trade - and no positions are opening. I remember reading in another
post that the MACD intraday only worked on close of day in simulation mode and was wondering if this was the case here as well.
any suggestions?
thanks ~angela
|
If I am running the "BAC for Simulating $10,000" strategy on a $30,000 account do I need to make any adjustments for the larger account size, and if so what?
Many thanks
Cliff
|
You can do 1 of 2 things:
1. triple the share lot size and triple the max shares.
or
2. Add to losers quicker. For example, if the original strategy is adding on 10% drops, you can change it to add on 3 or 4 % drops.
Enlightened
|
Many thanks Enlightened
As a first step I have doubled the share lot size and the max shares. I’ll let that run for a while to see how it goes, then go to triple if all looks well.
Would this ratio of share lot size and max shares work the same if say for example you were running a $50,000 strategy on a $30,000 account i.e. If the $50k strategy for example bought 200 shares, would you adjust that down to 120 (0.6) for a $30k account?
Regards
Cliff
|
Hi Cliff or anyone...
What are the average percentage returns from this BAC long strategy? Do you know if BAC could be run with a UCO/SCO long strategy? I’m simulating UCO/SCO with a profit goal of 3% and an add to position on 3% drops. Would these percentages also work for BAC or would it be better to change them to 2% since BAC seems to be a little less volatile? And if I did this, I wonder what the lower profit goal (from 3% to 2%) would do to the UCO/SCO returns? Also does anyone run either UCO/SCO and/or BAC with an Open Rule position? And if so, what is it?
Thanks!
Linda
|
I don’t care how small the profit goals get set to. but I only like to add to my positions on 8% drops. I may not make as many returns that someone who is adding on 3% drops, but I also have a lot less risk.
Hedge
|
If I block a symbol that is in my inventory, will the exit rules and profit requirements still be extant to close out that position?
|
If you have an open position the trader will use the current rules to sell the position. Once the position is sold it should block the symbol from being bought until you remove it from your blocked list.
|
Thanks. That is what I thought, but needed confirmation.
|
Correction: If you block an active symbol, the software will remove the symbol from your active list in the Automated Trader but the open position will remain in your brokerage account. You will then have to manually manage that position at the broker, as the CoolTrade software will completely ignore that position and the symbol. The symbol will no longer show up in your Active List or the Watch List and no pricing or quotes will show up for that symbol.
CT
|
My bad. Thanks for that correction!
|
Where do I find the Newuser@ and Demo strategies
Thanks,
|
Steve,
Here is a how to for changing your strategy. This will help you find the accounts you are looking for.
|
cooltradekb.com/copy-new-strategy/?iframe=true&width=960&height=600
|
Hello Can someone please explain from the stradegy wizard -- Max range to spread trades across. . My strategy is set to 10.00. What does that mean?
An example would be helpful.
Thank you.
|
The Max range to spread across tells the system how far down to spread out its purchasing of shares until your max shares is reached.
|
It is used to set the total value on the predefined grid found at the bottom of the ADD TO ADVANCING PREFERENCES and ADD TO DECLINING PREFERENCES screen. You can find those in the menu at the top of the Strategy Wizard.
MIN VALUE is used to set the top value of the grid and
MAX RANGE is used to set the bottom of the grid, and numbers in the middle of the grid are calculated.
I don’t use the grid anymore. Now I just use the value above the grid where it says something like "Add to position after it declines by x amount". I put .25 in there.
Then, until the position drops .25 I will not add to a losing position.
After it drops .25, then the rules on the ADD TO POSITIONS TAB4 kick in and then they must also pass before the position is added to.
Note: Until the rules on the ADD TO ADVANCING POSITIONS and/or ADD TO DECLINING POSITIONS screens pass, the rules on Tab4 are not looked at, and no position will be added to.
Enlightened
|
Im working on a stategy containing Bollinger Bands.
I just wanted to confirm that the following statement would give me a Bollinger bottom band that is within than 5% of the top band’s price (negative % are a bit tricky)
Bollinger Lower is at least -5.0 Percent Greater Than or Equal to Bollinger Upper
My logic:
The lower band will never be greater than the top band,
the -5% will give me a true statement only when the lower band is greater than (or = to) 95% of the top band’s price.
Does that sound right?
Thanks
|
Is this a long or a short strategy?
|
I was testing a short
But the important thng is, does the negative 5% work!
|
yes. that will work on tabs 3-5 but not on the watch list rules as the negative numbers are calculated in the automated trader, while the strategy wizard retrieves directly from the database.
so, if you are using that rule in your open position rules it will work fine. just not on the tab2 watchlist rules.
Enlightened
|
Yes, I am using it on tab 3 to open a trade.
Thanks for your help.
|
I just launched my simulator today and I am working on a strategy to trade opposite sides of 3x leveraged ETF’s. I have already had to make several adjustments and now it is telling me that rule preventing next trade is "Reached Session Goals". Can someone explain what this means and how can I change it in the settings?
|
Last week i came in from work and in the today’s trade’s section i had about 5 buys, but none of them reflected in the CT current owned stock list. I double check with broker and none of the 5 buys happened.
Today i come home and i have (in todays trade tab) 16 buys and 1 sell. The one sell happened but none of the buys actually happened (So the buys (that did not happened) capped the max trades and CT was pretty much finished for the day by 10am est.
Anyone experience triggered buys that did/do not happen. Any help or solutions would be appreciated.
|
That has never happened to me before and I have been running for about 5 years. I know ct only logs the trades in the database after the broker confirms the trades. So if you turn your trader off and on again and the positions don’t reappear then that means ct doesn’t have them and neither does the broker. I only think it is an internet connection issue.
Hedge
|
when i check s@p100 on my stratagy wizard and i have no rules in my watch list shoudnt i get a 100
|
You might want to make sure there are no stocks in your blocked list. How many stocks are showing up when you check the S&P 100?
|
I believe you have to check all of the exchanges at the top of Tab2 and also check all of the sectors that are listed below the exchanges.
Hedge
|
i get 91 check all three exchanges .amex nasdaq nyse and i only have one blocked symbol ...thanks for looking ...cleared all the other tabs as well
|
Just checked to confirm and I too get 90 symbols. There is a possibility that if the other symbols do not contain enough data, the CT database will not pull those symbols in which would result in them not showing up when checking the S&P 100.
This is all speculative but that is the only reason I could see due to how all the settings are on your system and mine.
There is always a reason why the software does what it does, and usually that reason is a good one.
|
Hi...
Say, does anyone know if BAC could be run successfully with a UCO/SCO long strategy? (Mainly my reasoning would be to diversify my positions). I’m simulating UCO/SCO with a profit goal of 3% and an add to position on 3% drops. Would these percentages also work for BAC or would it be better to change them to 2% since BAC seems to be a little less volatile and may have difficulty getting to the 3%? And if I did this, I wonder what the lower profit goal (from 3% to 2% say) would do to the UCO/SCO returns? Also does anyone run either UCO/SCO and/or BAC with an Open Rule position? And if so, what is it and how specifically have you created it in the strategy? (ie; Bollinger Band of some sort or MACD?)
Thanks!
Linda
|
Linda I like an intraday MACD on my entry just to make sure the price is going in the right direction:
OPEN POSITION RULE
this one shows the stock is heading up:
Intraday MACD Value (12, 26, 9, 10, 0) > Intraday MACD Signal (12, 26, 9, 10, 0)
this one shows the stock going down 1 bar ago
Intraday MACD Value (12, 26, 9, 10, 1) < Intraday MACD Signal (12, 26, 9, 10, 1)
Hedge
|
Just curious, when you say 1 bar ago, what time frame does CTP run on ? In other words, what is the bar equal to? Thanks.
|
Linda,
That strategy should work just fine with BAC. Just need to worry about how fast you will be eating up your funds since this will be another, albeit cheaper, stock added to the list which requires money, especially when it drops in price and you start adding to your loser.
The great thing about percentages as opposed to fixed values is they are dynamic and will change based on the price of the stock. Those percentages will work just fine. I actually like adding on 5% drops, not 3%. This is a decision mostly based on long term goals and account values under $50k.
|
I was wondering how to set more than 10 long trades per symbol into falling prices.
- In the strategy wizard in the autotrader preferences tab under edit share lot size with fixed lot size I am restricted to e.g. 10 trades of 100 shares
- At the same place I tried under lot size based on fixed dollar amount, set the investment amount per trade high enough to cover the upper end of the desired price range, maximum investment amount to cover the sum of the price of all positions in the planned grid and min and max shares per trade to 100 attempting to get a fixed lot size of 100 shares. I combined this one with the following information in the section below the „edit share lot size“: max symbols to purchase = 1, max range to spread trades across to the difference of the upper and lower end of the desired grid, minimum purchase interval to the desired step size. There were no rules in the add to current position tab. This approach did not work. No second position was openend.
- I combined the approach just above with an add to current positons rule of My same symbol lowest trade price move is less than -x $, x corresponding to the desired step size. This also does not seem to work, in the Cool trader in the upper left corner the max number of long is still shown as 1.
Can you suggest me how I can get more than 10 trads per symbol.
Similarly is there a way in such a setup to trade less than 100 shares per trade with a constant lot size ? How can I get this done in the Cool Trader ?
Thank you
|
CT trades in minimum lot sizes of 100 shares and has a max number of lots per symbol of 10.
I have one SHORT trader that has reached the 10 lots so I subscribed to an additional trader so I can continue to add to the loser for 10 more lots, if needed. This is the first time in over 5 years that I have ever needed to exceed the 10 lots per symbol limit and that is because the market has gone up for over a year straight.
Hedge
|
Thank you for this clear explanation, Hedge.
One thought for a workaround that I had was, is it possible to manually disconnect positions in the account from the Trader when the price has moved away far from their entry price, that they don’t affect the number of lots and maximum price in the strategy any more, and connect them back again when the price moves back in their region - kind of a moving price window which is covered by the Trader? This means it would not be fully automatic anymore and moves, which are very rapid and cover large ranges, would not be covered this way but the effective number of lots would be higher.
|
I have been using this system for years and can tell you first hand that those incorporating manual processes into their strategies never last long.
I would just add to the losing positions on 10% drops. That way even if the stock dropped 100% you would never have more than 10 lots. That is built into the default strategies. Look at the Add To Position Rules on Tab4 of the Dow 30 default strategies.
Enlightened
|
Thank you for this advice
|
The standard strategies all seem to have a setting to not open new positions in the last half hour of the trading day. Why is that?
|
This is a very unstable time of the day.
|
Isn’t instability the bread and butter of these strategies?
|
It has nothing to do with stability.
The software looks at the rules/indicators to make buy decisions.
If everything looks good then positions are opened. However, since there is 30 minutes or less before the market closes, it is not likely that the stocks will have a chance to increase enough before the market closes. Therefore we don’t open new positions after 3:30pm.
CT
|
That does not make much sense to me. Although I have only been simulating and running live less than three months, I have seen stocks make big jumps from close one day to open the next. If I sell at 3:30 and arbitrarily don’t reopen until the next day, I will (and have) lost out on those changes, up and down. If there is no reason beyond likelihood of something happening by the end of the day, I will change my settings to 3:59. There is a strong likelihood of something happening between 4:00 and 9:00 the next morning.
|
Those are only default times. Of course anyone can change them to whatever times they like. I stop opening positions at 3:30pm EST and start closing anything profitable at 3:45pm EST.
What doesn’t make sense to one person may make perfect sense to someone else, and vice versa.
Hedge
|
I’m with you on this one .
This is how I play the game; I let the trader pick some and I pick some. I check the stocks in my watch list starting with the ones that have gone down the most at almost the end of the day.
I then look at a chart to see if it’s a steadily falling stock or an up&down stock. (up& down is what you want most) If it has gone down 2 days in a row, this ideal.
But I’m also only looking for .06c to 08c profit moves on $2 stocks.
So I’m buying at the end of the day, and hoping to sell the next day.
I’m make 10% a month in Sim.
I’m out preforming the trader, and I’ve put a stop to letting it add to current positions. Those were costing me a fortune. I’m sure they would turn around, but I want my money making money all the time. The idea is NOT to be a buy & holder right ?
This is why it’s so important to watch EVERYTHING about the trader ! If you want it to do what you want it to do, you need to know how it works.
The rules and indicators of the market that I have describe could change at any time. And I’m not an investment adviser. I’m only telling you what works for me.
|
@ pcbasscat Thanks for your post. Which $2.00 and under strategy are you using and have you made any changes to it?
This is what I am formulating and I am open to what others are doing in this area. Feel free to contact me @
wwildeeeee@comcast.net
|
In my opinion, sharing what works is what it is all about.
"A candle loses nothing by lighting another candle"
|
In my opinion, sharing what works is what it is all about.
"A candle loses nothing by lighting another candle"
|
The last week of June I added the USO Short strategy (BAC Long strategy is also set up).
It entered a trade shortly after on 25th June at 33.58 and went straight into a loss and has been going deeper into a loss since, with USO over 38 now.
I cannot see from the strategy set up if, or when the strategy will stop out as on the "Exit trade rules" tab there does not appear to be any rules. So my question is, do we just let CT and the strategy do it’s work and assume it will stop out at some point if it continues to go higher, or do we manually intervene and close the trade?
Also, since this trade triggered the BAC Long will not trigger as there is a rule stating that there are insufficient funds (this is on a 30k account).
Many thanks
Cliff
|
Your Stop loses are on tab 6 I think it is, profit requirements. You can set it by $ amount or %
|
Thanks pcbasscat
I did see that but the default strategy settings didn’t make much sense in that the SL per share was set at 300, so for 200 shares would have worked out at 60,000. My account is only 30,000. The profit goal per share was set at 0.26 per share which for 200 shares would have been 52. That’s a risk of 1154 to 1 reward by my calculation, which doesn’t make sense to me.
I’m not overly sure what to adjust to but for now have changed the SL per share to 3 (2% account risk) and the profit goal per share to 15% of entry price. So I am expecting CT to close the trade on market open on Monday.
If these settings are blatantly wrong for 200 shares on a 30k account will someone kindly inform me as i am used to spread betting which is simpler than trading.
Thanks
Cliff
|
Have a look at Phil@cooltraderpro.com UCO Long/SCO Long where SCO is an inverse of UCO long. the strategy works similar to USO however SCO is a long position removing the risk associated with a short strategy where your broker may say they can no longer cover the short position and require you to buyin. Close the short position possibly at a loss to you. As I understand it this does not occur with a Long position.
|
Thanks eternal, i’ll look at that one.
FYI: I closed the USO trade to avoid the open losses escalating and then it turned around pretty much straight away. Bad timing I guess.
Cliff
|
Hello Cliff,
I understand your thinking about how these strategies should work. It actually sounds like you have either done manual trading in the past, or know how to trade Forex. The mentality that a lot of current and past traders have is you need to have a stop loss, or at least something to get you out of a losing trade.
I just need to clarify that what is to follow in this post is all strictly my opinion and just from what I have learned using the CoolTrade software for almost 7 months. This one is going to be a long one, as you can tell.
Something happened a few years ago in the robotic trading industry that really changed the whole mindset of how stocks should be traded and how you should manage your trades, rather than predict them. We all know the market is driven by high frequency traders that can manipulate the stock to do what they want in order to maximize profits. Due to this reality, the little guys like you and me, don’t have a chance at predicting where that stock will be 5 minutes or 5 years from now. Until the concept of "managing your losers" came into play.
What this means is, instead of throwing all your money at a stock because you think it is going to go the right way and then stopping out when the stock just heads the wrong way, you just add more shares to your losers. I know, it sounds insane, and that is what I thought when I first heard it, but it works.
The BAC strategy (which is a default strategy) uses this same concept, and by default will add another 100 shares to a position that drops 5% from entry. I won’t go into any other details on how you choose stocks and shares as I have already touched on this in a previous post.
The one thing I would recommend is you can do what eternal has suggested, which is a strategy that can be slow at times, but when it gets moving, it’s a money maker. Another thing I would suggest is if you want to continue trading USO short, I would change the lot shares to 100 shares. You want the ETF to at least have enough funds to purchase 5 positions total, minimum. At 100 shares, your average price for USO would be around $3700. So $3700 * 5 = $18,500. That is just a little above half your account value. But what about the extra funds available? Well you use those to trade BAC long. With BAC long, you could trade that strategy with 200 lot shares since BAC is about half the price of USO.
Again, this is all just my opinion but I have been letting CoolTrade manage my stocks for a little while now and can honestly say, this has been the safest and most efficient way to trade. That, and I don’t like seeing negatives on my report.
Now that you have a little background on how this strategy works, let me answer your questions.
The SL values that were set to 300 simply means that stock has to drop $300 before it stops out. The wording is strange on how it says "per share", but really it means the entire stock has to drop that much. Since the stocks you are trading are not above $300 in value, this basically just means that there is no SL.
Now that you understand that in this particular strategy and style of trading, risk/reward means nothing to us. I always set my stop loss and trailing stop loss to $300 and never enter exit rules, unless I am testing a strategy that is more like a day trade strategy. With that in mind, we can bring our profit goals down a little bit. Lets think about a 15% profit goal. Lets use USO since you already posted the price at the time of your first post. The price was $33 on entry for the first position you purchased. Now, in order to lock in some profit, USO would need to move $4.95. I don’t want to say this is impossible to do because I have seen USO move $5 over a period of time, but the last time that happened it was between april and the beginning of july, so almost 3 months to sell that stock. I would set that number lower, maybe 3% or 4%. This would allow you to take small bites resulting in compounded earnings which exceed the earnings you would get waiting for a 15% move.
If you made it this far through the post, thanks for reading. Good luck out there and Happy Trading!
|
Thank you Phil for taking the time for such a long and detailed reply.
Of, course I always read replies no matter how long they are and in your case also very detailed. Yes, i do trade manually myself, but not that much as the full time J.O.B. takes up too much time. My wife does too, but we still need to get the hours in to really nail this stuff. I will adjust my strategies soon.
Many thanks
Cliff
|
No problem Cliff.
It takes time to learn how the software uses the strategy parameters, but one day it will just click and you end up having a lot of fun and making money with it. Good luck and feel free to post any other questions you may have!
|
trying to figure out how to stop my short program from buying a stock on a gap down.unless the next day it goes below the prior low and the following days as well hope that makes sense.thanks
|
Dan,
Not 100% sure what you mean, but I think i’m close. So you want to stop selling a short position to open at some point when the price drops? You also want that point to move if the price keeps dropping and breaking new lows?
It sounds to me like you can just enter this indicator into your open new position rules, and your add to current position rules if you want:
Today’s Current Ask Price is (X)% Greater than 52-Week Low
Depending on how far you want to stay away from that 52-week low, you can set a percentage to only sell into a position at a certain point, for example 10%.
|
Has anyone tried this?
|
i am running it right now, started about a month ago, so far so good.
one thing i recently discovered...(i dont check it often)
the settings are limited to 100 shares with a max of 100 shares (meaning it will not buy more when going down)
because of the above setting i only used approx $2000 of my money at most which made $300 in profit (this is good) 15% return
i just made changes the other day and am happier :) (so far)
|
Thank you for replying! I think the settings are 1000 shares because you are limited to 3 trades at a time. I do have it on simulater, only for a couple days though. So I haven’t seen much movement.
|
Thank you for replying! I think the settings are 1000 shares because you are limited to 3 trades at a time. I do have it on simulater, only for a couple days though. So I haven’t seen much movement.
|
How much are you simulating with?
|
my trader doesn"t trade when stock charts says it should
|
Click on the RULES button in your automated trader and it will show you the values that it sees for the indicators (based on the datafeed that it is using).
Enlightened
|
k thanks
|
Is anyone using the Intraday Bollinger Band Lower indicator in their Open New Position Rules? If so, are you using 5 min bars and looking at previous/historical bars in your rules? For example, if you configure the BB Lower to (2,5,20,X) and you wanted to return the value 15 minutes/3 bars ago (excluding current 5 min bar) should X (offset) be set to 3? [0=current 5 min bar, 1=prev 5 min bar, 2= prev 5 min bar before that, etc].
It makes sense this is how it would work but I’m not sure this is the correct interpretation so I wanted to confirm with someone who’s used it. I’ve read on the forum the Interval, along with the min/bar parm, are both variables used in conjunction with the offset to determine the time duration & point in time. For example, I’ve seen an example where someone is using Intraday Close (1 min bar, 15 interval, 1 offset). If I understand this correctly the value returned would be the prior 15 minute bar close not the prior 1 min bar close.
The Intraday Bollinger Lower Interval parm must represent the Period (SMA) that should be used. In doing so Interval provides a different function to the Intraday Bollinger Lower than it does to the Intraday Close and I’m sure other indicators too. For the Intraday Bollinger Lower, is the offset of 3 the correct value I need to use to return the value 15 minutes/3 bars ago (excluding current 5 min bar)? Thanks!
Bob
|
I switched from the Dow 30 under ’Offfice’ to the one under ’Newuser. They seem to be running a bit different, I know the rules are a little different. I wonder if someone can tell me why I now have what looks like a table running with $1, $2 trades opening and closing on some of the trades. I did have some trades open when I switched.
|
Which one under NEWUSER did you choose? There is the DOW Long for $20K,$50K,$100K as well as the short side as well.
|
The Dow for $50K. I can’t trade short due to my account being an IRA
|
Make sure that after you select a new strategy you follow these below steps to clear out your strategy and refresh for a new strategy.
--
After changing strategies there are a few steps in order to clear your reporting information and restart CoolTrade using the new parameters of the new strategies.
Select New Strategy
Within the Strategy Wizard click the check box next to the strategy you wish to change to in the BUY /LONG Strategies or SELL / SHORT Strategies fields.
Refresh CoolTrade
Exit out of the Strategy Wizard.
2. Within CoolTrade click File -> Logoff (Clear All Passwords) this will clear all saved password information and require the user to go to the login screen upon restart of CoolTrade.
3. Click the icon to log into CoolTrade and you will get the CoolTrade Login screen. Before logging in Click File-> Refresh For New Strategy.
4. Log into CoolTrade.
5. You will get a screen asking if want to clear reporting data and if you are in simulation mode you will have to enter the amount you want to simulate with.
* You will notice that the Current Account Value, Funds Allocated, and Funds Available will have reset.
* Your new strategy will continue trading from this point forward.
Ref URL: sites.google[dot]com/site/ctpknowledge/how-to/refresh-strategy
--
|
Thanks Dewey!
|
I saw where someone posted using a $1.50-$2.50 Long Strategy with 5% drops.
Anyone have an idea what that is or where I can find it in the Strategy Wizard?
|
I am not sure of one that does stocks specifically between $1.50 and $2.50 but there is a strategy under the NEWUSER account that is called "$1 to $2 Long for Simulating $5,000" that works just about as well. It adds to the position on .25 drops.
|
Is there a setting where CTP can immediately sell all positions and stop trading for the day once the Net P&L for the day reaches a certain amount? When my Net P&L for the day reaches $200, I want to take the profit and be done until the next day.
|
Yes. In the last release notes it shows this indicator:
Session Profit/Loss Value
So, Open Position Rules:
Session Profit/Loss Value < 200
Exit Rules:
Session Profit/Loss Value >= 200
Hedge
|
Thanks hedge. I read the notes and was happy to see it also has a trailing stop loss for session profits. The notes say:
SessionPL%: If your account balance increases by this amount, from market open, it will close all positions.
SessionPLTrailingStopLossValue: After the above goal is reached, it will wait for your account to drop by this amount before closing all positions.
Sample Exit Rules:
SessionPL% > 1.5
SessionPLTrailingStopLossValue: 50 (after the account value increases by 1.5%, it waits for the account to drop by $50).
Note: After the SessionPL% is reached, NO MORE positions will be opened for the rest of the day.
With regards to the note at the end that no more positions will be opened after SessionPL% is reached, is that after the % is reached or after the trailing stop loss causes it to sell all? I would like strategy to continue buying and selling after the sessionPL is reached but stop only after the trailing stop loss activates the sell off.
Thanks for the help!
|
I think buying/selling continues until you are actually stopped out of the session P/L, but I’m not 100% sure. Try it and you’ll find out fairly quickly.
Hedge
|
It stops opening positions when the session P/L is reached. It lets all currently opened positions ride until they are closed as per the regular profit requirements.
Does anyone know how to set a session profit goal, with a pullback, but let the strategy continue to buy and sell until the pullback is reached?
|
Exit Rule:
Session P/L Trail Stop Loss Percent > 5 (value)
[when you enter the 5 in the middle of the screen do not select PERCENT as the value returned is already in a percent]
OR you can use a SESSION P/L VALUE instead of percent as follows:
Exit Rule:
Session P/L Trail Stop Loss Value > 200
Once you are up $200 for the session for all of your stocks, it will look for it to pull back below the $200 and close all positions.
Otherwise all other trading continues.
Enlightened
|
Thanks, Enlightened. So the rule is not a true trailing stop loss because the stop loss does not go up as the profit goes up. It is a set stop loss after the session goal has been reached.
I was hoping that there was a true trailing stop loss such that if the session profit went up to $300, it could sell on a $50 pull back rather than waiting for a $101 pullback to under $200.
|
It may be a trailing stop loss.
I suggest you try it and see what happens. It may be a floating trailing stop loss, similar to the profit protection feature.
Enlightened
|
I am having trouble saving timed indicators .... again!
In the Strat Wizard, I set a timed indicator, hit the return button, click "save" in the Strat Wizard. And exit out of it.
If I restart it, and go back to the strategy and then look at the Timed Indicators, what I created is not there!
Rick
|
Make sure that when you scroll to the different times and indicators that you actually CLICK on the value so that it is selected. You must click on the value or it has not been selected.
Also, to use the timed indicators, you need to add the indicator to your rules. Example Open Position rule:
TimedPrice1 > Yesterday’s Close Price
Enlightened
|
hmmm .... thanks .. I think I have done that ... multiple times.
Oh... I just re did it. I see what you mean. Even though you chose the indicator you want (you see it in the box), it is white. You need to click on it so it changes to blue.
Definitely a software bug .... very non-intuitive.
thanks, Rick
|
Not a bug. some people just want to look through the list without changing their current selection. If it auto-selects as you scroll then the value will be changing while you’re scrolling.
I agree that they should put a message on their to remind you that you must click on it.
Enlightened
|
Greetings,
I have had my robot running for about 3 weeks on the $1-$2 Trading Strategy and It has not opened any new positions. Please advise.
|
Greetings,
I have had my robot running for about 3 weeks on the $1-$2 Trading Strategy and It has not opened any new positions. Please advise.
|
Contact technical support. They will likely be able to diagnose the problem much quicker than posting on the forum. I wouldn’t usually suggest this, but no trades in three weeks indicates a fairly major issue.
|
You should be able to simply look at the screen and see why it is not opening any new positions. Check things like:
* on the lower-right of the watchlist it tells you the rule preventing the trade. It tells you most reasons why it is not trading each symbol. For example if you have already reached the max trades that you have set in your strategy then it won’t open more.
* on the upper-right of the screen click ACCOUNT VALUES and see if you have funds available.
Check those to start and see if one of those is the problem.
Hedge
|
You can also click on the symbol of one of your current positions and it will tell you the rule preventing the selling of that position or the rule why CTP has not added to position. Most likely it’s the rules preventing trades from happening and not the trader.
|
I am trying to use an intraday ADX for the last 14 - one minute bars.
Intraday ADX (1,14,0)
The result is always -1.000.
Am I using the lables on the Wizard incorrectly?
or what am I doing wrong?
Thanks for your help.
PS If I use Intraday ADX (5,14,0) it calculates an amount.
I did note that the default amounts per the Wizard and the Wilder’s recomended amounts are similar -- the Wizard has 14 minute bars of one minute each?
Wizard Default: Intraday ADX (14,1,1).
Are the labels on the Intraday ADX mixed-up?
|
if (5,14,0) works then (1,14,0) should work since the latter one requires less data to calculate it. If you use them both together, does one give a value not the other? An example use them both in the same open position rules.
Hedge
|
That is what I did.
It works for (2,14,1), (5,14,1) (10,14,1), (20,14,1), even (30,14,1)
My concern was that the labels were reversed in the wizard.
That ADX(1,14,1) means a one bar of 14 minutes which to the ADX would not be a valid calculation -- no change
and ADX (2,14,1) would be 2 - 14 minute bars which is valid
I was just concerned because the default in the wizard comes up as ADX(14,5,1) which did not make sense to me ? why look at 14 minute bars for 5 periods? the historical defailt period is 14 bars (not the numner of minutes)
There are other mixed up lablels in intraday indicators-- for example
MACD histogram -- all labels are wrong
|
I’ve been saying the same thing about the labels for years. Apparenly a lot of people interpret the labels differently than I/we do.
I just use them the way I know the indicator really wants them. i.e. 2,14 and not 14,2 and everything works fine.
Hedge
|
I will stumble around and check my numbers against Freecharts.com and the "rules" listing.
Bad labels are not good.
Im not a lawyer and there are many disclaimers on the program, but mislabeling something can get you sued for carelessness.
If the lablels are wrong, I strongly recommend that managemnet correct them.
|
I’ve seen arguments on these boards from others stating that the labels are correct, in accordance with the fmlabs.com api descriptions. Doesn’t bother me either way.
I assume they monitor these boards since they answer some questions. If you want to be sure they got your message you should send it to them at technicalsupport@cool-trade.com.
Better: You could also add to the suggestions thread to change the label for a specific indicator. I know they take those suggestions seriously
Hedge
|
I must say that I am also struggling with the labeling of the intraday indicators. The default values that come up when one clicks on an intraday indicator does not seem to match up with the order one would expect for the indicator. Perhaps technical support can review labels for all intraday indicators and correct/verify parameter sequence.
|
As an update, Technical Support instructed me to download the developers version to get corrected label identifiers. I did download the developers version and the labels have been corrected.
|
I’m curious how you would switch strategies once you are trading live with real cash.
Lets say you go live with the $2 under strat... then down the road you decide to trade BAC (or other blue chip companies) ...
A different strategy would treat the previous positions inaccurately ... so what would be the best way to transition? Would you close everything out and start new ?
Thanks.
|
for minor changes to a strategy, I would just let the current open positions play out with the new strategy. But a change of the $2 strategy to the BAC strategy, I would just close all of the $2 stocks and the restart the trader to make sure they don’t get opened with the new strategy.
|
Appreciate the feedback.
|
You can do two things to close your positions at profit instead of just liquidating your positions.
1. Add an open position indicator: Today’s Current Ask Price is Less Than 0 Dollars.
2. Disable Declining Preferences found at the top of the strategy window.
This will close your positions when they reach profit goal or profit protection and then close out at profit. You will have to wait until this happens, but it is the safe and profitable way to do it.
|
Hi
Can any one help me write the following rules:-
1. Yesterdays close 10 day sma is higher than 10 day sma 5 close days ago.
2. Todays trade price is higher than yesterdays 5 day sma close.
I am from the UK and have recently brought CTP, I would be grateful for any help with the above.
Thanks.
Gary
|
My question is if you have Profit protection enabled at let’s say half your profit goal. Then you have the pullback after reaching profit goal set at 5 cents for example. Does the pullback feature start or kickin when the profit goal is reached or when the profit protection amount is reached? In other words if your profit goal is 60 cents and your profit protection is 30 cents does the pullback feature start at 30 or 60 cents - the wording in Tab 6 implies it would start at the profit goal of 60 cents. I’m hearing conflicting info on this.
|
The Pullback feature does not enable until you reach the profit goal. When you reach your Profit Protection there is a variable drop amount that I believe starts at .05 and gets smaller the closer you get to your Profit Goal.
|
Thanks JoeBob for clearing this up - that’s what I had thought but than I heard some conflicting information which seemed to contradict that.
|
I have my profit protection set for 17cents,twice after reaching my profit protection,it pulled back 11cents nearly wiping out all my gains.How do i know what variable/floating stop is set at???Anybody Thanks Mike
|
The tool only protects .05 as soon as your profit protection goal is reached. Then the higher above the goal the price goes, the the floating trailing stop loss shrinks. But if the price just immediately plunges then it will only protection .05.
|
@enlightened Thanks for the reply,I understand now, and since removed the profit protection feature and just adjusted my profit goal...So far so Good!!!
|
I have been using the BAC Strat for about 3 months and have not had much luck. I’m only up about $50. on a $5,000 portfolio. Also, once it sells it re-buys right back in, so I need it to go up another .30 points to get $30. I’m not sure how it’s supposed to make money unless BAC just goes up and never down, which won’t happen.
|
Try adding a rule like CurrentAskPrice at least 5% below Highest Price During Previous 10 Days.
That will prevent you from always opening positions at the top.
|
The only way you could be continueing to add on higher prices is if the stock kept going up. Normally you open a position and then the stock declines x% and you add to your shares at the lower price and then close it LIFO and take profits and continue to repeat that indefinitely.
What Chad has described is that the stock kept going higher and higher and never pulled back. If a stock just keeps going higher and higher without pulling back then buy and hold would be a better strategy. But I don’t know any stock that keeps going up indefinitely.
Hedge
|
This kind of problem illustrates why there should be an "OR" function included in the Open New Position Rules tab. That way, you can create several different sets of entry rules, one of which will get executed according to the prevailing market conditions. If a stock is strongly trending, where day to day pull backs are shallow and closes are generally near the close, you may never get the pullback you’re expecting to enter a new position. Conversely, if there is a deep pullback from the previous close and you have a set of rules that triggers based on a trending market condition then you miss the chance for an entry on that pullback. Having only the "AND" function to work with to create a single set of entry rules limits the number of market conditions that trigger an entry and therefore the profit efficiency. The "OR" function could also be useful for the Exit Trade Rules Tab.
|
Thanks everybody. I do hope they are able to give us access to modifying rules like satruss said above.
In the meantime I have been using the BAC strategy on a $5,000 live account for 4 months now and have made just $50. I have had my current open position for many weeks now and it just can’t seem to make profit. Does anyone have any other strategy ideas? I’m losing my excitement for this expensive product.
|
Thanks everybody. I do hope they are able to give us access to modifying rules like satruss said above.
In the meantime I have been using the BAC strategy on a $5,000 live account for 4 months now and have made just $50. I have had my current open position for many weeks now and it just can’t seem to make profit. Does anyone have any other strategy ideas? I’m losing my excitement for this expensive product.
|
I know you could use the $1 to $2 strategy under the NEWUSER or even the $2 strategy under DEMOTRADER accounts.
|
After selecting the BAC Long strategy it opened a trade straight away on 23rd July at 14.99 (the last high) and has been in drawdown since. Have yet to make any profits with CT since going with live account in June.
|
There’s no way to know when a stock is going to run or stop. FB went up 50% during that same period of time. the power of the trader is it will handle the losers if/when they go down.
|
I would choose to go short with BAC. It seems that BAC has been down trending lately.
|
I can understand going short with BAC. I have built a Long / Short strategies for BAC. I seem to do better with BAC Long thus far in the current market. But just as enlightened stated, there is no way to truely know stop it’s trend for sure.
|
what would the rule(s) be for identifying a crossover of the DMI+(14) crossing over the DMI-(14)? I know how to do it for an intraday rule but don’t see how to do it for a daily rule.
Thanks
|
Adeptra123,
I am only seeing the Intraday DMI as well. Maybe consider using an eMA or another Moving Average indicator as a replacement.
|
I’ve located an indicator called "Dynamic Momentum" but this indicator only goes forward days.
Possible use:
Dynamic MOMENTUM (x) is Greater than Dynamic MOMENTUM (x)
x= days
|
I’m looking for the rules for the daily crossover - the indicator is of little consequence. I used DMI as an example. In intraday you use current value of indicator and indicator value of one bar behind to compare to your crossing target. Daily indicators do not have the ability to go back one bar. Perhaps you just use the intraday indicators when looking for crossovers for any indicator?
|
Adeptra123, Go back 1 page and see my Post called "MA Cross?" The long and short of it is the program is not able to do it. Which is a HUGE flaw in my book! Also any Dynamic rule will not yield the same results as EOD.
|
Hello folks.
- I’ve been running since august 28th a modified version of my own of the 2$ & under LONG & SHORT strategy. I have been checking reports of profits made since that day. - Alll profits made were by the LONG 2$ & under strat.. - None were made by the 2$&under SHORT strat. - Is it because the market (all stocks) are in a UP trend at the moment despitethe fact that stocks keeps goign up and down as we all know?
Regards,
Jocelyn
______
|
BelleyJocelyn,
Which strategy are you specifically running? I do not believe you can run shorts on stocks $2 and below. I would only use the $2 and below on a Long.
|
Hello JoeBob.
I’m running running the 2$&underLONG & the 2$&underSHORT at the same time. - So basically what you’re saying is that its not necessary to trade short as the trader is designed to take&make profits from the jigsaws of any stock wether the market is on a down or up trend? Even if the market take a plunje into the abiss a LONG strat. even for small stocks will do fine? - Do you know then some strat. for small stocks that can trade on the SHORT side?
Cheer,Jocelyn
|
I think the problem is the stock price. For a stock to be sold short, it has to be marginable which means it has to trade over $ 5.00. The broker, therefore, can’t borrow the stock for you to sell short because it isn’t held in their clients’ margin accounts. My guess is that brokers, simply exclude these stocks for short selling.
If you are wanting to short sell stocks I would consider using the DOW strategies or looking through strategies under the NEWUSER or DEMOTRADER accounts.
|
If a stock cannot be hypothecated it cannot be sold short.
|
If a stock cannot be hypothecated it cannot be sold short.
|
If a stock cannot be hypothecated it cannot be sold short.
|
If a stock cannot be hypothecated it cannot be sold short.
|
sorry,I didn’t think my response posted.
|
So I’ve been running cooltrader in sim for about 7 months now. Occasionally I check the top strategies in the wizard and they never change, or if they do it’s rare. The cynthialarmore2 strategy has been there forever and it always has the same stats. Why doesn’t the wizard update with newer top strategies?
|
Refreshing the strategies to do the update now. They may be blank for a while.
Thanks,
Ed
|
thanks
|
thanks
|
I’m using Dow long and short. Am losing. How can I turn it around?
|
I’m using Dow long and short. Am losing. How can I turn it around?
|
I’m using Dow long and short. Am losing. How can I turn it around?
|
What specific strategy are you using? I know there are multiple versions of the DOW strategies. I personally like the ones located under the NEWUSER account.
|
We should have a chart here where anyone could post their strategy results (according to their percentage gain for the most recent month, and past 6 months / yr, etc.) -- where they should be ranked in order of best performers.
|
I am trading stocks between $4 to$40 dollars using $25000 and am average $1600 a month- is this a good return compared to the rest of you traders ??
|
Bertieluv40, you seem to be one of a few who has a successful strategy. Do you share it?
|
Bertieluv40, you seem to be one of a few who has a successful strategy. Do you share it?
|
Bert, $1600 / $25,000 = 6.4% per month.
IMO that is a good return since it beats most other investments, like treasure bills, bonds, and mutual funds.
EI
|
bert just curious is your strategy shared
|
Bert, just curious as well which strategy for $25,000.
I’m wanting to go live pretty soon and having a hard time pulling the trigger and also figuring out which strategy to use.
|
Bert, just curious as well which strategy for $25,000.
I’m wanting to go live pretty soon and having a hard time pulling the trigger and also figuring out which strategy to use.
|
When I signed up with Cool Trade in July, I was told that people were making 5-10% per month. Even 17% was claimed.
Since I’ve started I’ve lost 4% running the Dow 30 long & short on $20k.
Is anyone making money & if so, what strategy are you using?
Your help & insight is greatly appreciated.
|
$20,000 is not enough funds to run long and short. you should only be running a long strategy. That is why you are losing money, because your short losses are most likely outrunning your long gains.
Enlightened
|
But, is anyone making money?
|
I have gone to a few cooltrader pro events and talked with other traders and talked with many running traders and the consensus is the same as I have observed and the 5% plus per month on average is about right. but they are talking about profits taken off the table without getting caught up with the open positions that may be lower and need to be subtracted from the closed trades profit. Something I have observed over the last 8 months is that the longer a single strategy is run the more consistent the returns become. whereas for the first few months after turning on a strategy the trader has not taken enough accumulated profits to overcome the open positions that may be lower so the trader looks like it is losing money, when in fact the 5% per month in closed position is consistent while the open position p/l is just going up and down. so after about 4 month the closed p/l overcomes the open position p/l and only then do you realize you have a money machine. I was a skeptic at first but enough people kept telling me that so I just waited and watched and what they were saying is spot on.
|
Just started on Cool Trader recently and I’m very excited to get trading. I’m in my mid twenties and a designer for a solar company (anyone hear of SCTY). I realize to be affective at trading and to make a sizable profit over my lifetime I need to understand concepts and the technical intricacies. I’m not looking for a strategy to rely on but a deep understanding of how they work and what makes the good ones great.
How I’m starting out is by breaking down the strategies that are available to me. My biggest hurdle at this point is knowing which strategies to look at for the situation I’m in. The account balance I’m looking to start with is 5k. While on the low side, the plan is to fund it sizably over the next year or so but likely it will stay under 30k.
I’m starting with the following:
$2 and below
$1 to $2 long for simulating 5k
BAC long for simulating 10k
Dow Long for simulating 20k
I’m open to any suggestions. I’ve already devoured the indicator/charting courses over at stockcharts.com (highly recommended), but I’m looking to add to my own understanding if there are any recommened resources one would have for the type of trading utilized by cool trader.
Thanks everyone, I appreciate the help. My personal email is ashorts@gmail.com
Without counsel plans fail, but with many advisers they succeed. - Proverbs 15:22
|
ShortsWilliam,
It is great to see a new user! I would suggest starting out simulating with $5K maybe using one the first three strategies you listed. I would suggest coping them from the NEWUSER account.
I would also suggest heading over to CoolTrade University and going through all the training videos as well.
cooltradeuniversity[dot]com/
|
I am trying to find indicators that will show general monthly trends in the market in general, either up or down (particularly something like the S&P 500). Are there any indicators in the Watch List Rules that provide that sort of information?
I can obviously find indicators that show trends for individual stocks, but I want to be able to identify the large-scale trend of the market on a monthly basis.
|
This can’t really be done with CTP right now. One solution would be to provide indicators in the platform that can compare weekly/monthly moving averages (using a variable "n" number of bars) to the same moving average "n" bars ago for the major indices or their ETF equivalents. But this requires access to more historical data.
If you want something like this it’s best to put a request in the New Indicator Request section.
|
Intraday Cadle Range I was guessing was the length of a particular candle?
But no matter what parameter I use, it alwasy gives me a value (in the Rules report)
of 0.000.
Even weirder is that I had a test rule (intraday candle range (x,x,x) < 9999) and this rule was stopping a trade? ... 0.000 < 9999 is false?
The fmlabs literature does not have this as an indicator (or I am not finding it).
So, my qustion: Does anybody know what "range" this indicator measures?
Thanks!
|
1. make sure you are getting data from IB, TD, or MB.
2. try using small numbers like "1, 5, 0".
I believe -1 and 0 both indicate that the indicator did not have enough minute bars to make the calculation and so returns failure.
Enlightened
|
I am on IB.
The other candle intraday indicators work fine.
|
I’ve been demo-ing the Dow 30 Long (account value at $30,000) for over a month now with IB, after many months of simulating Dow 30 Long without a broker. The account without the broker added regularly to positions and showed a remarkably consistent 1+ % gain per month, using default settings.
However, the Dow 30 Long with broker (demo account) has yet to add to a position and shows a significant loss after 5 weeks, although it has managed 5 small trades. Max. symbols = 7; 100 shares per trade; default Add-to-current-position rules; profit goal = 3% of entry price.
If someone is using the Dow 30 Long with IB and is happy with their results, would you be willing to discuss settings? Either in this forum or I can be reached at 83 acres at gmail dot com. I’d really enjoy a mentor.
Is there another strategy that’s doing well for a $30,000 account? I’m prepared to open a second account - perhaps one long and the other short (I know this has been discussed in the forum).
|
I do not believe your results have any thing to do with IB. Do you have your strategy posted in the Wizard under a certain email address so we can look at your strategy settings? If so what is it? the market is not as robust as it was back when you were simulating without a broker. That could be some of what you are seeing.
|
Thanks for your reply spokanebroker. ( I didn’t mean to imply that IB had anything to do with results - sorry about that.) My strategy is not posted in the Wizard - how do I do that?
|
Best way to do that is watch the videos in your back office. Then let us know your email address in the wizard.
|
83acres@gmail.com
|
Would someone like to look at my strategy settings? There has not been a single add to a position since I started with the DOW 30 long account in the middle of August. It’s up about $290 ($30,000 account, demo with IB) Thanks.
|
I would suggest using the DOW strategies under NEWUSER@cool-trade.com. You might have better luck.
|
Hello 83acres,
I think what the problem here is the inability to send the additional orders to the broker. What it sounds like is this demo account is a paper trade account provided by IB.
Check the version of CoolTrade you are running. If your version is less that 7.5.44, go to File > Download Developer Version. This will fix the problem with sending additional buy orders to the broker.
|
Thanks Phil - I thought I was up to date, but I wasn’t; I downloaded the Developer Version, so we’ll see. I will demo a different long strategy as well.
|
Hi---
Does anyone know if one supercedes the other? Do I need both? Which is the best to use?
I want to add on $1.00 drops from the price CTP bought the stock. So on the "Add to Current Position Rules’ tab I have:
"Today’s current Bid Price is at last 1.00 Dollars Less Than My Same Symbol Lowest Trade Price"----(courtesy of ’enlightened’ - thank you)
But then ’Declining Preferences’ tab/window I have the radio button checked for "Add additional shares to LOSING positions" then lower down the radio button is checked for:
"Add additional shares if today’s current ask price is Less Than the Lowest Purchased Price"(for a Long position)-- and the amount box is set at $1.00.
Sounds like the same rule to me--sort of.... what should I do?
Thanks for the help!
Feel free to check out my Dollar up Dollar down for DDD & FB on the community strategy board at Copterman43. Seems to be working ok thanks to a mostly positive market and lots of buyers for these two stocks. Just simulating but I’m up $1200+ since 9/11 as of today’s close. Looking to go live next week!
Chris
|
The way it works is the amount set in Declining preferences must be true first. Only after the stock drops by the amount specified in declining preferences, then the add to position rules are looked at.
So the answer to your questions is they both must be true before additional shares are purchased.
Enlightened
|
OK thanks Enlightened.
I guess I could eliminate the rule in the "Add to Current Positions Rules" tab being that the Bid price would be a little higher just to clean it up although Ask rule has to be true too so I guess it doesn’t matter.
As always-- thanks for your help!
Copterman Chris
|
In my strategy for watch list selection I have (I want and believe this should be) that the "Stochastic SlowD(14,3,3)" should be rising with the following rule:
Stochastic SlowD(14,3,3)(-1 day) < Stochastic SlowD(14,3,3)
But last Friday, the CTP selected a stock CTB (1 example) where, in looking at a chart, the Stochastic SlowD(14,3,3) does not appear to be rising, but falling (or possibly flat).
This is one example where the CTP does not seem to operate accurately, or is the data feed questionable?
This is in simulation with TDameritrade feed.
This stock was purchased Friday at 29.54 (which seemed like not a bad buy then, but now dropped big). To me, this stock should not have been selected in the watch list - just with that 1 rule in the strategy.
Any insights?
|
Do you have any other rules in for your watchlist? I have used Stochastic rules many times and they have worked fine.
|
For sure, sorry, I thought to mention that after posting - with the MACD, and moving ave. and other basics on volume, etc. I have also noticed significant differences in cool trader values for the RSI and other broker info., etc. - to where it seems to me very difficult to use these indicators with CT - as it is so hard to tell what values it is using. Did you look at the SLOW STOC for that stock CTB last Friday? - does it not look / show flat or down?
|
First, It is almost impossible to get a chart from a program like TD Think or Swim to match exactly what CoolTrade is indicating. CoolTrade generally, at least from my understanding, uses values from a 1m chart, so the first setting we need to check is what interval the chart that you are looking at is set to.
They next setting I would need to know is the values of the StochasticSlow are set for. I am purely using speculation on this, but I believe 14,3,3 SlowD would be a 14 %K period and a 3 %D period. So assuming this, I plotted a 10-day 1m chart in Think or Swim and from what I can tell, the indicator did in fact pass for the values that are set, meaning the Stochastic SlowD(14,3,3)(-1 day) < Stochastic SlowD(14,3,3). With this being true, I can see why the symbol CTB was bought, but I would also need to know if there are any open position rules, and if this rule is replicated in the open position rules, then the values most likely are showing that the rule is qualified to pass.
The most important part of coordinating indicators with CoolTrade is to check their values while the trader is running. Look at the "rules" menu item after selecting a symbol to view through the watchlist or the open positions area. If the value reads -1.000 or 0.000, chances are there is not enough historical data to properly show a value. If the -1 indicator is showing 0, and the current SlowD is showing a value higher than that, then the rule passes and CoolTrade pulls it in, followed by a purchase.
If you would like to see what I mean on the chart, set the chart to 1m, then set the Stochastic Slow to 80,20,14,3,HIGH,LOW,CLOSE,SMA on Think or Swim.
|
Thanks much Phil. So the differences are most likely in the data that CT is looking at vs. what any other service is looking at (depending on the settings, and possibly the feed) - right?
Could you say what would be the best way to establish that the SLOW STOCHASTIC (and MACD) would be sloping up? - How to get the CT to choose stocks for the Watch List that have their SLOW STOCHASTIC (and MACD) rising (aside from other rules)? Could you give a rule (with settings) that would accomplish this? Thanks.
|
JK,
It’s all a matter of finding the sweet spot as far as historical data goes. I am personally a fan of the MACD indicators, such as the dynamic MACD signal, histogram and value. The 12,26,9 works fine, you just need to work on the interval and offset (I usually set the offset to 0). Think of Intervals like durations of data. Load the indicator, restart the trader, and then click on a symbol, doesn’t matter which one. Click "Rules" at the top and see what the values are. If they read 0 or -1.000, there is not enough data. If this is a relatively short term, wait 24 hours and allow minute bars to build, then look at the rules the next day and see if you get anything different. If you don’t see a change, the interval is too high.
I’m not sure which indicators work for which broker since I have turned away from technical indicators lately, but for me experimenting with the different indicators is a blast!
Good luck and happy trading!
|
The "MPEL LONG" strategy is working very well, but at this point it would be advisable to have a bankroll of at least $15,000 to implement it properly to protect the downside.
|
Good point Sy. With MPEL being a $30 stock, the minimum you are looking at to buy 100 shares is around $3000. This of course is IF you are trading with 100 share lots.
With almost a 9% drop in three days, this is the time to manage your losers by adding those additional positions. Those with just enough money to purchase a single position, will be forced to sit, wait and pray.
|
Hi, does anyone know how I can find Nick Rausch’s momentum day trading strategy?
I want to copy it but I don’t know where to find it.
Brent.
|
I’ve been looking but I have not seen it. It might have been renamed. If you remember the old name I’ll try to see if I can find it.
|
I launch CoolTrade (and the Trader Workstation for my broker feed) about 2 hours before the market opens each day. Each day, I check that the software launches correctly (load strategy, load watch list, etc). I am running CT 7.5.35 on Windows XP. I also sometimes run a simulation on my second computer that runs Windows7.
For some reason, my Watch List and my current positions don’t appear in the CT screen until after the market opens. Some times it is 30 minutes delayed and sometimes a few hours. No transactions occur while the items are not visible and thus I miss trades. Once things appear, CT runs the normal scan process (row by row) and trades do occur based on my strategy rules.
I have tried my strategy on 2 computers and I get the same behavior on both (XP and Win7). The same behavior also is seen when my feed is the simulation or my real feed through Interactive Brokers. CT seems to "wake up" later than it was set.
I have checked the strategy preferences and everything is set to start at Market Open (which is 8:30 a.m. my time). My computer time is also accurate.
Anyone already solved this? Did I miss a setting somewhere?
|
The software waits for real-time data to be streaming so that it does not display and/or perform actions with obsolete/incorrect data.
The live streaming real-time data starts at market open.
I have my traders scheduled to start at precisely 9:30am Eastern Standard Time, at market open and it works great.
Hedge
|
Nick,
Do you have 1 or 2 Cooltrade accounts? You might be seeing this type of issue if you only have one account and are trying to load it on several computers are the same time.
|
I have 1 account and do sometimes run on 2 machines. The one machine runs on the CT simulation feed while the other runs on the Interactive Broker feed. I’ve seen other people run like this successfully but perhaps there is something different about my setup. Have you tried this before?
|
Since they both share the same space in the ct databases both traders will step all over each other. ct says that’s a no-no and will cause chaos as the software is not designed to have 2 traders running simultaneously with the same email address.
Enlightened
|
So this morning I behaved better and ran CT on only 1 machine. This one uses the live feed from my broker (Interactive Brokers). It still took over 2 hours to load the Watch List and Current Positions list. In fact, I missed the opening bell by over 25 minutes.
I launched CT last night after market hours and everything loaded within 7 minutes. I’ve been in contact with others that use IB and they do not see this issue. I am running the latest version of CT (7.5.43) and the last stable version of the Trader Work Station (unknown version). Any other ideas what I can try?
|
Which strategy are you using? If you have a strategy that loads a large number of stocks into a watchlist then it can take an excessive amount of time to load. You might want to look at your strategy watchlist and shorten the list.
|
7.5.44 is the latest DEV version.
The load is faster later because all of the symbols have data showing in the databases. That just tells you that the symbols you are looking at are not opening at market open.
You can test this by:
1. reduce the symbols in your watchlist.
2. change to symbols like on the dow list that trade millions of shares a day.
3. make sure you see historical minute bars loading for each symbol on the lower-left of your screen as the symbols are loading. That will tell you if the broker acknowledges that you have activated your streaming data. if you are getting zero historical minute bars then the broker is not streaming the data to you and you are just getting snapshots from ct.
Enlightened
|
Apparently I am running CT 7.5.35. I swear it was 7.5.44 at one time but I don’t have a screen shot to confirm. I must have been dreaming.
I have a strategy that currently has 18 symbols in the Watch List. The Watch List is usually between 6 and 20 symbols.
When I launch CT with the IB feed after hours (tonight I launched it at 6:00 CST), it all loads up within 7 minutes. This morning it started at 6:15 a.m. CST and the symbols finally started showing up around 8:55 a.m. CST. My Open Positions also didn’t load until around 8:55 a.m.I missed a good window because CT didn’t behave correctly. This is perhaps the biggest frustration for me - that I miss windows to make money.
I never considered that these symbols don’t open until later. But I don’t think that is the root cause of my issue because the feed starts at various times. And once it starts to work, everything generally appears within 2 minutes. It’s not like it starts at 9:00 a.m. CST every day. One day my symbols and Open Positions didn’t load until 1:23 p.m. in the afternoon - even though I launched CT and IB at 6:30 a.m. CST.
@enlightened.investor, I’d like to hear more about your suggestion #3. I have seen notes about the minute bars in the stats bars but I didn’t notice what it said. If it does say "0" then does this mean that no data is available or that something is wrong with my IB feed?
|
If it shows 0 historical minutes bars then it means you have not signed the exchange documents at the broker and therefore they are not feeding you streaming data. You will then have to login into your brokerage account and complete the docs.
EI
|
Another thing that needs to be taken into consideration is what data CoolTrade needs to display your positions:
Bid
Ask
High
Low
Open
Volume
Note the last two sets of data. These values can’t exist before the market is open. This is why you do not see your positions until the market opens and creates those numbers. I know many traders who will avoid the first 30 minutes of the market.
When those values come in from the data stream, you will start your day trading automatically!
|
10:30 AM and just one position is loaded from the DOW30 Long - Long watch list - this type of delay happens frequently. And still, no positions have been added to....I am using the Developer Version of CT.
|
Are you using version 7.5.31? Are you simulating with CoolTrade feed or another broker feed?
|
Datafeed issues with the exchanges this morning. The version of the software has nothing to do with it.
If you have a brokerage account, we suggest you simulate with the brokers feed.
CT
|
I’m running version 7.5.44, simulating a $30,000 with IB. It’s common that the data doesn’t load for quite some time after the open. (Yesterday one position opened quickly, but it was after 10:30 EST that the rest of the watch list loaded.)
|
I believe the broker feeds were even having problems yesterday.
All looks good today. My traders and all symbols came up faster than usual.
|
Has anyone been using the ETF, FAS? If so how long and what kind of returns have you been receiving?
Thanks!
|
I tested an FAZ and FAS strategy months back and it did well. I believe the strategy is located under DEMOTRADER or OFFICE accounts.
|
Is there a generic strategy for trading a single stock similar to Haliburton, but one that can be used for any stock?
|
just use any of the DOW 30 for XXX Account Value strategies, and type your symbol into the lower-right of the Watch List Tab-3.
|
Great question.I would use Pittney Bowes & Old Republic (along with Bank of Amer.). PBI & ORI are priced moderately & have been around for 40+ years & have been paying dividends all that time & are both doing very well.
|
Is there an easy setup rule that tells CT to stop buying for a period, but continue to sell my whatever holdings i have at current profit rules?
|
You could set you Max Range to make sure that you only spread your purchases to only just a few.
|
The most effective way is to click on Strategy Preferences in the Automated Trader and change the Start and Stop Opening Positions and Start and Stop Adding to Positions to a time outside of normal market hours. Then the only thing the trader will do during market hours is close positions.
Enlightened
|
I didn’t think of that enlightened, well put!
I like to use this method:
Put in a new indicator in the Open Positions rules such as "Todays Ask Price is Less Than 0 Dollars" this will cause the trader to never open another position once the symbol completely sells out at a profit. Also, disable declining preferences which can be found at the top of the strategy.
|
thanks guys! this is really helpful
|
I see the list of stocks my strategy is going to use but then it purchased a stock that was not on the list and I do not want. I am wondering why it purchased a stock that was not on it’s list. How do I put a rule in the strategy so that it does not purchase that particular stock ever? Thank you for your help.
|
Tyohe,
Chances are you had an open position when you removed that symbol out of the watchlist rules. The position is still owned at that point, so the trader maintains it. When the positions sells out, it is pulled back into the watchlist. If all open positions rules pass, the trader will purchase another X amount of shares.
Strategy parameters are stored in the trader during initialization. Since the static watchlist is the one you create in the strategy wizard, that symbol will remain active during that days training session. When the trader starts the next day, or the trader is restarted, that symbol will not be purchased again. This has to be done AFTER that symbol has already sold though.
Best thing to do if you are really concerned about it would be to block the symbol and maintain is manually at your broker.
Hope this helps.
|
Would somebody please explain this rule and how it works:
Institutional ownership percent is greater than 10
This rule, as written, is stopping some trades. I go and find that the symbols it’s blocking have Institutional ownership way greater than 10%.
Confused, is it just the opposite or what?
|
I recommend you look at the RULES screen in the automated trader and see what value that the software sees. That value comes from a data provider and is not calculated value.
|
The Rules screen shows >0 So how do we determine the value of ownership that the software sees?
|
If you click on the menu option called RULES, it will pop up a screen that shows all of your open positions rules, add to position rules, and exit rules. Each of those blocks will show the rule and the Indicator values.
So it would look like this:
OPEN POSITION RULES
Institutional Ownership > 0
Institutional Ownership: 25 (or whatever the value is)
Hedge
|
Thanks Hedge, I understand that. What I don’t understand and need to know, is the trader says institutional ownership percentage is >0, but the data that I can find says the institutional ownership is about 85-90%. That’s a BIG difference. Where do I find/get the data/values that the software sees? Enlightened Investor said it’s a calculated value, OK that’s fine, where do I find that info?
Thanks
|
Read my last post. Do you see where i wrote 25?
That 25 is the values that the software sees.
So if you click on the RULES button at the top of the automated trader, it will bring up the screen that shows you the values of the indicators that are used in rules.
Hedge
|
In that example:
Institutional Ownership > 0 (is the rule)
25 is the value that the software sees.
|
A broker would have the fundamental information of a particular stock.
In TDAmeritrade you would click on the stock in the position or watch list bringing up the fundamentals where you will see institutional ownership.
I believe that was your question
|
Re: Rules for stop buying a particular stock
I see the list of stocks my strategy is going to use but then it purchased a stock that was not on the list and I do not want. I am wondering why it purchased a stock that was not on it’s list. How do I put a rule in the strategy so that it does not purchase that particular stock ever? Thank you for your help.
|
Hello,
I am new to CTP and am simulating some strategies using MACD values. I have signed up for IB market data and get up to date minute bars but am not sure why I am not getting 10 minute values. Here is what I am using. Any suggestions?
Macd Value > MACD Signal Line
macd_macd_value: 0.6300
macd_SignalLine_value: 0.4800
Intraday MACD Value ( 12,26,9,1,1 ) > Intraday MACD Signal Line ( 12,26,9,1,1 )
MinuteMacdValue (12 , 26 , 9 , 1 , 1) : 0.0217
MinuteMacdSignalLine (12 , 26 , 9 , 1 , 1) : 0.0261
Intraday MACD Value ( 12,26,9,10,1 ) > Intraday MACD Signal Line ( 12,26,9,10,1 )
MinuteMacdValue (12 , 26 , 9 , 10 , 1) : 0.0000
MinuteMacdSignalLine (12 , 26 , 9 , 10 , 1) : 0.0000
Gary
|
Gary,
I see the problem. To calculate the 26 MA X 10 min bar = 260 minutes for 1 bar. Then since you want 1 bar back (since you put 1 in the offset (far right parameter)), that is another 260 minutes, for a total of 520 minutes of historical minute bars.
If you watch the bars load on the lower-left of the screen at startup, my guess is that IB is not feeding you that many minutes of data for the symbol that is failing (or returning 0). Therefore you don’t have enough historical minute bars data to for the program to make that calculation. I would use 0 in the offset for all of the calculations.
Enlightened
|
Thanks for the help. I’ll remember that for other indicators.
|
I am new to the trader. Does anyone have a basic equation/formula to determine how many shares at a given price will get you adequately invested. For instance If I have $100K to invest how many stocks and shares would I need to be adequately invested?
Second question, would you suggest more stocks and less shares or less stocks and more shares? Where is the higher risk?
|
There is already a default strategy called DOW 30 FOR $100K accounts that is already optimized for that dollar amount.
|
HI,
I am new to the trader. I have 30K in my roth ira and want to select a strategy. How do you get into the new user account and demo accounts. Sorry about the dumb question. But have to start somewhere.
Kim
C2xtlaa@aol.com
|
I suggest you go to ctpevents.com and watch the live webinars and they walk throught most aspects of the software.
Hedge
|
Hi Hedge,
Thanks for the advice. I just drove down deep in the forums and found a nice pictorial on how to do this in one of the posts. Thanks
Anyway.
Kim
|
So why not help the rest of us KIM. What is the page you discovered?
|
Go to cooltradkb.com Then select item 13 under the top answers and questions. The item will be 13. How do I copy a new strategy.
BTW if you are new to CTP. This is a great website.
|
You left the "e" out of cooltradekb.com
Wow. I didn’t even know that existed. That is a great resource.
Thanks for sharing that, Kim!
Hedge
|
Trade Shares: 100 Shares Per Trade
Max Shares: 100 Shares Per Symbol
Tab 3: Open new Position Rules - No rules are given
Tab 4: Add To Current Position Rules - Two rules are given
With no rules in Tab 3 how can you buy shares?
With Max Shares = 100 how can you add shares in Tab 4?
Does this strategy make sense?
This strategy is listed as one of the most productive.
Would someone please explain what I’m missing?
Thanks,
John
|
It’s using the ’watch list’ rules to open new positions-- I think there’s a button or box to check for that....sorry I don’t have it on to be able to check. I have simulated this strategy-- it’s great in a rising market but extremely volitile in a choppy market like we’re experiencing now.
|
I’m trying this out and want to control it so it only opens new trades in up markets. Can someone suggest a rule I can add such as "only open new long trades if the DOW is up more than xxx dollars"? Thanks!
|
hi there
what i heard or saw on CT was something like, if the dow moves more than 40 points for example, but frankly that still has not resolved it for me. maybe a dollar amount would be better. not sure. i liked cynthia’s test as well, but i did remember, that was done last year in an impressive bull market, so perhaps many strategies may have worked at that time. becky
rschaer@comf5.com
|
I don’t use the cynthia... strategy.
The ConservativeLong strategy that can be copied by clicking on OPTIONS next to any fo the strategies has a bunch of open position rules that want the stock to be pointing up (up trending) before opening the position.
But if you just want to go in on a day when the DOW is up then you can use TodaysDowMove is greater than 10.
You may want to consider using TodaysDowMove is less than -10 so you buy lower since the Dow just seems to go up and down day after day.
Enlightened
|
I’m having a problem with e mail alerts the box is checked, e mail is in but no alerts. Has anyone had this problem.
|
Check to make sure the alerts arn’t going to your spam folder.
|
In the Strategy Wizard there are the following SMA options:
5-Day Predicted SMA
Dynamic SMA (5)
5-Day Dynamic SMA
5-Day SMA
Moving Avg Move Day5
Moving Avg Move5 (-1 Day)
I understand how a SMA is calculated, but I don’t understand the differences between these different options and what each of them does. Would someone please explain each of these or, if possible, give a source of information. Some of them do have help available by right clicking on the selection line, but it didn’t help.
Thank you,
John
|
Are you using CTP on the Togglebox Cloud?
Anyone out here using CTP on the Togglebox Cloud?
Good experience?
Easy to use?
Worth it?
Working consistently? Doesn’t shut down expectantly?
Which Broker are you using in LIVE mode?
Thanks
SpokaneBroker
|
I’d also like to hear from other ToggleBox users.
After talking to Dave at ToggleBox, I learned there is a two week period in which you can get a refund if ToggleBox doesn’t work for you. Dave said that ToggleBox will require maintenance just as any computer would.
|
i’m a togglebox user and I like it so far because you don’t need to have your main computer on all the time and you can log in in any computer,anyplace anywhere.
it’s very convenient.
|
I began using Togglebox for CoolTraderPro December, 2013. I needed help learning how to login, but now find it better than having the trader running on my desktop. GoToWebinar would cause it to close. TOS caused it to close. Any problems would have been the same as if it were running on any dedicated computer.
|
I just start using Togglebox and I am having a problem when i am using a second computer ( remote location) When I login into Togglebox it only opens up Half Screen? Is anone else having this problem ? Sincerely, Daniel
|
What size are you using and is it hard to sert up?
|
What size are you using and is it hard to set up?
|
Wow, stunned to see this. Is there a way to have this program run on / off of a cloud - to not need to have it running on our own PC, and so that it will always automatically be running regardless if our PC is on, and so that we could access it from other locations, and so that others could log on to see it in action, etc.?
thanks.
|
While Togglebox is a solution that many CoolTrade customers use successfully, Dave from Togglebox is correct - there are still computer management tasks that the end user is responsible for.
You can contact them directly for costs and terms at - www.togglebox.com
Another cloud solution provider is 1R Computer Solutions.
This VPS/Cloud provider takes care of all computer management for you. You can contact them at - ct.onmyvps.com
With either solution you are able to access your CoolTrade VPS from wherever you have internet connectivity.
In fact, with the size of the most current smart phones it is easy to access your VPS (virtual private server) from a phone even. So, laptop, tablet, smartphone, from wherever you have connectivity you can access your CoolTrade platform on a VPS.
|
Just contacted Dave at Toggle box they no longer support CTP, who else is out there for cloud trading?
|
I wasn’t aware the Toggle was having problems.
I use the 1R VPS. Here’s the link:
|
This is getting pretty frustrating. I have loaded the latest "aggressive long strategy" as well as the latest "aggressive short strategy? over these past couple of weeks, and with all the volatility one would thing that this should work, right? Well, no. These past few days with the market falling, so has my virtual (and actual) bank account. Today, the market is up. Me? I’m down again, was never up at all this month. Can anyone suggest a strategy that actually works? I have read the discussions about different strategies that can be downloaded (office 1-8, etc.), and I have downloaded them already. I have also downloaded the famous ones like vancouver trader, or jim ostdiek. They look great on paper, but don’t work either. Am I alone here? Does anyone have a winning strategy that worked, for example, in January? I would love to try something that has a real history, not something that I expect has been made up for viewers to gawk at.
Cort
|
The default DOW strategies for specific dollar valued accounts have worked great for me since they started appearing around 2009. In my opinion they cannot be beat in the long run. As opposed to the aggressive strategies, in my opinion, are the worse and only work when the market is running in the right direction. The Dow strategies work best in sloppy up/down markets like we currently have.
Enlightened
|
I tried the BAC Long strategy and did not like it at all. Then I tried the $1-$2 and got a pretty good return. It definitely goes up and down a lot but overall it’s a good strategy, try simulating it first.
|
Appreciate your response to gocort’s question, enlightened. In your experience, what minimum balance would be needed to offset the annual cost of the software?
|
I’m referring to the use of the DOW strategies, by the way.
|
I have been demoing a modified version of CynthiaLarmore2 strategy with $30k in my account, and no more than $20K for trading. CynthiaLarmore2 is set for $160K account I believe, thus the reason I modified it. The modifications I did were $59/share max. Cash out at $55 profit min. Trade no more than 9 trades. And do not trade that sector that has gold, silver, etc. I went to live trading today (March 5 2014). Was in demo mode for 14 weeks. NET profit was $2,200. $5/trade in, $5/trade out and $125month for SW is what I was figuring for costs. Seems like I averaged 7 trades per week. Did have 3 stocks drop by 20% and more (one was 39%). Took a month for 2 of the stocks to recover, and profit. The 39% drop was still recovering when I went live today. It has been 6 weeks since the drop. The percentage loss yesterday was around 27%. It is a GOLD stock.
|
I went Live with IB on 21 Feb with $30K and used Tech7 strategy. As of close of business today, I have net $1560 before taxes. That’s 5% in 11 trade days. I did NOT modify the strategy, and I did NOT manually force any trades except for 1 on the second day. I can’t complain.
|
I have been using the Tech7 strategy for the past month. So far, over 10% net, on a $30K account.
|
Hi tpaulus3
Can you let us know where to find the Tech7 strategy.
Also, does anyone else have any experience with the Tech7 strategy, like returns etc
Thanks
Cliff
|
Please tell me how to find the Tech 7 strategy? thanks
|
I agree I have had no luck simulating trades. It would be nice if someone would reveal how to locate and upload a tech 7 strategy.
|
I went hunting for the tech7 strategy that folks have been talking about and I don’t see it in the top strategies list that comes up at the bottom of the strategy wizard when you click on OPTIONS next to any strategy. I’d like to take a look at it too when I find out who’s sharing it.
The straight up default Dow 30 strategies have been working great too in this up/down market.
EI
|
I am running enlightened investors conservative long strategy and for the last 2 months it has been returning about5-6% per month.
|
are you reffering to enlightened’s strategy that has no stop loss?
|
Tech 7 strategy seems to be a vary popular Stategy...Whats the Update on tech 7?? how well is it performing? and also whats the email for the default dow 30 strategy? thanks please reply back Gdo Bless
|
Tech 7 strategy seems to be a vary popular Stategy...Whats the Update on tech 7?? how well is it performing? and also whats the email for the default dow 30 strategy? thanks please reply back Gdo Bless -Antoine
|
I have been running tech 7 for 3 weeks now and as of today I have lost $1K on a 25K account. This does not include the costs of the trades. I had it set for max trades == 3. How are other ppl doing with this template? I had placed several questions in this forum this week and now they are all deleted. Wat is up with this forum. How can we find out how well particular strategies are working?
Thanks
|
I am in week 10 of my Modified CynthiaLamore2 strategy. (After my 14 week demoing). I am using $30K of funds. Started with using $20K of funds. The strategy has bought/sold around 60 stocks for a gross return of $4,200. Last week one stock sold for a $252 profit. Most are in the $50-$60 profit range, because I have lockin set at $59 of profit. Last week 1 stock made a $252 profit. I have had 2 days of $300 plus profit.
|
tech7@cooltraderpro.com
new-user2@cool-trade.com for Dow strategy
|
To: john.a
I am a newbie of one week and am somewhat overwhelmed.
I would like to run a simulation of a winning strategy and the Cynthia one caught my eye but it is way out of my league.
Would it be possible to download or get a printout of your Modified CynthiaLamore2 strategy so i could do a simulation of it?
Are you still in the process of refining the strategy criteria?
Thank you.
|
To: john.a
I am a newbie of one week and am somewhat overwhelmed.
I would like to run a simulation of a winning strategy and the Cynthia one caught my eye but it is way out of my league.
Would it be possible to download or get a printout of your Modified CynthiaLamore2 strategy so i could do a simulation of it?
Are you still in the process of refining the strategy criteria?
Thank you.
|
to: Chuckneir I am still using Cynthia... today I modified it to except Basic Materials companies, and increased max share to $60, from $54. And decreased average shares to 1.1millions shares over last 200days. I did that because my list of stocks to buy went to zero. After the change I had 2 stocks. Sears Holding and ISIS Pharmaceuticals. I can send you a PDF of the strategy. Email me at iHaveCashForHouses (at) gmail.com Ran a report for March 5 to June 30 = $6924 gross on $30K investment. march 5 is when I went live. I am done refining strategy, unless something changes in market, which it did last week or so. Then I either tighten or loosen the rules as far as price and volume.
|
I would be interested in having a few folks test drive the live strategy I’ve developed. I have been averaging growth of about 2% per week (some weeks better than others, like anything else).
Like many of you, I started green, lost a lot of capital in a seemingly free fall, got frustrated...then I stopped looking for a pre-canned strategy that someone else made and decided to educate myself to make my own strategy. The new strategy has been in place for about two months now and so far is doing well. I was able to recoup my losses from last year and drive into profitability (recoup $10K in losses and I’m up over $10K this year, so over a $20K swing overall).
At its core it uses the RSI(14) and profitability indicator to build the watch list. The theory is that bad things (downgrades, miss earnings and so on) happen to good companies (profitable) and they will either bounce or come back relatively soon (RSI near or below 30). When bad news hits, there is usually an over-correcting that happens and the stock sells off too much...which is where I buy in.
It uses the SMA[20,50,200] indicators along with MACD signals to determine entry points. So, when the MACD is favorable (price going up), the bleeding is usually over and the healing has started. The SMA metrics are there to ensure we have an order of magnitude off of the average pace to be sure we are catching something that is truly off its normal pace.
Nothing is perfect and certainly, it buys into a few duds that just keep falling, but I’ve found it buys many more winners than losers and taking a few losses here and there (or holding them longer) is still profitable.
The hardest part of this one is that I have to pre-screen the watch list every morning before market opens (using strat wizard) and scrub out stocks that recently split or had a special dividend. For whatever reason, CT is unable to detect this and they end up on the buy list when their metrics are completely wrong. While I’m at it, I block those that are on a habitual downtrend as it will probably continue. What is left is those that probably gapped down due to a specific event.
I started with about $40K in capital (yea, it was $50K last year before I lost so much) on a margin trading account, so my buying power has been nearly $100K (2:1 for overnight carry). I generally adjust the stock price and lot size to invest all of the buying power into 10 choices. and end up holding them for a few days at a time.
If I’m feeling squirrely, I bump up my buying power into the 4:1 and daytrade a few positions since it is pretty effective in finding those stocks getting ready to go up and push up to about $160K during the middle of the trading session if I’m around to baby-sit it. Of course, I have to sell back down to 2:1 margin before the end of the day, but normally have a few profitable positions I can liquidate for that. Daytrading a few helps to pump the profits a little, but can lead to early selling to make the end-of-day cutt-off, so may cut some profits short.
Anyway, I’m open to any feedback. I’m pretty happy with it, but it does need a little care and feeding to turn good profits, so it isn’t an automatic money machine yet.
mrjohnk-ct
(Low RSI Bottom Feeder) <<strat name
|
I’m brand new and was think that Direxion ETF 3x could make a very aggressive strategy. Has anyone had success with this idea?
|
I’m brand new and was think that Direxion ETF 3x could make a very aggressive strategy. Has anyone had success with this idea?
|
I’m brand new and was think that Direxion ETF 3x could make a very aggressive strategy. Has anyone had success with this idea?
|
mrjohnk-ct, where can I find your strategy. I will simulate and give feedback.
|
mrjohnk-ct, I will simulate if I can find your strategy, too.
|
The best recommendation I can give is that you get a consultation with RTA who understand and work with Cool Trade. Ask for Nick Rausch. Here is their site.
|
I use 5 live traders and have been happy with the MooreRicks@gmail.com
12 to 35 Dollar Bullish Long w/75 cent.
For the short strategy, I began with the Office7 Short for stocks in downtrends $13-40, but I limit the shorts to VXX QID TVIX (SPUX has been unavailable lately)
The short VXX trade has made $24,177.54 alone in the past year.
My long strategies are enhanced by selecting stocks from VectorVest and Vantage Point.
|
I am now starting month 9 of my modified CynthiaLamore2 strategy. I think I named it CynthiaLamore2_JohnA. I modified it to suit my $32K I use for CoolTrade.. I have grossed $9,908 since April 4, 2014. Between the stock broker ($10 trades), CoolTrade License, and estimated taxes, I figure take home proceeds at $5,000 - $6,000 for the 8 months There were 6 to 8 weeks the strategy did nothing, then it took off again. I do not trade oil, biotech, gold, or pharmaceuticals stocks. Nor do I trade stocks that have less than 1 million shares traded daily. Beware some stocks will dive 40-60% after buying it, then take 2-3 months to return a profit or so my 8 months of experience has seen. Once I make a profit on the stock that took a 50% dive, I add it to my block list.
|
John.a how is your modified strategy doing thus far. Thanks
|
If you were looking for bargain stocks, how would you code up a rule for the subject?
Kim
|
There is an indicator called Price/Earning Ratio
Try it on Tab2 and see how many stocks meet the condition when you change the values:
PE Ratio is less than .5
PE Ratio is less than 1
PE Ratio is less than 2
PE Ratio is less than 3
PE Ratio is less than 4
PE Ratio is less than 5
etc.
|
Hi Enlightened Investor,
Thanks for the info. I am trying to port over a Zacks strategy called big money and this was one of the rules. The Zacks strategy uses their research wizard and it does have some different rules nevertheless some of the items can be coded eh selected in CTP.
Sincere thanks,
Kim
|
If I enter a limit order using Interactive Brokers TWS and have the symbol in CoolTrader will that cause any problems? Will CoolTrader pick up the information from IB after the order is filled?
Thanks,
John
|
For the daily Parabolic SAR indicator, you show the standard settings
of 0.02 for the acceleration factor and 0.2 for the acceleration limit.
But for the intraday Parabolic SAR, you provide a field for interval which
I wouldn’t expect since PSAR is defined by accel. factor and accel.
limit along with the bar period. How does the interval field relate to
intraday PSAR?
|
The answer from CTP support regarding intraday PSAR settings is below:
"You specify the bars and the size of the bars for the intraday PSAR. The function that we call does not tell us how many bars they are using in the calculation. We just pass them the entire historical data array (3 years of data) and they provide the answer."
This means unlike the daily PSAR, there is no rolling calculation (or preset number of bars used to calculate PSAR). So it’s best to use the maximum number of bars possible for the interval setting with whatever bar period is being used.
Also for intraday PSAR, the standard setting of 0.02 is used for the acceleration factor and 0.2 for the acceleration limit.
|
Is there any central repository on the definition of the rules to setting up a strategy?
Second. I would like to set up a strategy for a handful of specific stocks that swing in the course of a session from a low point to a high point. I would like to pick the symbols and the price parameters for each stock.
|
I am using the following rule for my Watch list and want to make sure I am using it right.
Yesterdays close price is less than 5-Day SMA
I am looking for stocks that are trending up and wonder if I am using this rule right.
For stocks to be trending up wouldn’t you code this as:
Yesterdays close price is greater than 5 Day SMA?
Thanks
Kim
|
Yesterdays close price is greater than 5 Day SMA?
That would indicate that the price is higher than the average price of the last 5 days.
However, many want to go in when the price is lower since most stocks just go up and down. In that case you would use:
Yesterdays close price is less than 5-Day SMA
Jerry
|
Hi y’all
I have been using CT since January and have an issue which the helpdesk keeps on referring to as a strategy issue.
What I do, I have selected 17 stocks, use profit goal of 3%, Profit protection of 1.5 % and re-entry pullback of $0.75.
Maximum open positions set is 15, trading times set for open new positions and adding to positions @ 8:40 AM Central and stop times @2:30PM Central.
I have clicked the declining preferences and want to add if current ask price is 0.75 less than lowest purchase price. (and add to advancing positions following the predefined table).
I have nothing under tab 4
The system is opening and closing positions, but not adding to positions. (have sufficient funds to do so)
If I click on a position that should add to that position since since the condition is met, the rule preventing the next buy/long execution states: 4 Out of Open Trade Time Range (Still Initializing)
I am trying to figure this out and for sure could use some help from the community.
|
Try this: (just another way to do what you want)
Change the Declining preferences to add on .05 drop.
Then add this rule to tab4:
My Same Symbol Lowest Trade Price Move is less than -.75
|
Enlightened,
I did what you suggested and added the statement in adding to existing positions tab.
If for a particular stock I look at the rules tab in CT then de condition is met but yet no trades are initiated..
If I click on the stock in the positions box I see:
Rules preventing next trade : 4:Out of open trade time range (8:40 AM) (Time now is 11:42 AM)
????
|
Johan, I reviewed your trade history and see that your strategy was looking for the position to be down by $2 or more and the software added to BIB this morning. So it looks like it is following the Add To Position rules.
CT
|
I added manually
|
Greetings, i would like to set up a strategy using the macd and stochastics on my watch list i would like to see stocks that are below the trigger signal 9 day for macd and 20 for the stochastics. i would like to open positions when the signals cross over the 9 day trigger on the macd and the 20 on the stochastics. how do i write this in my strategy wizard.
Thanks
Glenn
|
That’s a long term strategy. But that’s fine. Shows your not just chasing the market like daytraders do. I like that.
Just select these on the watch list rules (Tab2):
Macd Value (-1 Day) is less than Macd Signal (-1 Day)
Macd Value is greater than Macd Signal
I don’t use stochastic but you can do the same with stochastic as you did about with the macd. Just make sure the -1 day indicators are LESS THAN and the current indicators is GREATER THAN. That will give you the ones that just crossed over.
You cannot set the 20 for the stochastic since the EOD indicators are created at night so you cannot change the parameters from what are already built. I see they built stochastic (14).and show the last 3 days values so you can do comparison of the values to check for crossovers.
Hedge
|
Thanks hedge 2, Are there any type of strategy webinars to famililiar yourself with how to write strategies?
|
None in particular. Check the webinar schedule at ctpevents.com. There may also be some videos on cooltradeuniversity.com
|
The end of day stochastic(14) is currently based on a 14 day look back period. I like this end of day set of rules because it allows 1 and 2 day offset for crossovers. However, I want to change the it to a 5 day look back period for greater sensitivity and to match my trading style.
I would prefer to use 5 day stochastic % D and %K because they look on charts to provide better entry timing than the similarly timed MACD (5,10,3). However, neither the Dynamic stochastic rules nor Dynamic MACD include the one and two day offset like stochastic(14) and MACD(12,26,9) do.
I looked at Dynamic Stochastic and it doesn’t allow for offsets even though the Slow D has a parameter labeled offset it looks like its actually for the Slow D SMA.
The dynamic stochastic parameters seem to be mislabeled. For example, for Dynamic FastD, look back period is mislabeled as days/bar and %K (SMA) is mislabeled as interval. Even though these are mislabeled, it appears they are in the correct positions to be lookback period and %K (SMA).
What rule set are you using to provide a consistently good entry into a position? Is there another way to use the stochastic rules to enter a position?
|
Thx Hedge and Glenn
Tthank you for your responses!
I agree, Hedge, the best way to track crossovers is currently with the EOD -1 and -2 parameters.
I was thinking about trying the intra day Stochastic indicators with very long periods - like 60 minute bars and intervals of 24 hours - as a way to get closer to the notion of Dynamic Stochastic. If this worked, the offsets capability in the intraday indicators would be very useful to dial in cross overs.
Hedge, I know you mention in other posts that you don’t use stochatics; however, have you tried the intraday rules using very large minute bars (like 60) and very long intervals (like 24) ? Could the data feeds and software support this? I’ve read your comments about not chasing the market and it seems like the longer periods would match your trading style.
What are your thoughts on this ? Also, what set of rules to you use to time your entry into trades? From your posts, it looks like MACD.
|
I would like to see some strategies for trading a single stock - can someone help? Thanks Bill
|
I’m wanting to trade the dow 30 etf. My questions is what would be the best strategy to use?
Thanks Glenn,
|
Any of the default Dow 30 strategies will work. You just need to change the symbols on the Watch List Rules (Tab2) to select only the symbol(s) that you want.
Hedge
|
Does anyone have a list of the INTRADAY Indicators in the Strat Wizard ? I keep bumping in to ones that are Day only and not Intraday.
Thanks,
Joe
|
You cannot select Intraday indicators on tab2 because you cannot build the watchlist with intraday indicators. However for tabs 3, 4, and 5, just click inside the indicator list box and hit the i key on your keyboard. That will take you to the first indicator that starts with an i.
That will be INTRA-DAY INDICATORS. Every Intraday indicator starts with the word intraday.
Enlightened
|
Thanks Enlightened. It seems when I think I have a parameter that will provide and Intraday it turns out to be a Day only one. I’m mostly working in Tab3 and Tab4 to tweak my results. I’m looking for a good RSI Intraday indicator that tracks the Wilders RSI(14). Any suggestion? Thanks.
|
Would someone please explain what " Intraday MACD Value is Greater Then Intraday MACD Value" means and why this could be important for investing? Thanks!
|
This Thread may be of help " Open position rules " put that in the Search to help locate it.
|
Your information helps. Thanks
|
Your information helps. Thanks
|
I’m using the Dow 30 Long 3% Moves.
The Open New Position Rules has three rules:
The Intraday MACD Value is Less Than Intraday MACD Signal Line
The Intraday MACD Value is Greater Then Intraday MACD Value
The Intraday MACD Value is Greater Than Intraday MACD Signal LIne
My question is, doesn’t the first and third rule contradict each other? And, if so, why include it? What’s the value? Please keep it simple , as this is Greek to me.
I’m just trying to make sense of this! Thanks!
|
You left off the parameters that make each rule unique.
If you looked closer you would see that each one has a different OFFSET and all 3 together will show a Crossover where the Value Line was lower than than the Signal line and then it crossed over and went above the Signal line.
|
I am using Tech7 which is based upon a ticker value of $1-5. It is supposed to take a profit with a 0.11 increase and a .03 pullback. I just had a stock that reached that .11 point, and then pulled back a LOT more than .03. But the system did not sell the stock. Not sure why. Any thoughts, ideas?
Thanks!
Regards,
Todd
|
Did it put a "Y" on the "Reached" column on the main screen?
IB batches prices so you don’t see every tick. So it’s possible the software did not see the .11.
Only after it puts the "Y" on the screen will it start the look for the pullback.
Jerry
|
Can anyone tell me where i can find the strategy that is used for the dollar up dollar down strategy?
|
That is similar to the default Dow 30 strategies.
The only difference is that website $1 up, $1 down adds to losing positions on $1 declines and closes positions that are up $1, and the default Dow strategies add to losing positions on 10% drops and take any profit that it can on up moves.
EI
|
thanks for that info, i’m using the dow 30 3%moves right now i’ve been live for two months now doing good only trading two symbols just wanted to get my feet wet now i’m ready to open it up. if i use the dollar up/down strategy and set my max symbols to 4, with the 4 open positions will it still add to them as long as i have funds available?
|
Did you get your answer Glennwooods66 ?
|
If you start trading more symbols, it will continue to add to all of your positions as long as you have the funds to do it.
|
yes, jestes05 i got it. Thanks fxjerry thank you happy trading
|
Has anyone had any experience using the Dow 30 Strategy in the last 3 weeks in both long and short mode? What were results?
|
Has anyone had any experience using the Dow 30 Strategy in the last 3 weeks in both long and short mode? What were results?
|
I would like to try a DOW strategy for $25K account. Where can I find it?
|
I would like to try a DOW strategy for $25K account. Where can I find it?
|
The Dow 30 strategies can be found under "new user" in the emails list. After clicking on the "options" button on the main strategy wizard screen. Select the "copy" strategy in the strategy wizard drop down menu There is no strategy that is listed for $25K . There are $10k $20k $50k and $100K choices.
|
The Dow 30 strategies can be found under "new user" in the emails list. After clicking on the "options" button on the main strategy wizard screen. Select the "copy" strategy in the strategy wizard drop down menu There is no strategy that is listed for $25K . There are $10k $20k $50k and $100K choices.
|
feenytrade
Are there any adjustments for dow 30 strat.in this currant market that protect on downside?
|
feenytrade
Are there any adjustments for dow 30 strat.in this currant market that protect on downside?
|
The Dow 30 strategy is designed to add to decliners and close out profits LIFO. I look forward to a market decline.
What adjustments did you have in mind?
Enlightened
|
The Dow 30 strategy is designed to add to decliners and close out profits LIFO. I look forward to a market decline.
What adjustments did you have in mind?
Enlightened
|
Dow 30 seems to be differant from older versions.
Has there been changes recently
|
Dow 30 seems to be differant from older versions.
Has there been changes recently
|
The database shows no changes since Feb 7, 2013.
That is when they were fine-tuned to be optimzed for the specified account balances.
CT
|
The database shows no changes since Feb 7, 2013.
That is when they were fine-tuned to be optimzed for the specified account balances.
CT
|
I have looked on the community site and cannot find this strategy. Where can I find this strategy?
|
I’m wondering the same thing... Where can the tech7 strategy be found? What email address is it under? Thanks, Scott.
|
Actually I think the Tech7 strategy is the $1-$5 Channel found under tech7@cooltraderpro.com
|
j. DID YOU EVER FIND THIS STRATEGY---i’D LIKE TO USE IT AS WELL
MY E-MAIL IS CHESTER1957@COX.NET AND THANK YOU.... bILL
|
Dear Fellow CTers
Can we change a strategy while a trade (losing) is still open in CT?
If we change the strategy does the open trade remain open in CT and then close according to the new strategy rules.
If not can someone please advise as I would like to change my strategy.
Many thanks
Cliff
|
Yes. that is exactly how it works. The open positions remain open and then they follow all of the rules and goals of the new strategy.
Hedge
|
Many thanks for confirming that Hedge, appreciated.
Cliff
|
is there anyway of changing strategies without closing losing positions.because when I change strategies in simulation mode it would sell off all the positions that didn’t fit the new strategy and I would loss money now its real money and don’t want to go there
|
Cliff, When you change strategies, the software has no choice but to follow the rules of the new strategy. Therefore, if the EXIT RULES in the new strategies cause the stocks you are holding in your open positions meet the exit rules, then they will be closed.
Usually, if you are sitting in open positions then you don’t change the exit rules, but rather just change the watch list rules, the open position rules, the add to position rules, and the profit goals.
I don’t use exit rules on Tab5 and I don’t use stop loss or trailing stop loss, so if I change a whole strategy, it doesn’t close my open positions at a loss.
Enlightened
|
Many thanks for that info Enlightened, if a little belated.
Cliff
|
Hi All
Can anyone suggest a suitable or compatible SHORT strategy to run alongside a Dow Long ($30k) strategy?
Thanks
Cliff
|
It is my understanding that the CoolTraderPro program can protect you from violating the SEC Day-trading rule (3 single day trades in 5 days) if this option is selected. I am wondering if there is any way to set a rule or if it is already available to set a protection for the 3 days time to settle funds on the completed trades of a particular stock?
Regulation T.
Or does the broker automatically not allow you to have the funds available for trading until the funds settle?
I can see the 3 day rule protection when running in simulation mode but have not seen any restrictions of funds available for trading after completed sales when in simulation mode.
Am I correct that these are two different rules that must be adhered to with an account balance under $25K?
I am wanting to go live but I don’t want to get spanked with a 90 freeze or being labeled for a violation and need to know what protections CoolTrader can provide me.
I appreciate anyone’s information. Thank you
|
There is only one restriction for accounts with under $25k and that is the SEC Day Trader Rule, that states you can only execute 3 round-trip trades in a 5-Day period. The software tracks that and you can see it in the middle of the main screen on the trader, labeled DAYTRADES REMAINING. The software should prevent you from violating that rule.
Regarding REG-T, that states you must wait 3 days before funds become available again after closing a position, that is in CASH accounts. Margin accounts get around that rule becasue the broker lends the funds so it frees the funds immediatly so they can be used over and over again on the same day of the trades.
As far as I know it, Interactive Brokers is the only broker that allows you to create an IRA-MARGIN ACCOUNT. So people with an IRA can open an IRA-MARGIN ACCOUNT and eliminate the REG-T rule.
The only thing different between and IRA-MARGIN account and a regular margin account is the with the IRA MARGIN account you cannot use 2-1 margin, but it still frees up the funds so you can use it over an over and not wait 3 days for funds to clear.
Enlightened
|
So if a person has a cash account ( which I believe is the most common for most newbie low dollar account traders like me). The Reg -T related funds settlement status must be monitored and maintained by the account holder/trader? Does this appear to be a problem with people using the software and a strategy such as the $2 and below where there is a high number of trades occurring? Selling one stock and then the program immediately buying into another stock ? Thanks again for the very informative and prompt reply to my first post it is very much appreciated!
|
I don’t think that is a common problem, as no one has ever raised that issue as a problem on these boards. Also IB has an IRA Margin account so that eliminates the problem. Also the $2 and below strategy does not execute a lot of trades each day. It probably only does a few trades a week.
Hedge
|
Thank you for the information and explanations.
|
Is anyone having trouble with Stop Loss and Trailing Stop Loss settings in the Profits Requirements Tab not working? I have set them for different amounts in different strategies and they never work!
|
You should probably send email to technicalsupport if the stop losses really NEVER work, because all of the settings on the profit requirements page (tab6) work fine for me.
Enlightened
|
This is a good question. No matter how I set stop losses or trailing stops, they have not worked to provide a safety net to protect the downside. My question is: do they really work under any circumstances? Is there any conflict between stop loss and pullback, or profit protection?
|
I don’t think there is a conflict.
Make sure you are setting them as a PER SHARE amount.
For example, set the stop loss at .05 per share.
It’s a common mistake to thing that you don’t want to lose more than $50 so .05 X 1000 shares = 50.
But if you put 50 in the Stop Loss, then the software will treat it as $50 PER SHARE.
If the above is not the problem then check your STOP CLOSING TIMES on tab1 to make sure you have it set to allow closing for the whole trading day.
My computers are all set to Eastern Time Zone so my Stop Closing Positions time is set to 3:58PM.
Enlightened
|
You may need to press the Clear downloaded strategy lists button under the file tab when you open up the wizard. I should clear out all your changed rules. Something I just learned as a new-B
|
How would you set a strategy to do the following
So that if a stock breaks a 30 minute high candle it will buy and then if it breaks a 30 minute low candle it will sell.
Also the same thing for 5 minute high and low candles.
Thanks,
Jimmy
|
In the Open New Positions tab you can try the following rule:
Todays Current Price is Greater Than Intraday High (1,30,0) or for 5 minute bars:
Todays Current Price is Greater Than Intraday High (1,5,0)
Then in the Exit Trade Rules tab you can add the following rule:
Todays Current Price is Less Than Intraday Low (1,30,0) or for 5 minute bars:
Todays Current Price is Less Than Intraday Low (1,5,0)
You can test this and check the rules tab to see if the rule values make sense. Note any settings in the Profit Requirements tab will also close a trade as well and will trigger independently of rules set up in the Exit Trade Rules tab according to tech support.
|
Could you explain the meaning of these numbers in the bracket? Thanks. You are also welcome to call me to get conected. My USA tel: 602 507 9681
Meaning of -
Intraday High (1,30,0) or for 5 minute bars
Intraday High (1,5,0)
Meaning of -
Intraday Low (1,30,0) or for 5 minute bars
Intraday Low (1,5,0)
|
These are pretty straight forward.
(1,30,0) = One 30 minute bar
offset of 0 means the last closed 30 minute bar.
(1,5,0) = One 5 minute bar
offset of 0 means the last closed 5 minute bar.
Intraday High (1,30,0) = the high of the last 30 minutes
Intraday High (1,5,0) = the high of the last 5 minutes
Intraday Low (1,30,0) = the low of the last 30 minutes
Intraday Low (1,5,0) = the low of the last 5 minutes
Enlightened
|
Perhaps I’m not understanding this correctly...I had my strategy set to buy on fixed dollar amounts.
$500 per trade
$2500 max $ per symbol
100 min. shares per trade
200 max shares per trade
It bought the initial shares as per the above but stopped adding additional shares past 200 shares per symbol regardless of the tab 4 rules being met. I am looking for stocks between $2-$5 so it has not even reached the $2500 max $ per symbol on 200 shares per symbol. It should be Ok to for 5-12 drops depending on the symbol price.
Does this make sense? It should continue to add on drops until the total symbol amount reached is $2500 or close to it and not max out at 200 share per symbol.
|
Perhaps I’m not understanding this correctly...I had my strategy set to buy on fixed dollar amounts.
$500 per trade
$2500 max $ per symbol
100 min. shares per trade
200 max shares per trade
It bought the initial shares as per the above but stopped adding additional shares past 200 shares per symbol regardless of the tab 4 rules being met. I am looking for stocks between $2-$5 so it has not even reached the $2500 max $ per symbol on 200 shares per symbol. It should be Ok to for 5-12 drops depending on the symbol price.
Does this make sense? It should continue to add on drops until the total symbol amount reached is $2500 or close to it and not max out at 200 share per symbol.
|
What does CTP technical support say about this? If no additional purchases are being made when they should be, tech support should know about it.
|
It it not a technical support issue.
The "200 max shares" rule is preventing it from buying more than 200 shares. If you raise that to 1000 then it will add more shares, as long as the other rules in the Add To Position Rules on Tab4 also pass.
Enlightened
|
Ah!
I don’t think that is exactly what I am after however, it starts me down a trail that I had not thought of and looks promising. Thanks. R
|
Actually the problem isn’t clear. Initially he says "200 max shares per trade " and then later says "200 shares per symbol". Which is it eayala604?
|
To clarify...
I am buying 200 shares per trade with $2500 max per symbol. Which means if i’m buying $2 stocks x 200 shares = $400 per trade (1 position). The max amount per symbol is set to $2500..which means it should enter into as many positions as possible within the $2500 max per symbol. My issue is that it doesnt add more than one 200 share position.
|
As long as your min. purchase interval is being exceeded and any rules in the Open New Position tab are met, I don’t see why additional purchases wouldn’t get triggered. What does tech. support say?
|
In the Automated Trader, Preferences Screen, on the lower-right of the screen, make sure that "reserve enough funds to purchase max shares in strategy".
Also make sure there are enough funds to purchase the shares.
Enlightened
|
Do you still have a problem in getting CTP to add additional shares eayala604?
|
I revised the strategy to simply buy100 share lots instead of buying as many shares per $ amount per position. Not what I wanted initially but is working good now.
|
Does anyone know what this column is for in the declining preferences menu? Don’t quite understand this.
|
When you are purchasing additional lots of a stock as the price goes lower, if the last lot you purchased was not bought/sold at least once then the 2nd column of numbers (right column) instead of the 1st column. That is designed so that you will not just keep BUYING, BUYING, BUYING. The goal is to BUY, SELL, BUY, SELL, etc.
Jerry
|
Thanks, not sure I agree with that concept as it might prevent the trader from trading in ranges if the stock takes a big dive. I wonder how many CT users actually use this table vs specifying a specific % or $ amount per drop?
|
I’m confused...I’m simulating the Dow strategy with a few of my own picks, but the program is running other stocks I did not pick , nor are they in the Dow and the dow is the only index highlighted.....anyone have an idea what happened.
|
I’m confused...I’m simulating the Dow strategy with a few of my own picks, but the program is running other stocks I did not pick , nor are they in the Dow and the dow is the only index highlighted.....anyone have an idea what happened.
|
hi acarling51, did you ever get this resolved? it didn’t look like anyone answered this question that you posted, and I can’t answer it either . i am new to trading though been doing a simulated strategy for awhile now.
rschaer
|
That means symbols are either:
1. manually entered into the watch list rules (tab2) of the strategy in the Strategy Wizard.
2. manually added to the PERSONAL list in the Automated Trader.
3. were already open/active positions and so will show in the trader even if they don’t meet today’s watchlist rules.
CT
|
Is there a way to limit the number of symbols that the trader can open per sector?? I notice that my volatile strategy watchlist is made up of mostly Pharmaceutical companies. Trying to make sure the open symbols are diversified as best as possible.
|
On my strategy wizard a strategy that I want to copy & simulate with doesn’t work. When I click on it & it highlights it in blue nothing happens(on the source long & short). There is actually 1 other strategy that does this too(phil@cooltraderpro.com). All the other strategies come up just fine. Why is this? (spyware,malware,virus,etc?) Ive even downloaded the developer & new versions & it still does this & ive ran my windows defender antispyware & antivirus & it didn’t find anything. Support told me to uninstall all other antivirus & malware,spyware programs which Ive done. When the strategy did come up & I copied it & simulated it it would always say every day rule14 out of open trading time range 2:30 at the bottom of the screen for all the stocks but his is working fine(& yes my times are correct) but now I cant even get it to come up on the strategy wizard to copy. Should I uninstall & reinstall it? I thought Id ask on here first. Anyone else have this problem? Please advise. Thanks....
|
i think i touch a button by mistake and my dow long for $20,000 strategy disappeared and I can’t get it back.
please I need help.
|
You can click on OPTIONS and select Copy Strategy and recopy that strategy from NEWUSER@COOL-TRADE.COM or NEWUSER1@COOL-TRADE.COM
|
Does anyone know how the Historical Volatility indicator is calculated?
|
Historical Volatility = The realized volatility of a financial instrument over a given time period. Cool Trade uses a time period of 20 days.
|
Descriptively, historical volatility is a measure of the average variation of the average price of a financial instrument over a certain time period. This figure is often expressed as an annualized percentage change (+/-) but it doesn’t have to be. Furthermore, different financial sources will use a different number of days to perform the calculation (e.g. 10 days, 20 days, 30 days, 250 days, etc.) and also use a different number to convert the daily historical volatility to an annualized volatility. Some sources will use a calendar year (365 days) or a trading year (e.g. 250 or 252 trading days). There are also slight variations to other parts of the formula for historical volatility that can be used so you will likely find several different numbers from different sources. The following links will illustrate some of the ways historical volatility can be calculated:
investopedia.com/university/optionvolatility/volatility2.asp
ivolatility.com/help/2.html
So for CTP’s number you’ll need to find out the exact formula being used by FMLabs. Also there’s the matter of how often the CTP number is being updated. You would expect this to be daily but there are some CTP calculations that are updated less often. I haven’t used CTP HV, so I don’t know firsthand how often this number is updated. It would help to have more documentation on the formulas used in the indicator section and though I have already asked for this, if others want it they should be asking for it too.
|
I got in contact with FMLabs and they don’t offer this indicator. If not FMLabs then where did it come from?
|
That’s interesting since a CTP tech support person told me the indicator values came from FMLabs. Again proper documentation would help tremendously - looks like further digging will be required.
|
Is there a way to isolate the MACD long watch list to include only those stocks that are under the "0" line?
|
I noticed that using the Dynamic CCI (x), where x = 7, 14, 20 or whatever, you get the same answer. I took a look at a transaction (in the Rules report) at 4:00 PM and compared it to the EOD CCI amounts and it looks like Dynamic CCI(x) only calculates a value for Dynamic CCI (14) no matter what variable its given.
The indicator does dynamically calculate the CCI(14) during the day. Why have a variable (x) option if it does not work -- Why not just call it Dynamic CCI 14.
Ideas are welcomed.
P.S. I get minute bars from IB, so its not an information lag.
|
That makes sense. The CCI is a 14 day indicator but uses the Current Price as the last day in the calculation. That is the only indicator that the fmlabs() doesn’t take the number of days as a parameter. I’m going to post a request in the Indicator Request thread for ct to rewrite the CCI function to take variable days.
Enlightened
|
Hi Enlightened...
You mentioned this March that you have moved to one of the default dow strategies provided since 2009/2010. That being the case, you must have some sort of track record to go on. Would you be so kind as to please tell us what ROI that has given you per month and per year for THIS, plus how much money you have been working with? Since Stan set this up to beat what the stockbrokers average per year for their clients, which it seems like is about 12% annual, then I (and perhaps others) would be very curious to know what your recent ROI has been based on your dollar parameters. THank You so much. I am just wondering if i should be switching or not to a pre-set dow strategy for $30K.
I know almost nothing about MACD , Stochastic and etc etc. i know a little about candles. I was given a strategy by my sponsor. He was using it last year and it did of course very well for him. He had no trailing stops or stop losses. He averaged over 8% per month on $30K ! 2-1 margin. I simulated this, since mid January ’14 and it put me down (a loss) of 25% to 40% on some stocks. They weren’t going to recover so i sold them. I have done a little tweaking,and added a trailing stop and after reading recently some posts, I added profit protection, now that i understand it better. But, i consistently am down 10% to 20% on 90% of my positions.
thank you so much.
Becky
|
Hi Enlightened...
You mentioned this March that you have moved to one of the default dow strategies provided since 2009/2010. That being the case, you must have some sort of track record to go on. Would you be so kind as to please tell us what ROI that has given you per month and per year for THIS, plus how much money you have been working with? Since Stan set this up to beat what the stockbrokers average per year for their clients, which it seems like is about 12% annual, then I (and perhaps others) would be very curious to know what your recent ROI has been based on your dollar parameters. THank You so much. I am just wondering if i should be switching or not to a pre-set dow strategy for $30K.
I know almost nothing about MACD , Stochastic and etc etc. i know a little about candles. I was given a strategy by my sponsor. He was using it last year and it did of course very well for him. He had no trailing stops or stop losses. He averaged over 8% per month on $30K ! 2-1 margin. I simulated this, since mid January ’14 and it put me down (a loss) of 25% to 40% on some stocks. They weren’t going to recover so i sold them. I have done a little tweaking,and added a trailing stop and after reading recently some posts, I added profit protection, now that i understand it better. But, i consistently am down 10% to 20% on 90% of my positions.
thank you so much.
Becky
|
Becky, I cannot imagine a dow stock being down 25 to 40% since Jan. Maybe the top lot purchased may have been down (if you bought it at the high of the year) but the profits from the subsequent lots that were purchased and closed over and over again at the lower prices should have more than made up for the few lots that were down. I don’t use stop losses or trailing stop losses because I believe that is just throwing money away. I’m not down 40% on any position but even if I was I would still not sell it at a loss. Instead I would just trade and trake profits at the lower prices forever. It will either go back up and I will close the positions I am down on or it will stay low and I will trade at the lower prices. Either way I will take profits forever.
Enlightened
|
Briefly another question Enlightened.
Since you mentioned you don’t use trailing stop or stop loss, then again, if I may ask, it appears that either your rules must be decent enough that you don’t find yourself down 25% or more in a position or is it b/c you manually sell stocks if they hit a certain loss %? or ? ?
which specifically pre-made Dow strategy are you using? thank you again. becky
|
I never sell a position at a loss.
I add to losing positions and close each lot profitably by closing the last position bought (LIFO).
I don’t care if MSFT goes down 25%, as it can only do that 4 times before they are down 100% and out of business. However, by adding to losers and consistently taking profits, my profits will well exceed 100’s of a percent over my lifetime.
I think the problem people have with this concept is because they think they cannot afford to add to the losers. It’s really quite simple.
If you are trading in 100 share lots and adding on 10% drops then the most shares you could have if the stock went to zero is 1000.
1000 shares bought on 10% drops would cost you a total of $40 X 1000 divided by 2 = $20,000. That’s it. The most I can lose if MSFT goes out of business is $20k. However, I will take profits on their movements for the rest of my life. Look at the HOW DID YOUR STOCKS DO on the cool-trade.com website that the strategy works with nearly all stocks.
This is working great with the dow stocks and embarrasses the returns reported by mutual funds and money market accounts.
Enlightened
|
Thank you Enlightened I.
I will look at the cool-trade.com site this afternoon.
but i must admit, i don’t follow why $40 x 1000 divided by 2..why the divided by 2?
and may i ask roughly what your ROI is per month since Jan, this year? course not sure if that is fair since you are probably using a lot more $ than i am.
i have $30K set aside , on 2 to 1 margin, but only using up to $50K of the margin. Right now, i have it set up to buy 300 shares at a time up to 3 x only. (So max out at 900 shares). Currently set up for stocks that cost between $7 - $14.
So from what i am understanding from your comment on drops, may I ask, do you do the pullbacks at 10% or 25% drops?
and do you just keep going ?
or is Pullbacks even the right word here to describe what you are doing?
no maximum # of times it can buy stocks in current position?
If so, then that works better with a little more expensive stocks (Dow stocks) ? and If so, I assume, b/c they are more apt to bounce back, vs cheaper stocks?
|
The 2 dow strategies (right from the default that anyone can copy) since Jan: 1 is up 60% and 1 is up 50%.
$40 x 1000 divided by 2 is because each 100 shares is bought at a lower price:
100 X 40 = 4000
100 X 36 = 3600
100 X 32 = 3200
100 X 28 = 2800
100 X 24 = 2400
100 X 20 = 2000
100 X 16 = 1600
100 X 12 = 1200
100 X 8 = 800
100 X 4 = 400
Total: $22000
So the formula ($40 x 1000 divided by 2) is close enough for simple math.
The strategy works fine for the dow stocks because we know they are more than likely going to not go out of business right away and they will move around sufficiently to take profits.
Enlightened
|
I wish my $1 - $2 strat had a stop loss. I’ve turned CT off, I could do better with a blindfold and pin.
|
HI Kevin:
let’s see if E. I. will respond. I did not have a stop loss on stocks from $5 -$12 and I lost quite a bit. I understand you only lose if you sell, but if it does not come back in a reasonable time, then all those weeks (or months) that money is tied up in those stocks, you can’t make money with it, so then it needs to be able to make up for that. Additionally, I had it at about a 4% profit goal, BUT , i just found out from E.I. last week the explanation about the profit protection. IF I had that turned on, i probably would not have been down so much or for so long. I didn’t realize the if the price exceeds your purchase price, but NOT to your profit goal, it will still take a profit depending on what you set. (This is not under the Preference Tab). I don’t know for how long you were down, I was down to 40% on some stock portions for some stocks. (trading 300 shares at a time up to a max of 3 times). That is when (simulated, mind you), I sold the stocks and decided I needed to take a look at the strategy more closely. So, hence the questions to E.I. and see what will generally work in this market without homeruns. I don’t know about working with $1 -$2 stocks, but those seem very iffy, but I would certainly get I.E.’s take on it or someone else’s view. Becky
|
Becky, I like stocks like QCOM, MSFT, BAC, JPM, HAL, FB.
They have all dropped 50%+ but the up/down movements kept me profitable even by the time they reached their bottom. Then as they rocketed back up it was pure profits. I only trade companies that I seriously doubt are going to go out of business or are going to drop and just stop moving.
EI
|
It has taken me a long time to wrap my head around the Cooltrader mentality but once I did it was like a light bulb went off. The purpose of the software is not to get in and get out with all your money short term (not designed for daytrading!)...this is a machine that if fed correctly will scalp and churn the stocks for profits and overtime will generate profits to far exceed any drop in the price of the stock. Overthinking the rules will make you go crazy...like I almost did. Simplicity is the key and like E.I. said the least amount of rules the better. If you select good stocks like the DOW30 ones and make sure you calculate enough funds to add on set drops you are set to take profits in any market.
Think of the cooltrader trading program like a business...let’s compare it to a laundromat. It will cost you $50k to $100k to buy a laundromat upfront but the investment will generate income/profits. The value of the laundromat (equipment, busy season,etc) might fluctuate but it will still generate income, sometimes more and sometimes less. I like to think of the cooltrader program the same way and so many light bulbs in peoples heads have light up when they hear this comparison.
Hopefully this provides a little out of the box thinking.
|
...or better yet, would you sell a rental property because it depreciated in value when you are collecting good rent? Property value, like stocks will fluctuate with the market. The Cooltrader program with a simple strategy will collect rent for you.
|
Is anybody in the Denver area? Does anybody know how to write a strategy that will duplicate the Fisher Transform?
|
Regarding the no stop loss approach and multiple buys as a position sinks: When they start rising again, do you typically close out positions that have reached their goal at the end of the day or let them ride until there is a significant pull-back?
Thanks.
-John
|
I don’t wait for a significant pullback. The positions close as they achieve profitability. Many times stocks open big on the open and close out after a .07 per share pullback. Or close any position/lot that is up $50 at the end of the trading day.
Enlightened
|
Enlightened, "close any position/lot that is up $50 at the end of the trading day" should be qualified with the number of shares being traded. It would be helpful if you would provide that information and any additional relevant information.
John
|
It doesn’t matter if it is 100 shares or 1000 shares.
CoolTrade’s motto is if you found a $50 bill on the ground would you pick it up?
If the answer is yes, then the position that is up $50 or more at the end of the day should be closed. If it goes down again it can be rebought and process can be repeated forever.
Enlightened
|
Hello enlightened.investor,
Question do you have any AGRESSIVE 2015 performing strategies you worked on and available for Download?
I would like to combine a set of stocks 30 +/- that meet a Piotroski F-Score of 7+ & Altman Z-Score >2.1. in combo with any of your 2015 good performing strategies available for Download.
Thanks
rich.reed@gmail.com
|
EI, do you share your strategies under a certain email address in the wizard?
|
HI all, just wondered if this was suppose to be a Cool trader default strategy? or was it suppose to be a strategy that someone was using and uploaded it or ? Ay information on it? I am wondering if it is similar to the default dow strategies that Enlightened has mentioned. I have yet to get the other Dow default strategies. I only have the conservative long Dow.
|
The dow strategies can be copied from the COPY STRATEGY screen and click on each of email names that start with NEWUSER...
I think NewUser2 shows the DOW stratgies that are optimized for the specified account sizes.
Enlightened
|
Thank you for directing me to how you find these. I was successful.
Becky
|
I have simulated the tech 7 strategy and traded it live. I works well in a bullish market but loses big time in a pullback. I do not recommend using it.
|
Re: to Enlightened Investor - regarding no stop loss
Thank you Enlightened I.
I will look at the cool-trade.com site this afternoon.
but i must admit, i don’t follow why $40 x 1000 divided by 2. comment in your previous post. Why the divided by 2?
and may i ask roughly what your ROI is per month since Jan, this year? course not sure if that is fair since you are probably using a lot more $ than i am.
i have $30K set aside , on 2 to 1 margin, but only using up to $50K of the margin. Right now, i have it set up to buy 300 shares at a time up to 3 x only. (So max out at 900 shares). Currently set up for stocks that cost between $7 - $14.
So from what i am understanding from your comment on drops, may I ask, do you do the pullbacks at 10% or 25% drops?
and do you just keep going ?
or is Pullbacks even the right word here to describe what you are doing?
no maximum # of times it can buy stocks in current position?
If so, then that works better with a little more expensive stocks (Dow stocks) ? and If so, I assume, b/c they are more apt to bounce back, vs cheaper stocks?
|
HI Enlightened I:
I have gone through all of the New User1@cool -trade-com and New User2 under the strategy emails as well as your strategies listed under your name. Your "Conser. Long w/ No stop Loss" that is shown, appears to be a slightly modified version of the Newuser1 Conserv Long strategy.
Neither the New User 1 (aggressive) or New user 1 - conserv (which has stop losses) or New User 2 (Dow long for sim $20K) seem to fit the description of the ’default’ strategies you mentioned in your reply to me. But maybe i have preconceived ideas. Please set me straight....
I am wondering if perhaps your Modified version of the Cons. Long strategy with the No stop Loss, the one listed, is what you were referring to with the return of 50% since Jan...or not.
If not, i listed below what i found under strategy emails for New user 1 and 2.
New User2 has a Dow Long for simulating $20K, but... No stop loss or trailing stop loss, there are 0 rules for open, only 1 rule for adding ...and the watch list rule ( has only 1, which refer to stocks under $20. (this doesn’t seem like what you would be referring to.)
The New user1 has a Conservative Long strategy...it has a stop loss and trailing stop loss and several watch list rules for each adding, and even has 2 exit rules. Deals with stocks between $1 and $39.99 Your conserv. Long strategy that is shown, appears to be a modification of it.
New user 1 also has an Aggressive Long strategy. It has rules as well, is emphasizing Nasdaq moves and has no stock price range it is working with.
May i ask, is it one of these defaults "as is" that you are referring to, that are up "60%" and "50%" since Jan 2014? or if i may ask, is it your modified version of cons.Long strategy, that is listed ...or ?
I realize no one should be comparing some of the strategies that worked last year for this year, as I believe like you mentioned, that last year, just about anything would work! (Too bad i wasn’t in the market then!)
You seem like someone (from several of the threads that i have read) someone who has been around the block a few times , trading since 2009 at least....
FYI, I am not looking for huge profits, and I don’t mind taking losses as long as I know the stocks will come back. I would like to make on the average 5% per month, which is pretty much what you described. This isn’t play money when i go live, and i am getting anxious feet after simulating for 7 months (b/c of computer issues and strategy issues.)
Thank you SO MUCH for your time and clarification.. I could have emailed you, but thought perhaps you would rather i just post this here.
thank you again, Becky
rschaer@comf5.com
|
The conservative long was created by Ed years ago before the new default strategies were created. I believe those strategies had too many open position rules. The new strategies have very few rules, if any. The new default strategies focus on getting into the positions and just taking profits and adding to losers only to close them lifo. IMO as long as a large dow company does not go out of business I can trade and take profits forever.
Enlightened
|
what is the email or handle for these new defautl strategies
|
what is the email or handle for these new defautl strategies
|
EI, what part of the country are you in?
|
anyone know what the email address is for the strategies described?
|
Why won’t the software allow more that +/-85 stocks in the watch list? I thought we could look for stocks that meet a desired criteria. The software won’t even let me select the Technology sector because too many stocks are selected! I select Dow 30, Nasd 100, S&P 100 and the Technology sector with a rule for selecting stocks under $40 and I can’t do it. What’s going on?
|
The brokers only allow the data feeds for 100 symbols.
CoolTrade allows for 85 stocks in the watch list so that it reserves 15 for open positions.
Getting the list under 85 symbols is not difficult. Just add a rule like:
Yesterdays Volume > 1000000 shares.
Yesterdays Close Price < 40
Current Assets > Current Liabilities
Institutional Ownership > 25
etc.
It only takes a handful of rules to reduce the list.
Hedge
|
hedge2, thanks for the response. Why doesn’t Cooltrade give us this information? There are lots of people who own the software that are quietly fuming with frustration because the program doesn’t function as advertised.
|
Dow 30 Long or Conservative Long?
I was wondering which of these 2 default strategies would be more active and subject to more transactions and possibly more gains in a given period?
I have run the $2 and under, BAC and $1 up and down strategies using $20k in simulation over the past year with short term gains but long term losses. So I’m looking for another strategy to try. Any input would be appreciated. Thanks!
|
Where is CTP getting the data for Assets Greater Than Liabilities?
I see that BAC is being prevented from opening a trade due to this rule so I am a little confused.
Thanks.
|
I started running the default conservative long strategy downloaded from newuser1 on 08/20/2014 in simulation mode. So far the program has bought and sold 4 stocks.
It has sold 2 stocks for for a loss.One for -$86 and the other for -50.
The program has also bought and sold 2 other stocks for +$87 and +86. Any ideas why the program is selling for losses? I have not modified this strategy in any way.
|
Is there anybody out there that can write a strategy that responds to the highs and lows of the Fisher Transform?
|
I’m attempting to get a new rule set working properly, but I must have done something wrong. The plan is to sell additional shares as the price of a short investment rises every 3%. Today, the short was in the negative over 3.1%, but it didn’t buy. The rule preventing next trade states "user not adding to profitable position"
My to current position rule:
Todays Current Price is at least 3 Percent Greater Than My Same Symbol Highest Trade Price
Todays Current price is Less Than or Equal to Price 10-Minutes Ago
In Declining Preferences menu, I have selected "Add additional shares to losing positions" & "Add additional shares if today’s current ask price is..." with a $0.10 selected. The price was over $0.50 higher than the original position.
What else do I need to check? Have I used a rule the wrong way?
Thanks.
-John
|
I was looking forward to trying your suggested strategy but could not locate on community list ? Can you help Thanks
|
How would I write this rule for: ADD TO POSITION RULES?
I want to add to my positions once they have been purchased and then have made at least a .25 cent gain over the original purchase price (Not open price). Example: entry price $1.00, when it rises to $1.25, I want to add another position and so on.
Thanks for your help!
|
When selecting Intraday MACD value there is an option for "offset" and "Interval". Can someone explain these terms? I’ve looked at FMlabs (nothing) and internet (nothing)
|
For a MACD:
interval = minutes per bar
offset = the number of bars you want to look back on.
0 is the most recently closed bar
1 is one bar back
2 is two bars back
etc.
That way you can compare 1 macd value bar with a previous bar.
Hedge
|
Great Thanks
|
Out of curiosity, Why would they program a SMA with offset using negative values to move back on the chart and interval having a different meaning that # of minutes /bar. See below:
From Cooltrade Strategy Wizard
Intraday Moving Average
Parameters
Minutes per bar
Interval = number of bars
Offset = 0 most recent bar
Offset= -1 last bar back
This is not in the wizard but is it correct
MACD
Parameters
Short EMA self explanatory
Long EMA self explanatory
Signal line self explanatory
Interval= number of minutes per bar
Offset= 0 current bar
Offset= 1 1 bar back
Offset= 2 2 bars back
Anyone know?
SM
|
You are correct is all that you wrote, except the offset with minus:
Offset= -1 last trade bar used (proprietary to the CoolTrade system only)
The -1 offset stores the bar that was used at the time of the trade.
That allows you to create EXIT rules by comparing the bar used in the trade (offset = -1) against other bars.
Enlightened
|
That is very helpful. Does the same offset (-1) mean the same in the simple moving average?
|
Yes. The -1 offset stores the bar that was used at the time of the trade.
Hedge
|
Very helpful Thanks
|
The Strategy wizard upon saving, brings up a dialog box titled "62" as it highlighted an attempt to compare the MACD signal line current at "0" for the offset and signal line at "2" for 2 bars previous. I included a value of .005 to look for an increasing signal line. It will take it without a value.
Does anyone know about why it kicks that out?
SM
|
.005 is so small that I would think just comparing one is greater than the other should be enough.
I recommend looking at the values of both indicators (both offsets) and see how far apart the values can be. Point being is that maybe just stating one offset value is greater than the value with offset = 0 may be enough.
if in fact .005 is a significant different between the offsets then I suggest trying it with an integer like 1 instead of .005 and see if that works.
Enlightened
|
Thanks I’m simulating that now.
|
Does anyone have an idea how to use the wizard to program an intraday 1hour bar, parabolic SAR crossover?
To use to open and exit a position.
|
I’m a fairly new user still trying to figure out how the indicators work and how the profit requirements are and are not used.
If I have an exit strategy in tab 5 then I don’t need the profit requirements in tab 6. How do I make sure that tab 6 does not interfere with my exit strategy?
The Profit Protection box says to set it to 0 to disable it.
What do I set the rest of the boxes at so as not to interfere with the tab5 exit strategy.
This is my first post, how do I get back to this post to read any answers I may receive.
Thank You dave z
|
You can set the profit goals to something that is not likely to happen, like 500 per share.
Hedge
|
Thanks hedge2,
Which has priority, the sell options(pullback, profit protection) in tab 6 or the exit rules in tab 5? Are there conflicts to be aware of?
Thanks dnzubie
|
There is no priority. The first one that passes executes.
Hedge
|
We offer existing CT subscribers access to a Saturday Workshop Webinar that is interactive. You can ask about a certain CT function (no indicator or strategy advice) and we re-read the question to the field and cover. Great way to hear other CT user question. The registration link to attend: https://www1.gotomeeting.com/register/783191953
|
I have been using ’FreeStockCharts.com’, is that a very definitive, reliable charting service? The reason I ask is......
I set my Open New Position to:
Intraday close(1,2,0)>Intraday SMA(10,2,0)
Exit Trade Rule:
Intraday close(1,2,0)<Intraday SMA(10,2,0)
According to the CT platform I get short trades above the sma10 (opening and closing without crossing the sma), and long trades below the sma10(opening and closing with out crosing the sma10) and everything in between according to the freestockchart graph. This happens on other combinations of min bars and intervals.
Maybe I’m not setting the sma correctly.
lets say I want a SMA10 on 2 min bars
interval min/bar offset this is how it looks on strategy wizard
10 2 0
The buys and sells for longs and shorts don’t match with the graph I’m using, plus there are trades without crossing the sma in both directions.
I don’t know what CT graph looks like with there indicator settings.
I think that this is a very simple strategy that should perform with simple precission. What am I doing wrong????
thank you; frustrated dnzubie
|
I don’t think the order matters for the SMA.
Intraday close(1,2,0) would end up being just the last close price.
Intraday SMA(10,2,0) is a 20 minute moving average
That means a simple spike or drop in current price can be above or below the 20 minute moving average price. For more consistency, I would compare the same bars consecutively, like:
Intraday close(10,2,0) > Intraday SMA(10,2,1)
That at least shows that the 20 minute average price has increased.
Also, you can click on RULES to see the values that the software sees for each indicator.
|
...... missing information on previous post
.......how it looks on strategy wizard
.....interval........min/bar........offset
.......10................2....................0...........
0=most recent bar..????current bar right now, real time information??? or after the time has expired and the next bar has started. My trade at a certain time seem to show up executed on the graph a bar later.
|
Thanks FxJerry, My sma10 that I thought I was getting is really a sma20. Im going to research this right now. thanks
|
Right. The indicators are looking at CLOSED/COMPLETED bars. Therefore an indicator with offset of 0 will not update until the last minute completes (which is the exact same instant that the next bar will start calculating).
The danger of moving averages (lagging indicators), the price could be already heading in the wrong direction by the time the indicator triggers.
Enlightened
|
why would ct buy additional shares long when the stocks is dropping and your first order is a big negative also why would it buy the stock long in the first place if the stock has been dropping for days-
|
The software follows the rules in the default strategy. If the strategy is set to add to losing positions after the position has dropped by a certain percent then that is what the automated trader will do.
I answered that way because you said (why would ct or the software do that). However, if you were asking about why would someone create a strategy that adds to losing positions in then the answer would be to resell the most recent purchase LIFO at a profit. i.e. Buy Low - Sell High.
We like to buy everything in life at a discount. Why not stocks too?
Enlightened
|
I am using downloadable community strategies BUT sometimes, the watchlist rules allow too many symbols. Tech Support tells me that Cooltrade does not do well when the Long and Short watchlists together total more than 60 symbols... What are some basic simple rule(s) that can be added to reduce the number of symbols any given strategy would select for watchlist(s)?
|
Try to set these watchlist rules:
Yesterdays Close Price > 5
Yesterdays Close Price < 30
Yesterdays Total Volume > 1000000
30 Day Average Volume > 1000000
Current Assets > Current Liability
etc.
Enlightened
|
I am unclear on the meaning of "Dynamic" in the rules descriptions. Can anyone explain?
|
The dynamic indicators use closing bars from past days for for whatever parameter you use minus one day and then use the Current Price as the last day in the calculation.
So Dynamic XXX (14) would use 13 previous days closing bars + the current price as the 14th day.
Enlightened
|
Thanks Enlightened . . . that explains a lot!
|
For a 20 tick intraday moving average?
If I’m on a 10 min chart showing 10 min bars=( 1 tick ) that are equal to 10 min per bar (?,10,0), would a 20 in the intervals place (20,10,0) not be the sma of 20 bars (10 min/bar) which would curtail 200 min. 20 intervals (bars) x 10 min bars = 200 total min in. Is this not how the intraday moving averages work?
|
yes.. (20,10,0) would need 200 minutes to make the calculation.
Hedge
|
What would be the correct inputs for intraday MACD using 120 minute bars?
(12,26,9,120, 0) or (12,26,9,120,1) and what is the difference?
|
(12,26,9,120, 0) has offset of zero so it is the most recent bar. (12,26,9,120,1) has offset of one so it is the previous bar.
I’ve not seen 120 minute bars used on a MACD before, because it requires 120 minutes X the largest MA which is 26. That’s a lot of bars. My guess is that will return -1 which means there are not enough data to make the calculation.
Enlightened
|
So my next alternative would be to use a (9,18,9,60,0) MACD which is my preference anyway.
Would this then be 60 X 18 = 1,080 60 minute bars, or would it be18 60 minute bars?
|
it would need 18 X 60 = 1080 minutes of data.
I think the broker only feeds about 500 bars of data at startup.
so probably instead of 60 minute bars, reduce it to 10 or 20 max.
Enlightened
|
Then, using what you’re saying, 1,080 minutes would be 18, 60 minute bars, which is well within 500 bars at startup. Or did you mean to say that the broker feeds 500 "minutes" of data at startup?
|
That’s right. as your symbols are loading, look at the lower-left of your screen and you will see how many minute bars get loaded for each symbol. It’s about 500. So an indicator that takes 1080 bars to be calculated would just return -1.
Enlightened
|
Would people be willing to share some key rules for a $2 and under strategy?
I am just looking for some rules people use to grab a stock while it is on the way up, not on the way down.
Many stocks I buy go down immediately after they are bought.
I want them to go up after I buy them.
|
I prefer to use these open position rules to open positions after a stock goes up one day and down the next and is poised to just go back up.
Current Bid Price is less than Yesterday’s Close Price.
Yesterday’s Close Price is greater than Close Price 2 Days Ago
That works because most of the time the stocks are just going up and down. If the prices were just going up every day or down every day then they would not be between $1 and $2 so it stands to reason they are just toggling between up and down day after day.
I also have stop loss and trailing stop loss set to 300 so it is not used. Once in a while a company will go out of business but most of the stocks stay in play for a long time.
That being said, I prefer to just trade 100 share lots of BAC with no open position rules and add with the .25/10.00 declining preferences. Since the prices for BAC and NEM are close, either of those stocks work well. Lately NEM has moved up and down a lot.
|
g.mindock-
Thank you,
rob_thesourceis
|
Without making any changes to the $2 long strategy and running the $1-$2 short I made more on the short positions than the long. The current set of rules seem to be working great. After 2 weeks I lowered the profit on the short trades to $20 this didn’t seem to change much the CT milked every short trade for well over my setting.
From the wizard
$2 and Below Strategy LONG
$1 to $2 Long for Simulating $5,000 SHORT
Don’t change a thing and you will do well.
|
stefanwaggoner, I’m new to this game and just saw this thread... I’m interested in a strategy like this. i see the $2 and below strategy long, but don’t see a $1 to $2 LONG for simulating $5,000 SHORT. How can I find it?
Thanks....
|
There is no $2 and below SHORT strategy created.
|
<<There is no $2 and below SHORT strategy>>
So what does this mean then?
$1 to $2 Long for Simulating $5,000 SHORT
Don’t change a thing and you will do well
|
No. It means that shorting $1 and $2 stocks is not a good idea and cooltrade did not share anyones $2 and below strategy.
I’m not even sure all of the brokers will let you short such low priced stocks.
Enlightened
|
Can some one explain to me what this "Add to Current Position" rule is going to do:
ABS(My Same Symbol Lowest Trade Price Move) is Greater than Value of My Symbol Highest Trade Price % (6)
I don’t understand what this Rule is going to do.
|
Simple, it is going ot add on 6% drops.
This one calcs the move of your lowest / last buy:
ABS(My Same Symbol Lowest Trade Price Move)
This one looks at the first buy and determines the value for 6%
Value of My Symbol Highest Trade Price % (6)
Enlightened
|
How does one limit the amount of cash in the account to be used by the trader??
I have stocks in the account that I will not be trading, and a smaller amount of cash that I want to limit the trader to using.
I could swear I saw this addressed in one of the training videos but upon reviewing all of them, I cannot find it. I know this parameter was set somewhere in one of the tabs in the strategy wizard and I have looked all over but don’t see it.
I am not a drinker or a drug user. Can anyone specifically tell me where I can find this?
|
I found it- It’s actually on the trader front page itself, NOT the strategy wizard. Upper left box- the tab that says "account values".
Cheers
|
You can use this formula:
Max Dollars used = (Max Shares on tab1) x (Max Symbols on tab1) x (Average value of all stocks in watch list on tab 2)
For example:
(500 Max Shares) * (8 Max Symbols) * (Average of $25 for each stock) = $100,000
So you just pick your max dollar amount, take all of your watch list stocks in tab2 (you will likely have to research each stock from the previous trade day), and then work your way back to how many symbols and total shares you want to allow it to buy. Probably the best way is to pick your max shares, and then solve the equation by the max symbols to purchase.
|
Hello. I am still fairly new to trading and would like to get an opinion on the changes to my rules that I have made for a $3k-$5k account. My goal is to scalp the market the best way I can while still being in compliance with the SEC of course. So I would like my trades to stretch out at the most a day, maybe two. I thank you guys for your help and look forward to hear some of your opinions. Please excuse my lack of knowledge as well. Below are my rules.
OPEN POSITION RULES
Yesterdays Volume > 250000 Shares
AverageVolume: 2969687.0000
30-Day Average Volume > 250000 Shares
AverageVolume30Day: 1678609.0000
Current Assets > Current Liabilities
CurrentAssets: 26425.0000
CurrentLiabilities: 16675.0000
Institutional Ownership Percent > 10
InstitutionalOwnership: 4.2900
Todays Last Trade Price < Yesterdays Close Price
LastTradePrice: 21.3900
PreviousDaysClose: 21.4100
Yesterdays Close Price <= to 2.00 Dollars
PreviousDaysClose: 21.4100
Yesterdays Close Price >= to 1.00 Dollars
PreviousDaysClose: 21.4100
Yesterdays Close Price < 10-Day SMA
PreviousDaysClose: 21.4100
SMADAY10: 21.0880
+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
ADD TO POSITION RULES
Yesterdays Volume > 250000 Shares
AverageVolume: 2969687.0000
30-Day Average Volume > 250000 Shares
AverageVolume30Day: 1678609.0000
Todays Last Trade Price < Yesterdays Close Price
LastTradePrice: 21.4000
PreviousDaysClose: 21.4100
Institutional Ownership Percent > 10
InstitutionalOwnership: 4.2900
Yesterdays Close Price <= to 2.00 Dollars
PreviousDaysClose: 21.4100
Yesterdays Close Price >= to 1.00 Dollars
PreviousDaysClose: 21.4100
Yesterdays Close Price < 5-Day SMA
PreviousDaysClose: 21.4100
SMADAY5: 20.9420
Current Assets > Current Liabilities
CurrentAssets: 26425.0000
CurrentLiabilities: 16675.0000
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
EXIT POSITION RULES
Institutional Ownership Percent < 1
InstitutionalOwnership: 4.2900
|
Do you mind sharing what your results were with the strategy you described.
|
I don’t have any specific advice to your question, but I can give you some advice that I learned the old-fashioned way...
Your EXIT POSITION RULES... There are many times, I’ve found, where the market data doesn’t include a company’s institutional ownership, so it comes over as 0. It might only do that once in a week, so it doesn’t really affect you on the watch list or open/add because the next time the feed loops it’s in there. With EXIT though, if that comes through once as zero while you own it, CoolTrade will sell it.
Remember when you signed up for your market data at the broker? You had to sign many liability waivers for the market data. They are not responsible for any inaccuracies.
I wouldn’t recommend using it as an exit rule. However, if you do want to use it make sure you set it so ALL rules must be met and then do it something like....
Institutional Ownership Percent < 1 (or 2 or 3 or 4... you get my point)
Institutional Ownership Percent > 0
Since you are requiring greater than 10 on open or add, and you want to exit if it drops precipitously, then set your less than number to a point where you think you’d want to exit but also require it to be greater than zero to protect against false zero’s that are bound to happen.
Bob
|
Just curious. Did you keep this as is, modify it or what?
If you put it into use, what were your results?
|
why you do not want to shere your results?
|
Im using a 20 hr sma(20,60,0) and a 30 hr ema(30,60,0)..intraday..for 7 days!!!
I am using my own portfolio stocks..
open positions......................................
sma(20,60,0) > sma(20,60,1)
ema(30,60,0) > ema(30,60,1)..nothing is opening
The rules tab says :-1.0000 across the board and I am connected to TDA for my Data Feed. So i have historical data feed plus it has been running long enough to reach its moving average time frame for calculating the moving ave.
Any body have any ideas why this program isn’t executing?
thanks dnz
|
-1 means there is not enough intraday day to make the calculation.
change to something like (20,5,0) that requires only 20 X 5 = 100 minutes of historical data.
|
I just start using Togglebox and I am having a problem when i am using a second computer ( remote location) When I login into Togglebox it only opens up Half Screen? Is anone else having this problem ? Sincerely, Daniel
|
I tried to set up a strategy in compliance with MADC but do not know how. This software is extreme bad one because it does not teach people how to set up a strategy based on MADC indicators
|
I tried to set up a strategy in compliance with MADC but do not know how. This software is extreme bad one because it does not teach people how to set up a strategy based on MADC indicators
|
You might want to refer to the Workshop offered on Saturday for an instructional walk through of the Strategy Wizard so you can set up a Macd with your personal preferences which can be done in Tab 3.
*The Dow 30 simulation used for webinars has actually been using a version of the MACD for over 3 years.
Sounds like you should also visit the
|
What does "Minimum Purchase Interval" mean?
If it is set at 0.50 does that mean the program will wait
at least 0.50 (minutes? hours? days? ) before doing
what?
Also, what does "Max range To Spread Trades Across" mean?
|
Marty. You might want to open up Windows explorer on your computer and listen to this video: C:\Program Files\CoolTrade Automated Trader\Videos\SwAddToPositionRules.htm Ed Barsano explains these rules pretty nicely. I just happened to stumble across this video recently. It comes with every CoolTrade program, and is pretty much buried without public knowledge.
|
I was trying to build a strategy to target stocks that gap up more than 10% since yesterday’s close. Unfortunately Cool Trade is organized such that the watchlist uses historical data (more than 1 day old) and the open new position uses current data. Is there any way that someone could add rules to build a rule like this one on the watchlist:
Today’s Open Price is 10% greater than yesterday’s close price.
I have talked to numerous cool trade and robotic trader representatives and all concluded that there is no rule like this that can be built. But this problem is twofold, cool trade cannot build a rule like that on its watchlist, but it also cannot manage more than (I think) 100 stocks on the watchlist, meaning I cannot leave watchlist rules empty and just use open position rules.
Please let me know if cool trade is going to update to include this, as all I am trying to do is trade the market top gainers (over 10% gain), but am unable to do so right now.
|
USING THE MACD TO EXIT A TRADE
I MANUALLY USE A LIVE 5 MIN CHART TO ENTER A TRADE WHEN MACD VALUE LINE CROSSES ABOVE THE SIGNAL LINE. (PLUS A COUPLE OF OTHER INDICATORS) HOW DO I WRITE A FORMULA FOR CT TO AUTOMATICALLY EXIT A TRADE IF THE MACD VALUE LINE CROSSES BELOW THE SIGNAL LINE
|
Normus66
I’ve tried exit rules before and have had some unintended consequences that I prefer to not have. Once I’m in, I only want to exit on profit goals (after learning the hard way).
Having said that, you’ll need to use Exit Trade Rules in the strategy wizard to do what you’re trying to do. The same MACD indicators used in Open Rules are available in Exit Rules.
I’d simulate it until I was positive I knew the intended and unintended consequences.
Bob
|
Thanks Bob, I guess I am still trying to get the day trading methods out of my system. I respect your advice and will probably fore go the exit, which I know CT agrees with you also. Thanks again for your help
|
I been running dow 30, no stop loss, 35 with .10 pullback 25 profit or more. no lock on min. just the pullback at .10, been working ok, has anyone tried it with 3% drop rebuys. been fairly ok 567.00 in profit in 13 days. real basic no macd just buy in then buy on 5% drops, wondering if better on 3% drops.
|
It sounds like you want to try and tap into more activity. Changing that one condition would create more/quicker open/add lots but then you have to consider how many lots are you opening and how much cash is available. If you tighten the add on drop figure and a larger drop happens are you opening enough lots to follow it down to whatever bottom it can find and do you have enough money to open that many lots?
Simulating is pretty darn important, and I hated taking my trader off of live for a month or two to test those kind of scenarios so I bought a second trader to keep simulating ideas that tickle my brain.
Bob
|
yes had that thought to. noticed the original just bought at top, then took profit , rebought at higher. which once you get them few profits right away starts to sit with the top 100 even though market is doing drastic drops , their still at top, they drop like 2-3.8 % then go back up but not often to the higher high where I first got in, trying to resolve it. maybe a .25 pullback , maybe a macd tried macd from another dow 30 ,but it wasent buying back in, hmm .
|
yes had that thought to. noticed the original just bought at top, then took profit , rebought at higher. which once you get them few profits right away starts to sit with the top 100 even though market is doing drastic drops , their still at top, they drop like 2-3.8 % then go back up but not often to the higher high where I first got in, trying to resolve it. maybe a .25 pullback , maybe a macd tried macd from another dow 30 ,but it wasent buying back in, hmm .
|
the update sold some at loss ,have no terms shouldn’t of done that lost all my profit,
|
I don’t know how many people listen in on the Saturday Webinar but I learned something there a couple weeks ago that I didn’t know. Didn’t see anybody post that out here so I thought it might help somebody.
On my profit requirements, because I buy stocks across a $40 span, I like to have a percentage profit goal, but I like the pullback to just be a nickel. He said not to mix the requirements between percentage and fixed amounts - something to do with the way the algorithm computes the sale point or something like that.
Bob
|
In Tab 4 "Add To Current Position Rule" there is a button to "Copy Open New Rules". From a video on Tab 4 I understand that the following statement is required.
ABS(My Same Symbol Lowest Trade Price Move) is Greater Than or Equal to Value of My Same Symbol Highest Trade Price % (1)
Is there any way to meet this requirement with less than a 1% value?
Thanks,
John
|
John,
I just use the declining or advancing preferences to add lots, depending on what strategy I’m using. I have a couple of rules in the tab 4 that have to be met as well, but assuming they’re met I usually am adding on drops (declining preferences).
Bob
|
John: ou might want to open up Windows explorer on your computer and listen to this video: C:\Program Files\CoolTrade Automated Trader\Videos\SwAddToPositionRules.htm Ed Barsano explains these rules pretty nicely. I just happened to stumble across this video recently. It comes with every CoolTrade program, and is pretty much buried without public knowledge.
|
I think adding on less than 1% drops is asking for danger because you could end up sitting on a lot of stock if the it drops 10 or 20%.
I don’t think you can use ABS(My Same Symbol Lowest Trade Price Move) is Greater Than or Equal to Value of My Same Symbol Highest Trade Price % (<1%)
But if you just want to add on small drops in stock price there are a lot of other indicators you can use, like CURRENT BID PRICE IS AT LEAST .5% LESS THAN MY SAME SYMBOL LOWEST PRICE.
That will be 1/2% down from your last purchase.
Enlightened
|
HI All,
I was quite confused of one could use both of these profit takers in the profit requirement tab with the same strategy. I had been told in the past that you could only use one or the other.
So, here is the reply that somehow got generated to Ed Barsano, who graciously returned the answers. I am sure that I am not the Only one who has tried to understand if one can put these together or not. So the conversation with Ed is a little long, but i would rather you see it all. However, the way I understand his answer is YES, you can use both Profit Protection And Profit Pullback at the same time. See for yourself. my name is Becky. And this had to be broken up into 2 posts. It was too long for one !!
HI Support:
Can one use both profit pullback and profit protection on same strategy since one is used leading up to the profit goal and one is used after the goal is reached?
Thank you
becky
Yes, Becky.
You can use both PROFIT GOAL and PROFIT PROTECTION.
The profit Protection feature is optimized for 1/2 of the profit goal.
So Profit Goal of .50 and Profit Protection of .25 would work great.
Also, if you are using a fixed amount for the profit goal and profit protection then the profit pullback should also use a fixed amount, like .07
If you are going to use a percent, then you need to use percent for all three values.
Thanks, Ed
HI Ed,
just a quick clarification,
by profit goal do you mean ...profit pullback?
My original question was:
HI Support:
Can one use both profit pullback and profit protection on same strategy since one is used leading up to the profit goal and one is used after the goal is reached?
Just wanted to make sure you were referring to the same thing as I wrote.
Thank you Ed !!!!
Becky,
There are 3 fields:
Profit Goal
Profit Pullback
Profit Protection
The way the system works is:
1. If you have a value in the Profit Protection field, then when that value is reached, the trader goes into Profit Protection mode and puts a “P” on far right of the automated trader screen.
2. Then If the Profit Goal is reached, the software puts a “Y” in the “Reached” (changes the “P” to a “Y”, and then waits for the stock price to drop by the Profit Pullback amount.
So, as you can see, the Profit Pullback amount kicks in after the Profit Goal is reached. It has nothing to do with Profit Protection.
As you can see above, the Profit Goal and Profit Pullback go together.
Thanks,
Ed
HI Ed:
I will definetly post the question and your answer on the community board. Yes, the question and answer should be there so that others can benefit. I agree,as I am sure others have wondered about this.
I understand the profit goal and profit pullback work together and that there are 3 separate fields.
one last clarification?
From what I understand you to be saying is that you designed these other two profit takers (profit protection and profit pullback) so that they could BOTH be used with the profit goal at the same time in the same strategy. Is that correct?
Or are these profit takers (the pullback and the protection) designed to only use one or the other with the Profit Goal in the same strategy?
For example : If one did use all 3 fields then it seems that it could play out in the following manner (to use your example):
.50 profit goal. with .25 or .30 profit protection, then the .25 or .30 would be protected once the stock price went up that amount with a ’P’ , then when it got to the goal of .50 - it would change to a ’Y’ but it would still ride the price on up if it say went to .70 or whatever , right? (profit goal and profit protection)
Additionally, if one also used profit pullback with the profit protection and profit goal, then if the stock went just to the profit goal or beyond it then if you had a profit pullback amount say of .07, then when the price pulled back by the pullback amount (in this case .07), CT would take profit at .07 less than whatever the high was (approximately.) or at the very minimum at .07 less than than profit goal, b/c that rule would override whatever the profit protection amount would be since the p. protection applied to when the stock was below the goal price.
I do ask your indulgence in clarifying this. I do wish to use C.T. wisely and it seems wise to use all 3 fields on the same strategy, but just wishing to clarify if this is an acceptable way to utilize these features.
Very Kind Regards
Becky.
See next post for the remainder of Ed’s answer, most important and informative.
|
Here is the remainder of Ed Barsano’s answer on Profit Protection and Profit Pullback
Sent: Monday, January 19, 2015 10:32 PM
To: rschaer
Subject: RE: PULLBACK & profit protection
Becky,
Everything you wrote is right except this text in quote below:
.50 profit goal. with .25 or .30 profit protection,
"then the .25 or .30 would be protected once the stock price went up that amount with a ’P’ ,"
then when it got to the goal of .50 - it would change to a ’Y’ but it would still ride the price on up if it say went to .70 or whatever , right? (profit goal and profit protection)
Ed: The profit protection feature is a little more complicated than that.
Profit Protection is the equivalent of a floating trailing stop loss.
So, when it reaches .25, it will put a trailing stop loss of .20. So if it goes down -.20 then it will close.
However, as it goes higher (above the .25) the trailing stop loss will continue to shrink, so that it locks in more and more of the profit.
It will continue to do the above until it reaches the Profit Goal and at that instant, miraculously, the trailing stop loss that it was generating will have shrunk to the same value as the Profit Pullback, and then the “P” will turn to a “Y” and the Profit Pullback amount will kick in.
Cool Huh? That’s about 1000 lines of very sick code.
Thanks,
Ed
|
I have a strategy that has stocks in a range from $5.00 to $40.00 So I decided that a percentage of the entry price would be best for this strategy. Here’s what I am using...Does this make sense?
Profit Goal Pullback... Profit Protection
1.5% of entry price 0.2 % of entry price 1% of entry price
0.20 minimum amount 0.05 minimum amount 0.10 minimum amount
|
I think the 1% profit protection is too small. I suggest you remove profit protection all together and set it to 0. If you don’t you will see a lot of positions close prematurely and at a small loss.
|
Ed
Thanks for that reply, very helpful!
I have been running a strategy using the three parameters and it has been operating properly while the stock was in the $2 range. However, now that it is around $1.45 I noticed that when the Profit Goal is reached, it no longer puts a "P" or "Y" in the "Reached" field followed by a potential trade close for profit. I am wondering if it is because the stock value is under $2?
Settings:
Profit Goal: 1% of entry price
Pullback After reaching Profit Goal: 0.2% of entry price
Start Profit Protection: 0.8% % of entry price
Thanks
Jim
|
I would use fixed amounts. The percents are way too small for 2 dollar and below stocks.
Hedge
|
Hi Becky!
We also offer an Interactive Saturday Workshop from Noon - 2:00 pm EDT that is live Q & A where CoolTrade subscribers can type in their questions regarding the CoolTrade Portal Software functionality, we re-read question and then demonstrate!
This is a perfect question that we normally get asked every Saturday.
We also offer a live Sales/Training Webinar from 2:00 pm EDT - 3:30 pm EDT. We look in on a live simulated Dow30 Strategy and at 3 pm EDT start the Strategy Wizard brief overview.
Here are the Mr. Rogers Tip of the Week short video on how to register for these Free Webinars!
Mr. Rogers Tip of the Week
CoolTrade Tip of the Week
1. T.O.W.: Webinars
|
HI E.I>
You told this person that this rule adds on 6% drops from 1st buy, Would you mind clarifying, did you mean 6% from the Last buy Not from the initial buy in (if you have more than 2 purchases of that same stock or more than 2 positions , I should say.) ?
"ABS(My Same Symbol Lowest Trade Price Move) is Greater than Value of My Symbol Highest Trade Price % (6)"
Thank you , Becky
2. Created on Dec/19/2014 2:15 AM by enlightened.investor
enlightened.investor
Re: Need Help
Simple, it is going ot add on 6% drops.
This one calcs the move of your lowest / last buy:
ABS(My Same Symbol Lowest Trade Price Move)
This one looks at the first buy and determines the value for 6%
Value of My Symbol Highest Trade Price % (6)
Enlightened
|
Right, first it calculates the VALUE of 6% based on the first lot purchased:
"Value of My Same Symbol Highest Trade Price % (6)"
Then when the last purchased lot drops by that Value or Amount it will add another lot.
That way it continues adding on a fixed value based on the initial purchase price and not base the 6% on the lost purchased shares.
If the 6% was based on the lowest purchased share price then the adds were be on smaller and smaller increments since the share price would be getting lower and lower as the price declines. That you do not want.
Enlightened
|
Hi Enlightened, How would that be written for adding to a Losing Short position and how would it be written to add to a Winning Short position?
Every variation I have tried returns the actual price for the short position. It seems bugged for the short strategy.
Thx.
|
That’s a brain teaser because if you use ABS it will trigger an add position if the last position added goes up or down by the same amount.
Example: ABS(-.50) = .50
Another major problem is that the Highest trade price will change if you are adding to rising price and the lowest trade price will change if you are adding to declining prices. For that reason you cannot use both of them in the rules because one of them will cause continuous buying up to the maximum 10 lots that CT allows.
So the only rule you can use for the profitable short position is:
Todays Current Ask Price is 2 percent less than My Same Symbol Lowest Trade Price.
and the only rule you can use for the losing short position is:
Todays Current Ask Price is 5 percent greater than My Same Symbol Highest Trade Price.
Hedge
|
Thx E, yes, I tried every variation I could think of but none worked. I was hoping there was some work around that would allow for the adding to winning and losing positions with the increments based off of the original position.
|
None that I can think of because both the highest and lowest prices will keep changing. Therefore the percentages based off those values will also keep changing.
Hedge
|
Ah, thx. I have been trying to use this on the short strategy:
"ABS(My Same Symbol Lowest Trade Price Move) is Greater than Value of My Symbol Highest Trade Price % (5)"
But it returns the price instead of the move. Is there something that needs to be done to it for the short strategy?
|
I’ve just started a new CoolTrade Meetup group for the Denver Metro area. You can look it over at
|
One of the rules have Institutional Ownership Percent which I have added > 35 InstitutionalOwnership:, however the below company Sprint Inst. own is around 18% based on [google.com/finance & bigcharts.com] pulls in the list in error.
Sprint Corp
(NYSE:S)
The CTP software does the searching I do not know the source it uses for that statistic?? Can someone view for a fix?
|
The source for your market data comes from your brokerage. If you are simulating it is coming from whoever they (cooltrade) sources their data from. Regardless, cooltrade doesn’t search for it, it comes in the market data.
If you look around you’ll see many different institutional ownership figures for Sprint. Yahoo has it at 22%. Another place I looked showed it at 98%, they may have an error in their system. Nasdaq wasn’t reporting any at all - another error.
|
Thanks Robert
|
hoe do I get my shorts to sell
|
Free Live Introductory and advanced workshop. CoolTrade is taking an extra step to educate our existing CoolTrade subscribers. Please no prospects. This is a live Q&A session where you ask the questions regarding portal software functionality.
Time: 12:00 noon - 2:00 pm Eastern Standard Time / 9:00 am - 11:00 am Pacific Standard Time
You may register for this Saturday workshop, February 7th at:
Registration Web Link: https://www1.gotomeeting.com/register/783191953
You can also see the full webinar schedule at
|
CoolTrade Workshop on Saturdays
Free Live Introductory and advanced workshop. CoolTrade is taking an extra step to educate our existing CoolTrade subscribers. Please no prospects. This is a live Q&A session where you ask the questions regarding portal software functionality.
Time: 12:00 noon - 2:00 pm Eastern Standard Time / 9:00 am - 11:00 am Pacific Standard Time
You may register for this Saturday workshop, February 7th at:
Registration Web Link: https://www1.gotomeeting.com/register/783191953
You can also see the full webinar schedule at
|
Mr. Rogers CT Tip of Week: CoolTradeUniversity
Did you know there is a an entire website for current CoolTrade subscribers that contains not only your portal software Orientation Videos but also Stock Market 101-105 videos including How To Build a Strategy and Adding Stocks To Your Strategy.
View this easy to follow overview of what is available at
|
Hello, I’m new to cool trade as of today and would appreciate any help with some profitable strategies.
Thanks
|
Hello, I’m new to cool trade as of today and would appreciate any help with some profitable strategies.
Thanks
|
Help!
|
The 1.5 years history of the FB Long 500 shrs $20 sprd Strategy is very strong. I have simulated it since 1/20/15 and have a 5% return. This is an aggressive strategy. This strategy frequently does day trades, so a large enough account will be required to do so.
|
I prefer 100 share lots of NEM. go to this seminar (that is running right now) and ask Eric to show you how to use the PREDEFINED TABLE. it allows you to get 100% protection. Meaning you can trade NEM down to 0 (should it go there) and never have more than 1000 shares. That means you are trading and taking profits no matter where the stock price goes.
here’s the webinar for saturdays (noon to 3pm EST):
https://attendee.gotowebinar.com/register/2840759079101770242
|
Hi Enlightened, how can I download the NEM strategy for sim mode?
|
When does CoolTrade take a profit and when and where is it put?
|
Mr. Rogers CT Tip of Week: CoolTradeKB.com
Did you know that CoolTrade has an independent webpage that serves as an Easy Access page to our most frequently asked questions like ’how do I refresh for a new strategy’ or ’what if my computer is not launching CoolTrade in the morning - Task Scheduler isn’t working’?
View the short 7 minute YouTube video highlighting the features of this very helpful webpage:
Mr. Rogers Tip of the Week:
|
"Selected Historical Rules Result in Zero Stock Symbols."
What is causing this error message when I save on the Strategy Wizard:
"Selected Historical Rules Result in Zero Stock Symbols."
How do I correct what is causing this error?
|
In the SW, on "Watch List Rules", and under "Historical Data rules for selecting which stocks will be candidates for the current trade day." The red button "DELETE SELECTED RULES" the "Watch List Count" box shows "0." The red bar is "None!"
In the big dialog box: "52-Week High is at least -20 percent Less than 52 week low." "52-Week High is at least 10 percent Greater than 52 week low." "52-Week High is at least 5 Dollars Greater than 52 week low."
Is the SW asking to have one or more of these deleted? If so, which?
Otherwise, how do I resolve this error?
|
Delete the rule with the minus sign.
The minus sign is saying NO MORE THAN and that cannot be used in the Watch List Rules. It is only valid in the Open Position rules, Add To position rules, and Exit rules.
Also if the system is saying that you have ZERO symbols, it means your rules are too tight and no symbols were selected. You need to ease up on the conditions to let some symbols in.
Enlightened
|
I’m a newbie.
Have developed a strategy to test and ran it today for the first time using the Cooltrade Simulation site.
I input to start checking to open new positions at: 08:36:00 using the Auto Trader Preferences tab.
By 08:34 the Auto Trader had already purchased 5 stocks (my max) 2 minutes before my desired 08:36 open new positions start time.
Not sure what I’m doing wrong. Any input is appreciated. Tnx.
|
The software treats each account (email address) as independent so you must set the times specifically for each account.
These are the earliest Open Position Times shown in the trades database:
For account ending with .edu: 8:41am
For account ending with yahoo.com: 8:30am
Please note that your START OPENING POSITIONS for the account ending with yahoo is 8:30am so the software did not execute too early.
Thank you,
CT
|
Tnx CS. This is confusing because I opened my strategy just now (yahoo.com) account and it says 08:36 and not 08:30. I put together that trial strategy last night and saved it so I was shocked to see 5 stocks show up before 08:36..
I agree the .edu account has 08:41 as the earliest purchase time but I’m running a canned Aggressive Long Strategy that came preloaded for that account.
The yahoo.com account is running the trial strategy I came up with and it has 08:36 which I did not alter from last night. So something isn’t right...
|
Been using the system for years and the times have never been a problem. The software is pretty solid in following the trade times.
Hedge
|
Being a "Newbe" I’m really lost in all of this. Does anyone know how to figure out the account values? I am running a simulation on Dow 30 with $100000. The "Session P/L" reads "116.4" and the account is limited to $90,000. The Current Account Value is $99,966 with Funds Allocated at $84,883 and Funds available is $5,117. I see the sum of Funds Allocated and Funds Available is $90K. Has the platform made money, and if so, how much?
Thanks to anyone who can explain this.
|
PS With these settings the report gives me a -76.00 Grand Total.
|
PS the report says I made 13 trades, the email said I made 71 trades. I’m very confused.
|
if you started out your account with $100,000 and the Current Account Value is 99,966 your total account is down by $34. Minus any commissions on buys and sell completed. I don’t think CT takes in account commissions when reporting CAV. But not 100% sure about that.
|
The account value in a live trader comes from the broker so if the commissions were removed by the broker then the Account Value would have included the commissions.
In simulator mode CoolTrade does not consider the commissions as everyone has different commission rates with their broker.
|
Hi,
Does somebody know how to set up an automatic buy or short position exactly at the open, using the "open new position rule" in the strategy wizard?
Thanks.
CoolJ
|
In the "Open New Positions" step:
If you put in any rule that will be met easily, then whatever stocks that are in your watch list will be bought on the open.
|
Also if you leave the Open Position Rules blank it will open immediatel on the open.
|
Ive downloaded the developer version and tried to download the newest software (7.5) but that never works. I want to get the 7.5.110 strategy wizard so I can copy someones strategy but it isn’t on my version which is 7.5.108 so how do I get it? My watchdog is version 7.5.98 if that helps. Thanks.
|
Pete, download the developer version again. It is up to 7.5.120 because they added another broker (autoshares.com/cooltrade) which is integrated into the CoolTrade software (no tws!) and has $1 per 100 share trades.
Anyone sharing strategies should show under that persons email name on the OPTIONS->COPY STRATEGY screen.
Enlightened
|
Does a symbol on the blocked symbol list still get sold if positions already exist? I also presume that if you have a symbol on the blocked list that additional positions won’t be ordered should all rules be met in tab3 or tab4 of the SW?
The scenario here is that I have some positions that I want tab5/tab6 rules to sell, but I don’t want the trader to put any more on my current list from tab3/tab4. Specifically, I have a symbol that dropped off a cliff recently (to ⅓ of the entry value), and I want the trader to not do anything other than when it recovers, to sell it. Geez - I am allowing emotion to enter my mind. Fool me once, shame on you, fool me twice, shame on me!
When I read the Blocked Symbols List Rules, it seems that if a symbol is blocked, it would never show up on tab2, but my questions above remain unclear.
|
Bruce,
If you block the symbol then the symbol will disappear from the CoolTrade system but still remain open at the broker. So you don’t want to block the symbol if you still want the software to be able to eventually close the position based on the rules on tabs 5 and 6.
Of course the CoolTrade method is to buy more at the lowest price and sell it LIFO and repeat that forever. However if you absolutely do not want to add more shares but have not reached your MAX SHARES limit that you have established on Tab 1, then you can add this rule on the Add To Position Rules (Tab4) so it will not add to a position that is already down by xAmount from the highest price you have already paid:
Current Bid Price is greater than -5.00 greater than MySameSymbolHighestTradePrice
Todays current price is -5.00 Dollars greater than MySameSymbolHighestTradePrice
That minus sign means that MySameSymbolHighestTradePrice CANNOT be down more than 5.00
That answers your question.
However, let’s take a minute and talk about common sense.
When you decided to trade that stock that went down, you should have known you had enough funds to buy x number of its shares (since MAX SHARES was fixed).
Therefore, if the stock gapped down and you still have not bought the max shares then it means you have an opportunity to buy those shares at a great discount. So why stop it from buying more?
Example: If I owned MSFT at 44 and my strategy was set to add more shares at 40 but it gapped down to 35 overnight I would be elated.
Hedge
Hedge
|
am new...and frustrated... when I go to download other srategys how do I find out what stocks are on the watch list.....each one I have tried looking at so far does not have a list. Thank to any one who can help
|
am new...and frustrated... when I go to download other srategys how do I find out what stocks are on the watch list.....each one I have tried looking at so far does not have a list. Thank to any one who can help
|
The only way to know what symbols a strategy will download is to copy the strategy and then open the strategy and go to Tab2 (watch list rules) and see what symbols the watch list rules retrieves.
Enlightened
|
Are there any more workshops available.
|
After a stock is sold I do not want CoolTrade to buy that stock symbol again until the stock is .30 less than the last selling price.
I have in Tab 6 Reentry Pullback set to ,30.
That would mean that CoolTrade would not buy the same stock again until the stock is .30 lower than the last sell price.
However, I was told that this feature only works on the day the stock was sold. The next day this rule does not apply. Based upon experience that is true,
So in Tab 3 (Open New Position Rules) I need to make a rule that does the following. I cannot find any technical indicators that will work. I am sure there is something. Can someone please tell me what it is.
Only purchase a symbol that’s asking price is less than .30 of the last traded/sold price.
|
Any help on this?
|
>>Only purchase a symbol that’s asking price is less than .30 of the last traded/sold price.
I don’t see an indicator indicating MyLastSoldPrice in the list of indicators.
That would have to be suggested in the bottom forum thread where new indicators are suggestions.
As it stands now, only the last trade price made on the current day is used in the ReEntry Pullback found on Tab6.
Enlightened
|
I’ve been simulating for some time. Decided to pick stocks in my watch list that are under 35 dollars then only trade the list I create only. Want simple rules that buys on pullback like to the 50 day SMA and the sell on upswing with a goal of only about 2 or 3%. Also using profit protection and pullback after goal settings.
Any suggestions? Thanks,
Paul
|
You can certainly add those open position rules on Tab3 of the Strategy Wizard.
My suggestion would be try it out in simulator mode.
Enlightened
|
Can anyone recommend a strategy for account with $8000? I will simulate at first of course.
|
I heard Mr. Barsano mention that if the trader is up $20 at the end of the day, we should set it to catch that $20, since it’s the end of the day, and who knows what the stock will do first thing in the morning. Twenty dollars is still twenty dollars.
This is doubly certain now that I’m using Autoshares and the cost per trade is lower.
How would I go about setting this in the Autotrader since $20 is below my profit protection? And it has to be the end of the trading day, but not too late. I apologize if this question has been answered elsewhere.
Thank you to anyone who can answer!
|
Thank you Eric, tab 1, bottom of the page... worth it’s weight in gold...
|
... and I’m sure Mr. Barsano wasn’t giving trading advice, but suggesting that $20 is $20, and wouldn’t you pick it up at the end of the day if you found it?
|
That feature/value is set at the bottom of Tab1 in the Strategy Wizard.
EI
|
Thank you Enlightened! It’s a pleasure and education reading all your posts on this board.
I just read your post that the real money is made when the market dives, and my autotrader adds to losers, and then starts taking profits as the market corrects.
I have another question: If I take a symbol out of my Watchlist, how do I prevent the trader from adding to Open positions that still have that symbol? I took AA out of my watchlist last night, and then this morning the autotrader bought again, I’m guessing because of "add to current positions" rule. Any way I can prevent this? and still wait for my remaining AA purchases to become profitable?
Thanks again for your response!
fknute
|
The only way to exclude a symbol from the rules is to create a rule that would exclude that symbol. Find something that is unique to that symbol that distinguishes it from the other open positions.
For example, if that was a $10 stock and all the rest were over $10 then you could add a rule like:
CurrentAskPrice is greater than $10
The only other way to manage that position would be to BLOCK that symbol and then you would have to manage the position manually at the broker.
EI
|
Perfect, thank you Sir!
fk
|
I’ve started a second account using Autoshares, which is nice, since I can get in and out of a trade for 2 dollars.
With less expense to get in and out, it seems to me I should be able to set lower Profit Protection, and a lower Pullback for re-entry into the market. But, then what if the stock goes to $20, dips a little and I pull out, and my re-entry is set too high, then the market goes up to $30? Then I missed out on that $10, right?
Or, if it works right, I could take the $20 when the market rises, now I spent $2 on that trade, right? So, my profit is $18, then the market dips $5, I get back in, it rises another $20 and I take it again, making another $18. Now I’ve made $36, taking more profits, rather than watch it dip and rise to $35, taking profits there and making only $33. So, by setting a lower threshold I’ve gained $3 over my previous strategy, but what if the market rises and falls a half dozen times? Then I will have made $108, which is $75 more than a strategy that exits once at $35.
Thoughts? Strategies?
Right now I’m trading 1 stock on this account, using the default BAC strategy as my template. Trading 200 share lots of NEM.
Thanks for your thoughts!
|
I watch the 20 day SMA on the Think or Swim (TOS) charts. It is shown as :
SimpleMovingAvg(CLOSE,20,0) at the top of expanded TOS charts.
I desire to watch the same average on Cooltrade. The Strategy Wizard does not have a "CLOSE" option and so I have been using Intraday Simple MA (20,1,0).
The values I get from TOS vs Cooltrade are often close, say 2-3 cents difference but other times there is 20+ cents difference. That can be the difference between buying in an uptrend vs a downtrend.
Is there a way to get Cooltrade to duplicate the TOS 20 day SMA?
Also, is there a glossary where I can find out what the "offset" value means on the Cooltrade Intraday Simple MA?
Thanks,
Bobby
|
Hi,
I am looking for Rules that will allow me to add to Profitable positions as they go up every 2% AND add to losing positions as they go down every 5% for Both long and short strategies. Everything I have tried results in either nothing happening or multiple positions opening at the same price, usually at the 2% level.
I do have add to profitable and add to losing positions enabled under the Advancing and Declining preferences tabs.
These are the formulas that that I have been using in Tab 4 and every variation of them that I can think of:
"ABS(My Same Symbol Lowest Trade Price Move) is Greater than Value of My Symbol Highest Trade Price % (5)"
"ABS(My Same Symbol Highest Trade Price Move) is Greater than Value of My Symbol Highest [or lowest] Trade Price % (2)"
And reversing these for the short strategy.
Thx.
|
I cannot recall anyone on these boards adding to profitable and unprofitable positions so I’m not sure how this will work with too many lots of the same stock.
Since you want to add to profitable positions and to losing positions you will need to set the Add To Position Rules to the "OR" condition, instead of the "AND" condition. Then add these 2 rules:
Current Bid Price at least 5 Percent LESS THAN My Same Symbol Lowest Trade Price
Current Bid Price at least 2 Percent GREATER THAN My Same Symbol Highest Trade Price
|
Thank you very much for the reply. I will run them tomorrow and let you know how it works. :) Although it seems this is going to have the problem of calculating the percentages from the last price and not from the initial position price. So for instance after 20 5% down moves the price won’t be at zero. It’s a relative % rather than absolute.
|
I am currently using this for adding to losing positions as it adds based on the initial amount:
"ABS(My Same Symbol Lowest Trade Price Move) is Greater than Value of My Symbol Highest Trade Price % (5)"
And this for adding to profitable positions:
Current Bid Price at least 2 Percent GREATER THAN My Same Symbol Highest Trade Price
Although this only adds to profitable positions that are higher than the original entry position. I have not been able to find a way to also be able to add if a symbol is coming off lows after having added losing positions and then is making a profitable run back up. I would like to add to those profitable positions as well.
It seems that to do this there needs to be a Last Trade, or My Same Symbol Most Recent Trade Price indicator. I am hoping also maybe sombody knows how to get the average of the last two trades. That could be used as well. Or some other workaround. :)
But it seems currently there is no way to add to profitable positions after a few losing positions have been established for that symbol.
|
A part of the sales "pitch" is the comparison of buy and hold vs. dollar up/dollar down strategy. Where can I find the specifics of this strategy?
|
It is the HOW DID YOUR STOCKS DO tool on the right side of the cooltrade.org home page.
I notice they now have a report at the bottom of the tool that shows the stats for all of the stocks with the most active movers at the top of the report.
Hedge
|
Can anyone suggest a strategy for an account of $8000?
|
I am trying to find out how to get the price or value of my most recent trade for a symbol. Or an average of some kind of the last two most recent trades of the same symbol will also work.
I would like to make a rule or rules that will allow me to add to a winning position that is at the end of a downward move in price and after I have accumulated losing positions. This formula only works when the price returns above the original first trade:
Today’s Current Bid Price is at least 2 Percent Greater Than my Same Symbol Highest Trade Price
If I have for instance added three losing positions:
My Symbol:
100
95
90
85
And the price moves back up again to 86.7 I would like to add another position and again if the price continues back up at the next 2% increase. Any formula that uses either lowest or highest runs into problems because of a series also at some point looking like this:
My Symbol:
100
102
104.04
I want the same action applied when the symbol is potentially the highest and also when it is the lowest and also when it is neither.
If I were to be able to get a price for my most recent trade than the problem is solved, or an average of the last two most recent trades of the same symbol would also work. Unless there is some other workaround. :)
Thx for any help in solving this.
|
That sounds complicated but I get it.
You should make the indicator requests in the customer request area at the bottom of the forum boards.
|
Thanks Hedge. Yes I did. What would be better and what I made the request for is My Same Symbol Most Recent Trade Price, and Earliest Trade Price. But I thought maybe there is a work around using moving averages.
Yeah, tricky to explain but easy to show. I want to also be able to add to winning positions after they are coming off of a trough and losing positions have been added to. It is about being able to maximize the upswings and take profits in the wasteland between the losing positions.
|
CoolTrade Sales/Training Webinar Registration Link
Attention: NEW registration link required for Sales and Training webinar offered Monday - Thursday from 2:00 - 3:30 pm EDT. Please re-register for today’s webinar! The Bonus Training Portion starts at 3 pm EDT as we review the Strategy Wizard!
CoolTrade Stock Trading Platform Training & Sales Webinar
Join us for a webinar beginning on Jul 14, 2015 at 2:00 PM EDT.
Register now (click on link or if not redirected Copy to internet browser!
https://attendee.gotowebinar.com/register/292228568256566785
After registering, you will receive a confirmation email containing information about joining the webinar.
View System Requirements
|
I am in the process of setting up my rules, which are to be based on Stochastic. I am having a hard time understanding the codes on the entry and exit section. I would like to set separate entry and exit rules with ( Stochastic 12 %K3 %D5 ) on the crossover.
I would appreciate any help!
Thank you!
-Tom
|
Tom,
If you click SEARCH on the community board menu bar and enter
stochastic crossover
it will bring up multiple threads where that has been discussed in the past.
|
thank you! Ill give it a try
|
Hello,
I had emailed earlier and CT response was to read the forums on “Intraday Stochastics” which I have done. I read many different discussions and tried what they recommended but I am still not getting the results that I wanted. So I must assume I still don’t understand how to set the rules the way I want and I hope with some clarification from you, I will be able to do so.
RawK – what does this mean? Is it the normal formula for %K? [%K = 100Current Close - Lowest Low)/(Highest High - Lowest Low]
•How does Interval, Mins/bar and offset play into this formula?
Fast vs Slow D – Fast D is K% smoothed with a x-period SMA. Slow D is Fast D smoothed again with a x-period SMA. Am I correct? If so, how does interval, mins/bar, avg1, avg2 and offset come into play? I am not understanding all those drop down boxes and how they correspond with time period and x-sma.
My goal is for CT to buy in when %K is greater than %D and to sell when %D is less than %K.
I have put a lot of time into understand Stochastics and I am just not sure how some of the terms on CT correlate.
Answers to my questions would be greatly appreciated.
Thank you.
RawK
|
Would be nice if we could have an open/close indicator based on another stock symbol.
So if Pepsi is down X%, then buy Coke
Or if Oil is down 3%, buy more of the Transportation Sector
Primarily, I thought this could be used to track the VIX and Open positions only if the VIX is favorable.
It would be probably easier to just add a VIX Intraday/EOD indicator, but I was just forward-thinking to the use of other symbols that could eliminate (replicate) and create custom indicators based on a symbol/index
|
It would be easier if we could do a "dynamic text search" when adding indicators.
If there was a text box above the multi-select box, users can type in a few characters of the rule/indicator they are looking for and the multi-select box can be filtered based on the characters typed.
|
just realized there is a separate forum for enhancements. Moving this there.
|
I keep seeing this rule ("Current Ask-Bid Range is too wide") in the Watch lists as "Rule Preventing Next Trade", but the strategies that I am using do not have that as a rule (that I can see). Is there a general principle that is preventing a purchase based on the ask-bid range? How can this be adjusted?
Thanks in advance!
|
It is on Tab1 for that strategy in the strategy wizard.
|
Nm, I just found it. For others who are looking, it is located in the first tab, Auto Trader Preferences, in the left middle box: "Max Bid/Ask Range"
|
Thanks hedge2!!
|
There are 2 dropdowns at the bottom of Strategy Wizard with values: "Downloaded Long Strategies" and "Downloaded Short Strategies", but I have no idea of how to add strategies so that they can be accessed/loaded from there. There is only one strategy in there now.
As I’m using CT now, I have only 5 Long slots and 5 Short Slots and if I wanted to try out a new strategy, I have to "lose" one of the slots to test something new. I wish there was a way to preserve the strategy I was overwriting somewhere so I can load it in the future. Is this what the dropdowns are for?
Thanks in advance!
|
When I was new to this I wished I could hold more, now I just print them out and if I’m not using them I just copy over them.
The original strategy’s can always be re-copied from the CoolTrade email addresses (office@cool-trade.com)
I think those drop down boxes are from something a long time ago. I’ve never used them.
Bob
|
This is a feature that doesn’t work. They need to fix it. NOW
|
I am trading a single symbol within a specified high and low range but Cooltrade often buys multiple blocks of shares at the same price rather than spreading them out.
I have attempted to use both tables and to set up rules to accomplish this and have so far not been able to get it to work properly.
What is the best method to have Cooltrade buy both when stock is advancing and decking and apace them out correctly?
|
I am trading a single symbol within a specified high and low range but Cooltrade often buys multiple blocks of shares at the same price rather than spreading them out.
I have attempted to use both tables and to set up rules to accomplish this and have so far not been able to get it to work properly.
What is the best method to have Cooltrade buy both when stock is advancing and decking and apace them out correctly?
|
I’m not sure about why it would buy multiple blocks at the same price, but you may need to update your software. I do that every week or two on my own just to make sure I’m using the latest and greatest. You can do that from the trader FILE and Download Developer Version.
I tried some simulations doing both Advancing and Declining and found that the nature of the ebb and flow of a symbol made that problematic.
I’d do the update and run a simulation with both ADV and DEC preferences activated and see how you like it.
Bob
|
Hello I am running in sim mode. How do I find whats stock am I holding during any given trading day.
I know I can look at the report at end of day and see what was traded but is there a way to a list of stocks that CT has purchased.
Thanks
|
Hey there bwebb,
I noticed on the login.cooltrade.org website they put in some tools where we can now run the trade reports right on the web from anywhere. If you run an open trades report that will show any positions open since that day so if you set the range wide you’d see all of your currently open positions. If you ask it to show closed trades for the specific day you are doing it you would see the closed positions for that day. Between those two you’ll be able to figure out where you stand.
From CoolTrade if you click on FILE and POSITIONS you’ll see the symbols and share quantities that you hold.
Thanks,
Bob
|
Help with a broker application. On the IB application to open an account it asks if I am trader or an investor. If I am using the CT it is selecting a stock or stocks based on my chosen strategy. I see myself as an investor trying to use the CT for greater success. Hope my question makes sense.
|
hi everyone
My strategy is to trade stocks when they brake the days range ..
For example : the market opens and the stock start moving and the days range is 3.54-3.74 .. So what i do is short when it reaches 3.53 or
Go long when it reaches 3.75
So what strategy is this on the program ? Which strategy should i choose ?
|
I’m a new member. Any good ideas for high velocity trading from a strategy stand point?
|
I’m a new member. Any good ideas for high velocity trading from a strategy stand point?
|
If I want to buy 1000 shares at the opening of the market each day how do I set that rule? My hope is that I will sell those shares once it reaches my profit goal be it the same day or later in the week. And buy again on the next opening day of the market. I have seen several stocks ie BAC being one, that open at a certain that is lower than the daily high on a regular basis. If you have any suggestions please post.
|
Hi, I’m new to Cool-Trade. Was wondering if there was any New England users out there.
|
I was wondering if you could decipher my strategy into plain American English - My problem is that it (strategy) does not trigger the trade when in fact the stocks are in the trading range. These are my two open position rules
1. Today’s Open Price is at least -3 percent less than yesterday’s close price
2. Today’s Open Price is at least -1 percent greater than yesterday’s close price
My objective is to trade certain stocks in my protfolio that trade in a range of the following:
Todays stock price can open 1 percent lower than yesterday’s close but no more than 3 percent greater than yesterday’s close
This is only help to translate the above coding - because the rules are not triggering the stocks the way i expect
|
I’m using a one stock strategy. if I figure right getting about 7 % . anyone know of a better strategy I can try.
|
Hello,
I have owned my CoolTrade Platform for a year now and I have tried various strategies over this period to see what will work for me. I can only invest up to 5K into it and I can not find a strategy that will give me a decent return. I used what little I had in my 401k to do this and I need to try to get something in return back. I am not very savy to the stock market and trying to find a strategy for 5K or less is not working out. Please help if you can. Thanks Gary
|
I suggest you copy the 5K strategy from NewUser2@Cool-Trade.com.
Also make sure you check the RESERVE ENOUGH FUNDS FOR MAX SHARES SET IN STRATEGY on the lower-right of the PREFERENCES screen in your automated trader.
Enlightened
|
I just started running a 3 stock strategy and I’m happy with it so far. One of the stocks gives more profit than the other 2 though. I am currently transacting in 400 share lots but would like to double my activity with the more profitable stock. I know I cannot change the share lot size of only 1 stock to 800 - they all have to be the same. So can I add the profitable stock a second time so that I do double the activity for that stock compared to the other 2? I know I cannot change the share lot size of one individual stock to 800, they all have to be the same. But, if I’m currently trading in stocks X, Y, and Z, can I add in a fourth stock which is really a duplicate of stock Z so that I’d have a total of 800 shares active in my strategy for stock Z? Or is there another way to increase the activity of one of the stocks you’re using over the other ones, without having to purchase a second CoolTrade program?
|
you can click on any row of stock you have and purchase additional shares of that stock
|
you can click on any row of stock you have and purchase additional shares of that stock
|
I just started running a 3 stock strategy and I’m happy with it so far. One of the stocks gives more profit than the other 2 though. I am currently transacting in 400 share lots but would like to double my activity with the more profitable stock. I know I cannot change the share lot size of only 1 stock to 800 - they all have to be the same. So can I add the profitable stock a second time so that I do double the activity for that stock compared to the other 2? So if I’m currently trading in stocks X, Y, and Z, can I add in a fourth stock which is really a duplicate of stock Z, so that I’d have a total of 800 shares active in my strategy for stock Z? Or is there another way to increase the activity of one of the stocks you’re using over the other ones, without having to purchase a second CoolTrade program?
Thanks
|
Hello,
Yes, you can do exactly what you want to do by using a different Trade Share Size setting which is found in the Strategy Wizard Tab 1 or in the Strategy Preferences in CoolTrade.
You are probably trading on FIXED LOT SIZE, and what you want to be using is LOT SIZE BASED ON FIXED DOLLAR AMOUNT.
This feature will purchase based on a value setting that you decide, and then buy in 100 share increments up to that value. Depending on the cost of the stock you might buy in lots of 100 for some symbols and maybe as much as 500 or more for other symbols.
Thanks
Ron
CoolTrade, Inc
|
Does placing a symbol on the blocked symbol list that is currently actively trading automatically sell and close out all of the same symbol open positions? I want to isolate certain positions that are grossly underwater so they don’t trade on some new rules I have implemented and to allow other symbols to be purchased under the new strategy.
I have currently deactivated auto trading and am manually trading on the symbols in question.
What is the preferred way to do this?
|
Blocking a symbol will close the entire position inside the CoolTrade software but leave the position open at the broker.
|
You can also click on any row and sell just that selection of shares
|
A quick question. Assuming in my strategy I decided to add to existing position after a 0.25cent decline. Also, assuming I have 5 conditions that trades must meet for CT to open new positions. When adding to existing positions after 0.25 cent decline, does all 5 conditions of "open new positions" have to be met before CT adds to the declining position?
|
At the top of the Add Trader Rules Tab4 you select ALL MUST PASS or ANY MUST PASS.
|
I’ve edited my watchlist filters to find stocks that are ready to pop. I’ve been watching for the last 2 weeks and I think it working pretty well.
Now I’m trying to figure out how to open positions from my watchlist that are the biggest gainers. For instance, the top 3 stocks that are gaining since open.
Any ideas on how to configure the open rules to use my top 3 gainers?
|
I’ve been reviewing the indicator section called, "$$$ COOLTRADE ACTIVE SYMBOLS" and have a question about how the symbol list is derived.
I added the following rules just to cross check the TopActiveTrades Report.
Active Symbols Trades Count is Greater Than 140 Dollars
Yesterdays Close Price is Less Than or Equal to 20 Dollars
Yesterdays Close Price is Greater Than or Equal to 10 Dollars
If I review the page https://cooltrade.org/TopActiveTrades.asp, and use the Min price of $10 and Max price of $20, I can then take the table into an excel sheet and then filter on the Active trade Count column to show values above 140.
In looking at the excel Symbol list and then comparing it with the Strategy wizard symbol list, I see some discrepancies. For example, I see ATRA in today’s list on the Strategy wizard list, however, it is missing from the spreadsheet that came from https://cooltrade.org/TopActiveTrades.asp.
Has anyone else looked into this?
One last question. Does anyone know if an indicator exists in the strategy wizard that correlates to the "End Date" Column from the TopActiveTrades report?
|
Investigating further, ATRA End Price value is $20.87. That doesn’t make sense based on the rule if yesterday’s close price is the same as the "End Price" column from the TopActiveTrades report.
|
Apparently that symbol had changed exchanges at some time so it was pulling from the wrong exchange. Normally it would not be found in the old exchange but this time it found an old data file. it’s been corrected.
I believe the END PRICE is the close price.
|
Does anyone know what this new indicator means?
Active Symbols Trades All Moves Total Greater than ___??
I understand the other ones, ie: Active Symbols Trades Count, Active Symbols trades .50 moves total...but not the ALL Moves total Greater than ___.
|
Have a question with regard to profit goal and the $profit amount that is on page 1 of the strategy screen.
What are the implications of setting $ profit amount as it relates to the the profit goal : does the $profit amount override the profit goal ?
e.g. if profit goal is $0.40/share then what is the result of setting the $ profit amount (for say 100 shares) to $20, 40 or 60.
For example, if $ profit amount is $20 and this overrides the profit goal of 0.4./sh then what is the purpose of the goal ?
Please clarify for me, asap.
Thanks
|
Hey so here is the difference between the profit amount on tab 1 of the strategy wizard vs the profit goal you set.
So if I bought the stock BAC at 10$ and I set the profit goal to 40 cents a share. That means I want it to be sold at $10.40.
Now the purpose of Profit amount set under tab 1 was designed to take something before the market closes.
So lets say your BAC stock was at 10.20 just before the market closes, your still up 20 dollars. But your most likely not going to hit that 40 cent goal on that day. What that feature allows you to do is to at least take something! so you sell it for 20$ at the end of the day. Thats why you also see times next to it that it can be set at as well.
That feature is completely up to you though, you don’t have to use that if you don’t want to.
So my stock is in a upward position but its not going to quite hit my profit goal or profit protection, let me just take something from the market.
Or as Ed likes to say "give the 20$ to your kids and send em to the movies"
Hope this helps.
|
otherwise known as GIGO for those who have spent time in IT or related sciences.
In other words the result of any analysis is only going to be as good as the data being analyzed. If the data is flawed, incomplete, missing, or whatever else can happen to data, the results can not be any more reliable then the data allows
So what does this mean for users of the CoolTrade(CT)? As I understand (possibly erroneously) the results of the CT indicators used in a strategy are based upon End of Day (EoD) data (can be freely obtained) , which many times is sufficient. However, for other situations it is not. For example, using the recently implemented ability to find the most active stocks. Great idea, it will be very useful, especially if some of the recent enhancement requests are implemented.
However, if it is based solely on EoD data, the results can be misleading or skewed. If the data is not granular enough to detect and count multiple closes that would have occurred during the day (interday) the counts will be understated. If the trade list or order is built (sorted) on the activity count (another enhancement possibly in progress) then the list order could be erroneous.
To get more accurate information it would be necessary to use interday data based upon some interval (5, 10, 15, ... minutes) which is often not free. The fees charged for this data is often based upon the granularity of the data. Where the trade off between using better information and the cost of the data I certainly don’t know. However IMO, that doesn’t mean it should not be taked under consideration.
Another example, this time with missing data. All of the indicators used in CT fall under the category of technical indicators. Many traders only use technical indicators in their trading. But, there is another category of indicators known as fundamental indicators. These indicators are mostly based on a companies financials, where they rand relative to their competitors, their ranking relative to the market, and so on. Another group of traders may trade strictly on fundamentals. And, some traders use both. The CT software has no such data therefore obviously no indicators that interpret the data.
So, why might this be a problem? In using the recent activity count (130) indicator with a range of >$4 and <$14 (and some other filters) the CT strategies Wizard returned a number of stocks that had a comparatively high activity count. I sim traded those stocks over the last couple of weeks and did so with no other analysis of the stock. Some had good results, others did not (> 5 levels deep) at least at this time. That indicated to me for my training style that I didn’t have a robust enough filtering process to be able to automatically weed out stocks that I may not have traded if I manually dug a bit deeper (which theoretically an auto trading system should be able to do). I probably would have black listed some of those stock.
Some of the stock were in the oil industry (see my post on the ability to select/deselect by sub-sectors) which I would have manually eliminated because of the oil market right now. Others were not in the oil industry but were highly indebted (fundamental data) , another potential "knock out" item.
IMO, to successfully use the active count (and it’s future enhancements) more robust data needs to be made available, along with the corresponding indicators to be able to filter on fundamental data. I personally wouldn’t want to be trading stock in a company that , from a fundamental perspective, appears to be going out of business.
|
CoolTrade does have FUNDAMENTAL data for use in its strategies.
Just click on the left indicator list on tabs 2,3,4,and 5, and type an F and it will take you down to the fundamental data indicators.
Also it is up to you to add those rules to the strategies if you feel they are important.
Also the Active Trades counts use EOD data to give you a ballpark of the most active stocks. If there are additional trades that can be made intraday, then you can consider that a bonus. Certainly not something to criticize.
The focus of CoolTrade is MAKING MONEY in the stock market, not spending all our time looking at data. There are other applciations that are very good at playing with data, but are terrible at making money. CoolTrade doesn’t want to fall into that trap.
CT
|
I stand corrected Ct does have very limited fundamental data.
There are about 400 fundamental data points reported for companies. There are 21 in CT. Hardly sufficient for a decent fundamental analysis.
|
Why do you even believe that the purpose of what I stated about having more and better data was a criticism? Do you not believe that if one were using the activity indicator and one stock trade more than another because interday trades were recorded that would not be of value, especially if the trades list were sorted by activity count? Why would anyone want to deal with ball park information if you can get accurate information instead?
It almost seems that rather than look at what a potential value of something might be it is easier to write it off being a criticism of what is suggested. I’m beginning to wonder whether or not customer services speaks for Ed on this as he is seems to be wanting suggestions for enhancements which Customer Services seems to be all-to-willing to shut down.
I don’t get it.
|
I full well know that the rules need to be added.
As to "playing with data", your argument is a bit lacking. Isn’t CT playing with data in it’s indicators? If not them there would be no need to have them. I was just suggesting that there would be an advantage to have it play with more accurate data.
Is there some sort of problem with that concept?
|
No criticism intended. I simply pointed out that Fundamental indicators are available in the Strategy Wizard.
The Top strategies were shared by other clients. My suggestion would be that rather than point out the shortcomings of those Top strategies, you may want to use them before stating what is wrong with them. I use an active strategy and make good money with it, which is the intent of the software. Labeling anything in this system as garbage in/garbage out is nothing short of an insult to those dedicating their lives to bringing this technology to us. I don’t think Ed would disagree with that.
It might be helpful for you to use the strategies in live trading, make the improvements first, and then share the results. Now that would be helpful.
However telling us that there are 400 fundamental data points and CoolTrade’s 21 are not sufficient for decent fundamental analysis doesn’t seem very helpful. If there is a specific indicator that you feel could be helpful there is a thread at the bottom of the community board for suggesting new indicators.
CT
|
Hello
I’m looking for a good way to protect my capital at a time when the market is about to fall through the floor.
I think an advance/decline line will help.
But i did a search on CT forum. And i had no luck finding what i need.
And i looked in the Strategy Wizard. But i couldn’t see how to achieve what i want.
The trigger i want will be in the open trade and add to trade rules.
The idea is to have a line. When # of S&P100 shares up in a advance/decline line is greater than the S&P500 index, then allow to buy shares.
Just to clarify, the advance decline line is made like this:
Out of the top 100 stocks, if 60 went up and 40 went down for the day, the net result would be +20. Then add this +20 to the existing advance/decline line.
When this line is in decline, and the S&P500 is still bullish, i do not want to add or buy shares.
How do i do this in the CT platform?
Thank you
|
I’m trying to setup an indicator.
It’s related to volume. It’s like this:
- I want to watch a major volume spike following a down move
- Then if the price goes up, and
- The volume on the next price decline is lower than it was on the volume spike
...then buy long.
Does anyone know how to do this?
|
I think there are enough indicators in the trader to do this but it will have to be a subroutine in a larger strategy.
|
If you look at this paper trade screenshot, it buys in at 42.37 and exits almost 7.5 hrs later at 38.32.
I would expect it to exit closer to 41.5226.
Am I just looking at this wrong or am I correct and the software has a bug?
It looks like it’s not hitting the Stop Loss code until it hits the End of Day Exit Code (all times are ET).
Thanks
Ron K
|
Attachments don’t work when posting, so here are the screenshots
|
Another example of it failing
<a href="
|
What happened to the list of Top Strategies ? When I first began with CT it was in the File drop down on the trader.
|
If you launch the Strategy Wizard, look at the bottom of the main screen.
You will see the list of top strategies that you can copy.
|
If you launch the Strategy Wizard, look at the bottom of the main screen.
You will see the list of top strategies that you can copy.
|
If you launch the Strategy Wizard, look at the bottom of the main screen.
You will see the list of top strategies that you can copy.
|
Thank You
|
I am running the Conservative Long Strategy with some tweaks to the watch list rules to screen for better candidates. In reviewing the Open Position Rules I see two that I’m having a time grasping
"Today’s Current Price is at least -.25 Dollars Less Than Today’s Lowest Price"
If the current price is -.25 Dollars less than Today’s lowest price isn’t that the lowest price??
and "Today’s Current Price is at least -.25 Dollars Less Than Yesterdays Close Price"
I interpret this to say that that if today’s current price is say 35.00 than yesterday’s close price would have to have been 35.25 or more.
Thanks
Pete
|
They are double negatives. I found the these explanations by searching the board. They were explained multiple times.
This one means that Today’s Current Bid Price is no more than .25 above Today’s Lowest Price.
"Today’s Current Bid Price is at least -.25 Dollars Less Than Today’s Lowest Price"
================================================================
This one means Today’s Current Bid price is no more than .25 above Yesterdays Close Price.
"Today’s Current Price is at least -.25 Dollars Less Than Yesterdays Close Price"
|
I though that may be the case but it seemed an odd way to make such a rule.
Thanks,
Pete
|
Please call me 615-969-9555, I need help with cool trade !
|
Please call me 615-969-9555, I need help with cool trade !
|
